JP6716735B2 - Game table - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a game table represented by a ball game machine (pachinko machine) and a spinning drum game machine (slot machine).

Gaming machines such as pachinko machines are equipped with obstacles that change the direction in which the game balls fall in the game area of the game board, as well as winning openings, starting openings, and variable winning openings that allow the game balls to win. It is common. When a game ball is won in these, the player is given a privilege such as paying out the prize ball (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

Also, in such a gaming table, one provided with a display means is known.

JP 2008-200302 A

However, in the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the display means.

The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming table having a display means.

The gaming table of the present invention for solving the above-mentioned object,
A gaming machine having a display means capable of displaying a notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold icon,
The notice icon is also a different icon from the variable icon,
When the notice icon is digested, a certain production is executed,
If a power failure occurs with the notice icon, the change icon, and the hold icon displayed, and then the power is restored, only the hold icon of the notice icon, the change icon, and the hold icon is displayed,
It is characterized by

According to the game table of the present invention, it is possible to realize a game table having a display means.

It is an external perspective view of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as viewed from the front side (player side). It is an external view of the pachinko machine 100 as viewed from the back side. It is a schematic front view of the game board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 as viewed from the front. 3 is a circuit block diagram of a control unit of the pachinko machine 100. FIG. It is an example of a display symbol of the pachinko machine 100, (a) shows an example of a stop display symbol of special figure 1, (b) shows an example of a stop display symbol of special figure 2, (c) is a decorative pattern An example is shown, (d) is a figure which shows an example of the stop display design of a general figure. It is a flow chart which shows a flow of main control part main processing. It is a flow chart which shows the flow of main control part timer interruption processing. It is a flow chart which shows a flow of special figure pre-reading processing. It is a figure which shows an example of the pre-reading result storage part for special figures 1 and special figures 2. It is a figure explaining the content of the hit/miss determination table. It is a figure explaining the content of the special figure determination table. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 1st sub-control part 400 of the pachinko machine 100, (a) is a flowchart of a 1st sub-control part main process, (b) is a 1st sub-control part command reception interruption. It is a flow chart of processing, (c) is a flow chart of the 1st sub control part timer interruption processing, and (d) is a flow chart of the 1st sub control part image control processing. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 2nd sub control part 500 of the pachinko machine 100, (a) is a flowchart of a 2nd sub control part main process, (b) is a 2nd sub control part command reception interruption. It is a flowchart of a process and (c) is a flowchart of a 2nd sub control part timer interruption process. It is a figure which shows an example of production centering on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 concerning this embodiment in stages. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 14 in steps. It is a figure which shows an example of the production|generation in another case following FIG. 15 (q) in steps. (A) is a figure explaining the display example of a notice icon, (b) is a figure explaining the notice icon display area information storage area memorize|stored in RAM408, (c) is a notice icon. It is a figure explaining an example of a digestion timing, and (d) is a figure explaining an example of an increase timing of a notice icon. (A) is a figure explaining an example of the notice icon before a change, and (b) is a figure explaining an example of a notice icon after a change. It is a figure which shows an example of production centering on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment in stages. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 19 in steps. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 20 in steps. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 22 in steps. It is a figure which shows other examples of effects of increase effects of a notice icon in stages. It is a figure which shows other examples of effects of increase effects of a notice icon in stages. It is a figure which shows other examples of effects of increase effects of a notice icon in stages. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon digest production in stages. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon digest production in stages. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon digest production in stages. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon digest production in stages. It is a figure which shows an example of production centering on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment in stages. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 31 in steps. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 32 in steps. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 33 in steps. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 34 in steps. It is a figure which shows other examples of effects of increase effects of a notice icon in stages. It is a figure which shows other examples of effects of increase effects of a notice icon in stages. It is a figure which shows other examples of effects of increase effects of a notice icon in stages. It is a figure showing an example of production in which a notice icon changes in stages. It is a figure which shows in stages the display example at the time of a power failure/power recovery, while displaying a notice icon. It is a figure which shows other examples of notice icon increase production and digest production in stages. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 41 step by step. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon digest production in stages. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon digest production in stages. It is a figure which shows other examples of notice icon increase production and digest production in stages. It is a figure which shows the modification of the increase production and digestion production of the notice icon applicable to this embodiment step by step. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 46 in steps. It is a figure which shows another modification of the increase production and digestion production of the notice icon which can be applied to this embodiment in stages. It is a figure which shows another modification of the increase production and digestion production of the notice icon which can be applied to this embodiment in stages. It is a figure which shows another modification of the digestion production of the notice icon applicable to this embodiment step by step. It is a figure which shows another modification of the increase production and digestion production of the notice icon which can be applied to this embodiment in stages. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon digest production in stages. It is a figure which shows in stages about the example of production using the movable means applicable to this embodiment. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon increase production in stages. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon increase production in stages. It is a figure which shows another modification of the increase production of the notice icon applicable to this embodiment step by step. It is a figure showing another example of production of notice icon increase production in stages. It is a figure which shows other examples of notice icon increase production and digest production in stages. It is a figure which shows another modification of the increase production and digestion production of the notice icon which can be applied to this embodiment in stages. It is a figure showing an example of the production which can be performed in decorative design display device 208 of pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment in stages. It is a figure explaining a lottery table related to a notice item. It is a figure which shows in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect and digestion effect applicable to this embodiment. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 62 step by step. It is a figure which shows in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect and digestion effect applicable to this embodiment. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 64 step by step. It is a figure showing in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect which can be applied to this embodiment. It is a figure showing in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect which can be applied to this embodiment. It is a figure showing in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect which can be applied to this embodiment. It is a figure showing in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect which can be applied to this embodiment. It is a figure showing another example of production concerning this embodiment in stages. It is a figure showing in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect which can be applied to this embodiment. It is a figure showing in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect which can be applied to this embodiment. It is a figure explaining the relation between a notice icon and a tutorial display. It is a figure showing in stages the other example of the notice icon increase effect which can be applied to this embodiment.

Hereinafter, a game table according to the present invention (for example, a ball game machine such as a pachinko machine 100 or a spinning drum game machine such as a slot machine) according to the present invention will be described in detail.

<Overall structure>
First, the overall configuration of a pachinko machine 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. The figure is an external perspective view of the pachinko machine 100 as seen from the front side (player side).

The pachinko machine 100 is a game table that allows a player to obtain a profit when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and includes an outer frame 102, a main body 104, a front frame door 106, a ball storage tray door 108, and a launch. The device 110 and the game board 200 are provided on the front surface (player side).

The outer frame 102 is a wooden frame member having a vertical rectangular shape for fixing to an installation place (island equipment or the like) provided in a game machine installation business store.

The main body 104 is a door member that is provided inside the outer frame 102, has a locking function, and is a vertically-oriented rectangular game machine base body that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 102 via a hinge 112. .. Further, the main body 104 is formed in a frame shape and has a space portion 114 inside. A clerk of a store (gaming store) in which the pachinko machine 100 is installed can open and close the main body 104, and a main body opening sensor 1041 for detecting that the main body 104 is opened is provided.

The front frame door 106 is attached to the front surface of the main body 104, which is the front side of the pachinko machine 100, via a hinge portion 112 so as to have a locking function and to be opened/closed. Is a door member having an opening 116. A clerk of the game shop can also open and close the front frame door 106, and a front frame door sensor that detects that the front frame door 106 has been opened is also provided. The front frame door 106 is provided with a transparent plate member 118 made of glass or resin in the opening 116, and a speaker 120 and a frame lamp 122 are attached to the front side. The rear surface of the front frame door 106 and the front surface of the game board 200 define a space in which the game area 124 is provided. In addition, in the present embodiment, a light source having an LED is also called a lamp.

The door with a ball storage tray 108 is a door member that is attached to the lower side of the main body 104 on the front surface of the pachinko machine 100 so as to have a locking function and be openable and closable. The door 108 with a ball storage plate is opened by pressing an opening lever (not shown) that can be operated with the front frame door 106 opened. In addition, you may provide the door sensor with a ball storage dish which detects that the door 108 with a ball storage dish opened. The door 108 with a ball storage plate is a top plate 126 capable of storing a plurality of game balls (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as “ball”) and provided with a passage for guiding the game balls to the launcher 110. , A lower plate 128 that stores game balls that cannot be stored in the upper plate 126, a ball removal button 130 that discharges the game balls stored in the upper plate 126 to the lower plate 128 by the player's operation, and a player's A ball discharge lever 132 that discharges the game balls stored in the lower plate 128 to a game ball collection container (commonly known as a dollar box) by operation, and a game ball that is guided to the launcher 110 by a player's operation. Ball firing handle 134 to be launched into the game area 124, an effect button 136 for changing the effect mode of various effect devices 206 (see FIG. 3) by the operation of the player, and an effect button 136 built in the effect button 136. A chance button lamp 138 for illuminating, a ball lending operation button 140 for issuing a ball lending instruction to a card unit (CR unit) installed in a game store, and an instruction to return the player's balance to the card unit. A return operation button 142 and a ball lending display section (not shown) for displaying the balance of the player and the state of the card unit are provided. Further, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1 is provided with a lower plate full tank detection sensor (not shown) that detects that the lower plate 128 is filled with a game ball. Further, an operation key unit 137 is also provided.

The launching device 110 is attached to the lower part of the main body 104, and a launching rod 146 that rotates when the ball launching handle 134 is operated by the player, and a launching rod 148 that strikes the game ball at the tip of the launching rod 146. , Is provided. This launching device 110 sends a game ball to the game area 124 of the game board at every elapse of a predetermined firing period (for example, 0.6 seconds) while the player continuously operates the ball firing handle 134. It is fired toward and corresponds to an example of a firing means. In addition, a right hit button that can maximize the firing intensity by pressing the ball firing handle 134 while it is operated may be provided.

The game board 200 has a game area 124 on the front surface and is detachably attached to the main body 104 using a predetermined fixing member so as to face the space 114 of the main body 104. The game area 124 can be observed from the opening 116 after the game board 200 is mounted on the main body 104. In FIG. 1, the specific structure of the game area 124 is not shown, and the specific structure is shown in FIG.

FIG. 2 is an external view of the pachinko machine 100 of FIG. 1 viewed from the back side.

At the upper part of the back of the pachinko machine 100, a ball tank 150 for temporarily storing game balls, which has an opening that opens upward, and a ball tank 150 located below the ball tank 150, are provided at the bottom of the ball tank 150. A tank rail 154 is provided for guiding a ball falling through the formed communication hole to the dispensing device 152 located on the right side in rear view.

The payout device 152 is made of a tubular member, and inside thereof, a payout motor, a sprocket, and a payout sensor (not shown) are provided. The dispensing device 152 is detachable, and when attached at a predetermined position, it is connected to the downstream end of the tank rail 154.

The sprocket is configured to be rotatable by a payout motor, and temporarily retains the game ball that has passed through the tank rail 154 and flowed into the payout device 152, and drives the payout motor to rotate a predetermined angle. Thus, the game balls that have temporarily stayed are delivered one by one below the payout device 152. That is, the payout device 152 is a kind of ball feeding device that gives a driving force to the game ball and conveys the game ball.

The payout sensor is a sensor for detecting the passage of the game ball sent out by the sprocket, and when the game ball is passing, either a high signal or a low signal, and when the game ball is not passing, The other signal of either high or low is output to the payout control unit 600. The game ball that has passed through the payout sensor is configured to pass through a ball rail (not shown) to reach the upper plate 126 disposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 100, and the pachinko machine 100 is provided with a predetermined amount. Based on the satisfaction of the condition, a game value (gaming ball) of an amount corresponding to the grant condition is granted (paid) to the player.

On the left side of the payout device 152 in the figure, a main board case 158 for accommodating a main board 156 constituting the main control section 300 (see FIG. 4) for performing control processing of the whole game, and processing information generated by the main control section 300 Based on the processing information generated by the first sub-board case 162 that houses the first sub-board 160 that constitutes the first sub-board 400 (see FIG. 4) that performs control processing related to the effect based on the processing information generated by the first sub-board 400. A second sub-board case 166 that houses a second sub-board 164 that constitutes a second sub-control section 500 (see FIG. 4) that performs control processing related to performance, and a payout control section 600 that performs control processing related to payout of game balls ( (See FIG. 4) and a payout board case 172 that houses a payout board 170 that includes an error canceling switch 168 that cancels an error by the operation of a game shop clerk, and a firing control unit 630 that performs control processing relating to the firing of a game ball (FIG. (See FIG. 4) A launch board case 176 accommodating a launch board 174, a power control unit 660 (see FIG. 4) for supplying power to various electric gaming machines, and a power switch for turning the power on and off by the operation of a game shop clerk. 178 and a power supply board case 184 that houses a power supply board 182 including a RAM clear switch 180 that outputs a RAM clear signal to the main control unit 300 by being operated when the power is turned on, and signals of the payout control unit 600 and the card unit. A CR interface unit 186 for transmitting and receiving is provided.

FIG. 3 is a schematic front view of the game board 200 as viewed from the front.

An outer rail 202 and an inner rail 204 are arranged on the game board 200, and a game area 124 in which a game ball can roll is defined.

A rendering device 206 is arranged in the approximate center of the game area 124. In this effect device 206, a decorative symbol display device 208 is arranged in the approximate center, and around it, a normal symbol display device 210, a first special symbol display device 212, a second special symbol display device 214, and ordinary The symbol reserve lamp 216, the first special symbol reserve lamp 218, the second special symbol reserve lamp 220, and the high-precision middle lamp 222 are arranged. In addition, hereinafter, the normal symbol may be referred to as a "universal symbol", and one or more of the special symbol, the first special symbol, and the second special symbol may be referred to as a "special symbol".

The rendering device 206 operates the rendering movable body 224 to perform rendering, and the details will be described later.

The decorative pattern display device 208 is a display device for performing various displays used for decorative patterns and effects, and is configured by a liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display) in the present embodiment. This decorative symbol display device 208 is divided into four display regions of a left symbol display region 208a, a middle symbol display region 208b, a right symbol display region 208c and an effect display region 208d, and a left symbol display region 208a and a middle symbol display region 208b. And the right symbol display area 208c displays different decorative symbols, and the effect display area 208d displays an image used for effect. Further, the position and size of each display area 208a, 208b, 208c, 208d can be freely changed within the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. Although a liquid crystal display device is used as the decorative symbol display device 208, it is not limited to the liquid crystal display device as long as it can be configured to display various effects and various game information, for example, a dot matrix display device. Other display devices including a 7-segment display device, an organic EL (Electro-Luminescence) display device, a reel (drum) display device, a leaf display device, a plasma display, and a projector may be adopted.

The public figure display device 210 is a display device for displaying a general figure, and is configured by a 7-segment LED in the present embodiment. The first special figure display device 212 and the second special figure display device 214 are display devices for displaying a special figure, and are configured by 7-segment LEDs in this embodiment. The first special figure display device 212 and the second special figure display device 214 are predetermined symbol display means. The decorative design displayed on the decorative design display device 208 is a design representing the design displayed on the first special design display device 212 or the second special design display device 214 in an enhanced form, and is a decorative design. The display device 208 may also be a predetermined symbol display means.

The public figure holding lamp 216 is a lamp for indicating the number of a predetermined first variable game (detailed variable game which will be described later in detail) that is being held, and in the present embodiment, a predetermined number of variable floating games. It is possible to hold up to (for example, four).

The 1st special figure reservation lamp 218 and the 2nd special figure reservation lamp 220 are the lamps for showing the number of the predetermined 2nd fluctuation game which has been reserved (special figure fluctuation game which details are mentioned later), this execution In the form, it is possible to hold the special figure variation game up to a predetermined number (for example, four, eight if the first special figure and the second special figure are combined). The term "hold" here means to hold the start of various determination processes (lottery process, etc.) based on the start information described later.

The high-probability medium lamp 222 is a lamp (notifying means) for making a notification indicating the current symbol control state. This high-probability medium lamp 222 is configured to give a notification indicating the current symbol control state until the start of the big hit game after the power is turned on, and thereafter, not to notify the current symbol control state. There is. In the symbol control state, when the power is turned on again, the symbol control state immediately before the power is cut off is restored. This symbol control state will be described later, but as the symbol control state here, it may be any of the normal state, the time saving state (electric support state), and the probability variation state, and the state with the special symbol probability variation and It may be one of the states in which there is no change in the special figure.

It should be noted that in the present specification, description will be made using a word that refers to a state inside the gaming table (pachinko machine 100) called a control state, but the word "control state" includes a concept of a so-called game state.

In addition, a general winning opening 226, a universal drawing starting opening 228, a first special drawing starting opening 230, a second special drawing starting opening 232, and a variable winning opening 234 are arranged around the rendering device 206. ing.

In this embodiment, a plurality of general winning openings 226 are arranged on the game board 200, and when a predetermined ball detection sensor (not shown) detects the entry into the general winning openings 226 (in the general winning openings 226). When the prize is won), the payout device 152 shown in FIG. 2 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, 10) of balls are discharged to the upper plate 126 shown in FIG. 1 as prize balls. The ball discharged to the upper plate 126 can be freely taken out by the player, and with these configurations, the prize ball is paid out to the player based on winning. The ball that has entered the general winning opening 226 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the gaming island side. In the present embodiment, the balls to be paid out to the player may be referred to as "prize balls" and the balls to be lent to the player may be referred to as "rental balls" in consideration of the prize. And call it "ball (gaming ball)".

The universal figure starting port 228 is configured by a device called a gate or a through-chucker for determining whether or not the ball has passed a predetermined area of the game area 124, and in the present embodiment, the left side of the game board 200. One is installed in each. Unlike the ball that has entered the general winning opening 226, the ball that has passed through the universal starting port 228 is not discharged to the game island side. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects that the ball has passed through the universal figure starting port 228, the pachinko machine 100 starts the universal figure variation game by the universal figure display device 210.

In this embodiment, only one first special figure starting port 230 is provided in the center of the game board 200. The first special figure starting port 230 is a first starting region in which the size of the entrance into which the game ball enters does not change. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the first special figure starting port 230, the payout device 152 shown in FIG. 2 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, 3) of balls is used as a prize ball. Along with discharging to 126, the special figure variation game by the first special figure display device 212 is started. The ball entering the first special figure starting port 230 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the game island side. The first special figure starting port 230 is one of the starting regions, and corresponds to an example of a fixed starting region in which the size of itself does not change.

In this embodiment, only one second special figure starting port 232 is provided below the universal figure starting port 228. That is, the second special figure starting port 232 is provided on the right side of the game board 200. A pair of blade members 2321 that can be opened and closed by a solenoid are provided in the vicinity of the second special figure starting port 232, and a combination of the pair of blade members 2321 and the second special figure starting port 232. It corresponds to a variable starting means, and is generally called an electric tulip (den Chu). The pair of blade members 2321 are members that change the difficulty level of winning the prize in the second special figure starting port 232. That is, it is impossible to enter the second special figure starting port 232 with the pair of blade members 2321 being closed, and the closed state of the pair of blade members 2321 is an opening/closing mode in which winning is difficult. On the other hand, when the universal figure variation game is won and the universal figure display device 210 hits and displays the symbol as a stop, the pair of blade members 2321 are opened and closed at a predetermined time interval and a predetermined number of times to the second special figure starting port 232. The ball can be entered (the prize winning state is easy), and the open state in which the pair of blade members 2321 is open is the state where the prize is easy. That is, the second special figure starting port 232 has either a small size (corresponding to the first size) or a large size (corresponding to the second size) of the size of the entrance (the entrance of the game ball). It is a variable starting area in which the easiness of entering a game ball is variable and changes from one size to the other size, and corresponds to an example of a second starting area. The size of this large size is larger than the size of the entrance of the first special figure starting port 230. In the state where the pair of blade members 2321 are open, of the game balls that have entered the game area 124, the second special region that is the variable starting region is more than the game ball that enters the first special figure starting port 230 that is the fixed starting region. There are more game balls entering the starting port 232. On the other hand, the size of the small size is smaller than the size of the entrance of the first special figure starting port 230 or less than the size of the entrance of the first special figure starting port 230. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the second special figure starting port 232, the payout device 152 is driven and a predetermined number (for example, 4) of balls are discharged to the upper plate 126 as prize balls. At the same time, the special figure variation game by the second special figure display device 214 is started. The ball that has entered the second special figure starting port 232 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the gaming island side.

In the present embodiment, only one variable winning port 234 is arranged below the center of the game board 200. The variable winning port 234 includes a variable winning opening and a door member 2341 that can open and close the variable winning opening with a solenoid. The variable winning opening is sometimes called a big winning opening, and the variable winning opening 234 is sometimes called an attacker. The door member 2341 changes the state from any one of a predetermined closed state and an open state in which the game ball can enter the variable winning opening more easily than the closed state to the other state. Both the closed state and the open state are stationary states, the closed state is a predetermined first stationary state, and the closed state at the variable winning port 234 of this embodiment is such that the door member 2341 is on the player side of the game board 200. It is in a stationary state that matches the surface. On the other hand, the open state is a predetermined second stationary state, and the open state at the variable winning a prize mouth 234 of the present embodiment is rotated to the player side until the door member 2341 becomes substantially vertical to the game board 200. It is stationary. The variable winning a prize port 234 maintains a closed state until the big hit game described later is started, and when the big hit game is started, the state change is repeated between the open state and the closed state. Note that the closed state may be a state in which the game ball is slightly closed to the extent that it is substantially impossible to enter, in addition to a state in which it is completely closed. Further, the variable winning port is not limited to the one shown in FIG. 3, as long as the gaming ball passes or enters to win the gaming ball. When the special figure variation game is won and the first special figure display device 212 or the second special figure display device 214 stops and displays the big hit symbol, the door member 2341 opens and closes at a predetermined time interval and a predetermined number of times. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects a ball entering the variable winning port 234, the payout device 152 is driven to discharge a predetermined number (for example, 15) of balls to the upper plate 126 as a prize ball. The ball that has entered the variable winning port 234 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the gaming island side.

Further, a plurality of disk-shaped hitting ball direction changing members 236 called a windmill and a plurality of game nails 238 are arranged near these winning openings and starting openings, and at the bottom of the inner rail 204, An out port 240 is provided for guiding a ball that has not won any winning opening or starting opening to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharging it to the game island side.

The balls contained in the upper plate 126 are supplied to the firing position of the firing rail. In this pachinko machine 100, the launch motor is driven with a strength according to the operation amount of the ball launch handle 134 of the player, and the launch rod 146 and the launch mallet 148 pass the outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 to the game area 124. Launch. Then, the ball that has reached the upper part of the game area 124 drops downward while changing the traveling direction by the ball striking direction changing member 236, the game nail 238, etc., and wins the prize (general winning prize 226, variable winning prize 234) or the starting prize. Outgoing outlet 240 by winning (first special figure starting port 230, second special figure starting port 232), without winning any winning port or starting port, or only passing through universal figure starting port 228. To reach.

<Direction device 206>
Next, the rendering device 206 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described.

On the front side of the effect device 206, the warp device 242 and the stage 244 are arranged in the area where the game ball can roll, and the effect movable body 224 is arranged in the area where the game ball cannot roll. .. Further, a decorative pattern display device 208 and a shielding device 246 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a door) are arranged on the back side of the rendering device 206. That is, in the rendering device 206, the decorative pattern display device 208 and the shielding device 246 are located behind the warp device 242, the stage 244, and the rendering movable body 224.

The warp device 242 discharges the game ball, which has entered the warp entrance 242a provided at the upper left of the effect device 206, from the warp exit 242b to the stage 244 below the front surface of the effect device 206.

The stage 244 can roll a ball discharged from the warp outlet 242b or a ball ridden by a game nail 238 or the like, and the passed ball enters the first special figure starting port 230 at the center of the stage 244. A special route 244a is provided to facilitate the ball.

In the present embodiment, the production movable body 224 includes an upper arm portion 224a and a forearm portion 224b that imitate the upper arm and the forearm of a human right arm. An unillustrated forearm motor for rotating the forearm 224b is provided at the position. The production movable body 224 moves in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 by the upper arm motor and the forearm motor.

The shielding device 246 includes a lattice-shaped left door 246a and a right door 246b, and is arranged between the decorative pattern display device 208 and the front stage 244. Belts wound around two pulleys (not shown) are fixed to the upper portions of the left door 246a and the right door 246b, respectively. That is, the left door 246a and the right door 246b respectively move to the left and right according to the operation of the belt driven by the motor via the pulley. The shielding device 246 shields the decorative symbol display device 208 so that it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the decorative pattern display device 208, when the left door 246a and the right door 246b are closed, their respective inner ends overlap. In the state where the left door 246a and the right door 246b are opened, the inner ends of the left door 246a and the right door 246b are slightly overlapped with the outer ends of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, but the player can visually recognize all of the display of the decorative symbol display device 208. Is. Further, the left door 246a and the right door 246b can be stopped at arbitrary positions, and for example, only a part of the decorative design is sufficient to allow the player to identify which decorative design is the displayed decorative design. Can be shielded. In addition, the left door 246a and the right door 246b may make a part of the rear decorative pattern display device 208 visible through the holes of the lattice, or the shoji part of the holes of the lattice is closed with a semitransparent lens body, The display by the decorative pattern display device 208 may be vaguely made visible to the player, or the shoji part of the holes of the lattice is completely closed (shielded), and the rear decorative pattern display device 208 is completely invisible. Good.

The decorative lamps such as the speaker 120 and the frame lamp 122 shown in FIG. 1, the decorative pattern display device 208, the effect movable member 224, and the shielding device 246 shown in FIG. 3 correspond to the effect means, and among them, the decorative pattern display device 208. Corresponds to an example of the decorative pattern display means.

Further, on the game board 200, a specification sticker 290 showing the specifications of this game table is attached at a position visible to the player.

Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the pachinko machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. The figure shows a circuit block diagram of the control unit. The control unit of the pachinko machine 100 is roughly classified into a main control unit 300 that controls the central part of the game and a command signal (hereinafter, simply referred to as “command”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. A first sub-control unit 400 that performs control, a second sub-control unit 500 that controls various devices based on a command transmitted from the first sub-control unit 400, and a main sub-control unit that responds to a command transmitted by the main control unit 300. In addition, a payout control unit 600 that controls the payout of the game balls, a launch control unit 630 that controls the launch of the game balls, and a power supply control unit 660 that controls the power supplied to the pachinko machine 100 are configured. There is.

First, the main controller 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing a control program and various data, a RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 310 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a time. A timer circuit 312 for measuring the number of times, the number of times, and the like, and a WDT 314 for monitoring an abnormality in program processing are mounted. Other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and the RAM 308, and the same applies to the first sub-control unit 400 and the second sub-control unit 500, which will be described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 316b as a system clock.

Further, the basic circuit 302 includes a random number generation circuit (counter circuit) 318 (counter circuit) used as a hardware random number counter that changes a numerical value within a range of 0 to 65535 each time the clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 316a is received. This circuit has two built-in counters) and a predetermined ball detection sensor, for example, a sensor for detecting a game ball passing through each starting opening, a winning opening, a variable winning opening, and opening of the front frame door. A sensor circuit for receiving signals output from various sensors 320 including a sensor, an inner frame open sensor, and a lower pan full sensor, and outputting an amplification result and a comparison result with a reference voltage to a random value generation circuit 318 and a basic circuit 302. 322, a predetermined symbol display device, for example, a drive circuit 324 for performing display control of the first special symbol display device 212 and the second special symbol display device 214, and a predetermined symbol display device, for example, the general symbol display device 210 Display control of the drive circuit 326 for performing display control and various status display sections 328 (for example, the universal figure holding lamp 216, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218, the special figure 2 holding lamp 220, the high accuracy middle lamp 222, etc.) And a drive circuit 334 for performing a predetermined movable member, for example, various solenoids 332 for opening and closing a blade member 2321 of the special figure 2 starting port 232, a door member 2341 of the variable winning port 234, and the like. , Are connected. In this example, the crystal oscillator 316a and the random value generation circuit 318 are provided separately, but the crystal oscillator 316a may be included in the random value generation circuit 318.

When the sphere detection sensor 320 detects that a sphere has won the starting point 230 of the special figure 1, the sensor circuit 322 outputs a signal indicating that the sphere has been detected to the random value generation circuit 318. Upon receiving this signal, the random number generation circuit 318 latches the value of the counter corresponding to the special figure 1 starting port 230 at that timing, and stores the latched value in the counter value stored in the special figure 1 starting port 230. Stored in the register for use. Similarly, when the random number generation circuit 318 receives a signal indicating that a ball has won the special figure 2 starting port 232, the value of the counter corresponding to the special figure 2 starting port 232 is latched at the same timing. The latched value is stored in a built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the special figure 2 starting port 232.

Further, an information output circuit 336 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 passes through the information output circuit 336, the external terminal board 349, an external hall computer (not shown), and the like. The game information (for example, the game state) of the pachinko machine 100 is output to the information input circuit 350 included in.

Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 338 for monitoring the voltage value of the power supply supplied from the power supply control unit 660 to the main control unit 300. Is less than a predetermined value (9 V in this example), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output to the basic circuit 302.

Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on, and the CPU 304 outputs the start signal output circuit 340 from the start signal output circuit 340. When the activation signal is input, the game control is started (the main control unit main processing described later is started).

In addition, the main control unit 300 includes an output interface for transmitting a command to the first sub control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting a command to the payout control unit 600, respectively. It is possible to communicate with the first sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600. The information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is one-way communication, and the main control unit 300 sends commands to the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600. Although it is configured to be able to transmit signals, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to be unable to transmit signals such as commands to the main control unit 300. However, the information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 may be performed by bidirectional communication. Further, the payout control unit 600 is configured to be able to send a signal such as a command to the main control unit 300, but is configured to be unable to send a signal such as a command from the payout control unit 600 to the main control unit 300. Good.

Next, the first sub control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The first sub control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that mainly controls the entire first sub control unit 400 based on a command or the like transmitted by the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 410 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time and the number of times. It is equipped with. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output by the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock. Further, the basic circuit 402 is provided with a ROM 406 for storing a control program and various effect data. The ROM 406 may store the control program and various effect data in different ROMs.

Further, the basic circuit 402 includes a sound source IC (S-ROM) 416 for controlling the speaker 120 (and an amplifier) and a drive circuit 420 for controlling various lamps 418 (for example, chance button lamp 138). A drive circuit 432 for controlling the drive of the shielding device 246, a shielding device sensor 430 that detects the current position of the shielding device 246, a chance button sensor 426 that detects pressing of the chance button 136, and an output from the speaker 120. Volume adjustment switch (not shown) for adjusting the volume to be output, operation unit sensors (not shown) for detecting pressing of each button of the setting operation unit 137, and detection signals from these sensors are output to the basic circuit 402. VDP (video) for displaying the image on the decorative pattern display device 208 by reading the image data and the like stored in the ROM 406 based on the signal from the sensor circuit 428 and the CPU 404 and using the work area of the VRAM 436 to display the image. -Display processor) 434 is connected.

Next, the second sub control unit 500 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The second sub control unit 500 includes a basic circuit 502 that receives the control command transmitted by the first sub control unit 400 via an input interface and controls the entire second sub control unit 500 based on the control command. ing. The basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a RAM 508 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 510 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter timer 512 for measuring time, number of times, etc. doing. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output by the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock. Further, the basic circuit 502 is provided with a ROM 506 in which a control program and data for controlling the entire second sub control unit 500, data for image display, and the like are stored.

In addition, the basic circuit 502, the drive circuit 516 for controlling the drive of the effect movable body 224, the effect movable body sensor 424 for detecting the current position of the effect movable body 224, and the detection signal from the effect movable body sensor 424. To the basic circuit 502, a game board lamp drive circuit 530 for controlling the game board lamp 532, and a game underframe lamp drive for controlling the game underframe lamp 542. A circuit 540 and a serial communication control circuit 520 for performing lighting control by serial communication between the game board lamp drive circuit 530 and the game underframe lamp drive circuit 540 are connected.

Next, the payout controller 600, the launch controller 630, and the power controller 660 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The payout control unit 600 mainly controls the payout motor 602 of the payout device 152 based on a signal such as a command transmitted by the main control unit 300, and also based on a control signal output from the payout sensor 604, a prize ball or a ball rental ball. It is detected whether or not the payout of is completed. Further, the payout control unit 600 communicates with a card unit 608 provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 via the interface unit 606. In addition, the payout control unit 600 pays out a predetermined number (for example, 10) of prize balls, which indicates that the prize balls have been paid out, and a predetermined number (for example, 25) of balls to be paid out. Ball rental information indicating that is output to the information input circuit 350 via the external terminal board 349. A frame sensor 605 is connected to the payout control unit 600. The frame sensor 605 detects when the front frame door 106 is open and outputs an open signal. When the payout controller 600 outputs the opening signal from the frame sensor 605, the payout controller 600 outputs door opening information to the main controller 300.

The firing control section 630 is a control signal output from the payout control section 600 for instructing to permit or stop the firing, and a firing intensity output circuit provided in the ball firing handle 134 outputs the operation of the ball firing handle 134 by the player. Control of a firing motor 632 that drives the firing rod 146 and the launching mallet 148, and control of a ball feeding device 634 that supplies a ball from the upper plate 126 to the launching device 110, based on a control signal that indicates a firing intensity according to the amount. I do.

The power supply control unit 660 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the pachinko machine 100 into a direct current, converts it into a predetermined voltage, and controls the main control unit 300, the first sub-control unit 400 and the like, and the payout device 152 and the like. Supply to each device. Further, the power supply control unit 660 supplies a power storage circuit (for example, 10 days) for supplying power to a predetermined component (for example, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300) for a predetermined period (for example, 10 days) even after the power supply from the outside is cut off. , Condenser). In the present embodiment, the power supply controller 660 supplies power of a predetermined voltage to the payout controller 600 and the second sub controller 500, and the payout controller 600 fires the main controller 300 and the second sub controller 500. Although the power supply of the predetermined voltage is supplied to the control unit 630, the power supply of the predetermined voltage may be supplied to each control unit or each device through another power supply path.

Next, using FIGS. 5A to 5D, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the decorative pattern display device 208, and the general figure display device 210 of the pachinko machine 100 are stopped and displayed. The types of special drawings and general drawings to be performed will be described.

The special figure 1 variation game is started on condition that the first starting mouth sensor which is the ball detection sensor detects that the ball has entered the special opening 1 starting opening 230, and the ball enters the special opening 2 starting opening 232. The special figure 2 variation game is started on condition that the second starting port sensor which is a ball detection sensor has detected that the ball has been hit. When the special figure 1 variation game is started, the first special figure display device 212 repeats the lighting of all seven segments and the lighting of one central segment "variable display of special figure 1" (special figure Fluctuating game). Further, when the special figure 2 variation game is started, the second special figure display device 214 repeats the lighting of all seven segments and the lighting of one central segment "variation display of special figure 2" ( Special figure fluctuation game). Then, when the fluctuation time determined before the start of fluctuation of the special figure 1 has elapsed, the first special figure display device 212 stops and displays the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 1, and the fluctuation time determined before the start of fluctuation of the special figure 2 When, passes, the second special figure display device 214 stops and displays the stop symbol mode of special figure 2. Hereinafter, the variable display from the start of this "variable display of special figure 1 or 2" to the stop display of the stopped symbol aspect of special figure 1 or 2 may be referred to as the variable display of special figure. The variable display of this special map may be continuously performed a plurality of times.

FIG. 5A shows an example of the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 1. In FIG. 5A, nine types of special maps, “Special map A” to “Special map I”, are shown. In FIG. 5A, the white portions in the drawing show the locations of the segments that are turned off, and the black portions show the locations of the segments that are turned on.

In the present embodiment, seven types of jackpot symbols (“Special symbol A” to “Special symbol G”) are prepared as stop symbol modes of the special symbol. "Special map A" is a 15-round (R) jackpot design, 15R probable big hit pattern that can be expected to win balls in all rounds of 15 rounds, and "Special map B" is a 15R jackpot pattern. So, while 5 out of 15 rounds can be expected to win balls in the remaining rounds, it cannot be expected to win out balls in the remaining 5R probability variation jackpot design. There is a 15R-rank up bonus (RUB) design that can be expected to win balls in all rounds of 15 rounds, and "Special drawing D" is a 15R jackpot design, 8 out of 15 rounds. You can expect to win balls in one round, but you can't expect to win balls in the remaining rounds. It is a real 8R-RUB. You can expect to win balls in the rounds, but you can't expect to win balls in the remaining rounds. It is a real 4R-RUB. It is a symbol, which is a 2R probability variation big hit symbol called latent probability variation or hidden probability variation, in which winning of a ball is not expected in any round. Here, the rank-up bonus is, for example, a big hit that is produced by the player in such a manner as to make it difficult for the player to specify how long a round in which a win can be expected will continue at the start of the big hit. It is a big hit that creates a form that encourages the player whether or not the round in which the winning of a ball can be expected to continue will be continued when it becomes the eye or the ninth round).

In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, determination of whether or not to be a big hit in the special figure variation game is performed by lottery of hardware random numbers, and determination of whether or not to be a special jackpot is performed by lottery of software random numbers. The difference between the regular jackpot and the probability jackpot is that the probability of winning the jackpot in the next special figure variation game is high (probability jackpot) or low (normal jackpot). Hereinafter, the state in which the probability of winning the jackpot is high is referred to as a special figure high probability state (hereinafter, may be referred to as “special figure probable variation” or simply “probable variation”), and the state with a low probability is a special figure. This is called a low probability state. Moreover, there is a case where the game is transferred to a time saving state (electric support state) after the big hit game is over. Here, the electric support state is a predetermined advantage that the player is higher than the non-electric support state, such as shortening the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure variation game to the start of the next big hit. The state. Although the time saving will be described in detail later, the time saving state is referred to as a high probability state of universal figure (hereinafter, may be referred to as “probability change of universal figure”), and the state not in the short period of time is referred to as low probability state of universal figure. In this way, the electric power support state (time saving state) is started on condition that the big hit game ends. Strictly speaking, the “electric power support state” is a state where the general map is concerned, and the “time saving state” is a state where the special map is concerned or a state where the special figure and the special map are concerned. The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a time saving flag, and when the time saving flag is set to ON, it is in the electric power support state and the universal figure high probability state. It is easier to win the universal figure variation game in the universal figure high probability state than in the universal figure low probability state (normal figure probability variation). For example, the winning probability of the universal figure fluctuation game is 1/100 in the universal figure low probability state (non-electric power support state), while it increases to 99/100 in the universal figure high probability state (electric power support state). Also, in the electric support state, the fluctuation time of the universal figure fluctuation game becomes shorter than in the non-electric power support state (general figure variation short). For example, in the non-electric power support state, the fluctuation time of the universal figure fluctuation game of 10 seconds is shortened to 2 seconds in the electric power support state. Further, in the electric power support state, the opening time in one time opening of the blade member 2321 of the special figure 2 starting port 232 is likely to be longer than in the non-electric power support state (electrical chewing open period extension). For example, in the non-electrically-supported state, the power-chew open period of 0.5 seconds is extended to 2 seconds in the electrically-powered support state. Further, the blade member 2321 is more likely to open in the electrically supported state than in the non-electrically supported state (the number of times of opening the electrically-powered chewing increases). For example, the blade member 2321 that opens only once in the non-electric power support state for one winning in the universal figure starting port 228 opens twice in the electric power support state (2 seconds open and 1 second closed and 2 seconds again). Open). Due to the extension of the electric-chew opening period and the increase in the number of electric-chew opening, the probability of entering the special figure 2 starting port 232 increases. The time saving flag is set to OFF during the big hit game. Therefore, the non-electric power support state is maintained during the big hit game. This is because, particularly in a big hit game, if a game ball is picked up by an electric chu with a small number of prize balls, and if the number of game balls to the variable winning port (attacker) 234 is reduced, the player may be disadvantaged. Because there is. In the present embodiment, in the electric power support state (time saving state), all of the normal figure probabilistic change, the general figure short cut, the extension of the electric chow open period, and the increase of the electric chow open frequency are all performed. If any one of them is performed, the player's advantage is high, and the player may be in the electric power support state (time saving state). Alternatively, if either one of the extension of the electric chew opening period and the increase in the number of electric chew opening is performed to increase the probability of entering the special figure 2 starting port 232, the electric support state (time saving state) may be set. In the non-electrically-supported state, it is more difficult for the game ball to enter the special figure 2 starting port 232 than in the electrically-supported state. As described above, the special figure 2 starting port 232 changes between a difficult winning state in which the game ball is hard to enter and an easy winning state in which the game ball is easy to enter. The entrance of the special figure 2 starting port 232 is in the easy winning state in the electric support state for a longer period than in the non-electric support state. In the present embodiment, when “special map A” to “special map E” are stopped and displayed, after the big hit game that is performed thereafter is stopped, the electric power support state (universal figure high probability state) is started until the next big hit game is started. ) Is maintained, and "Special map F" is stopped and displayed, after the big hit game that is performed after that, while the special map variation game is played 100 times, the power support state is maintained and the non-powered game is played 101 times. Transition to support state (universal figure low probability state). On the other hand, when the big hit without the electric support (“special figure G”) is won, the electric support state does not shift after the big hit game ends.

In this way, in this embodiment, when the "special map A" to "special map E" are stopped and displayed, the control state becomes the special map high probability general figure high probability state after the jackpot game is over. Further, when the "special map F" is stopped and displayed, the control state becomes the special map low probability general figure high probability state after the jackpot game is over. Further, when the "special map G" is stopped and displayed, the control state becomes the special map high probability general figure low probability state after the jackpot game is over.

In addition, in the present embodiment, one type of stop symbol is prepared as a small hit symbol in addition to the big hit symbol. In the small hit game, the door member 2341 of the variable winning port 234 is operated a predetermined number of times (for example, twice), and the door member 2341 maintains the open state for a maximum of 0.1 seconds per operation. In addition, in the opening of the door member 2341 in the small hit, for example, when the game ball enters a predetermined number of balls (for example, 10 balls) in the first opening, or a predetermined amount of game value (a predetermined number of balls) is acquired. If you do, the second and subsequent releases will not be performed. During the small hit game, the special figure low probability general figure low probability state is entered. The small hit is a hit in which the control state does not change before and after the small hit game, and returns to the control state before the start of the small hit game after the end of the small hit game. "Special drawing H" shown in FIG. 5(a) is a small hit symbol. In the present embodiment, the opening/closing mode (the number of times of opening and closing and the opening time) of the variable winning a prize port 234 in the small hit game and the opening/closing mode (opening of the variable winning a prize port 234 in the big hit game to which the "special map G" is stopped and displayed. The number of times of opening and the time of opening are substantially the same, but they may be different, for example, at least one of the number of times of opening and the time of opening may be different.

Further, in the present embodiment, one type of stop symbol is prepared as the lost symbol. “Special drawing I” is a lost design.

FIG. 5B shows an example of the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 2. In FIG. 5(b), six types of special maps, "special map a" to "special map f", are shown. Fig. e"). "Special map a" is a 15R big hit pattern, 15R probability variation big hit pattern that can be expected to win balls in all rounds of 15 rounds, and "special map b" is a 15R big hit pattern, 15 It is a 15R-RUB design that can be expected to win balls in all of the rounds, and "Special Drawing c" is a 15R jackpot pattern, and is expected to win balls in eight of the 15 rounds. On the other hand, it is a real 8R-RUB that you can't expect to win out in the remaining rounds, and the "special map d" is a 15R jackpot design, and you can expect to win out in four of the 15 rounds. On the other hand, in the remaining rounds, it is a substantial 4R-RUB that cannot be expected to win a ball, and the "special figure e" is a 2R normal jackpot design.

Further, in the present embodiment, one type of stop symbol is prepared as the lost symbol. “Special drawing f” is a lost design.

FIG. 5(c) shows an example of a decorative design. The decorative pattern of the present embodiment includes 10 types of “decoration 1” to “decoration 10”. The special starting point 230 or the special drawing 2 starting opening 232 is a ball, that is, the first starting opening sensor detects that the ball has entered the special drawing 1 starting opening 230, or the special drawing 2 Each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided on condition that the second starting hole sensor detects that the ball has entered the starting symbol 232. In the pattern display area, "decoration 1"→"decoration 2"→"decoration 3"→... "decoration 9"→"decoration 10"→"decoration 1"→... "Variable display of symbols" is performed. That is, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the decorative symbol in a variable manner separately from the first special symbol display device 212 and the second special symbol display device 214. Then, the stop symbol mode, which is a combination of decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed.

When notifying substantially 5R probability variation big hit ("special drawing B"), 5R normal big hit ("special drawing F"), 2R normal big hit ("special drawing e"), in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c, "decoration" 3-decoration 3-decoration 3" and "decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7" A combination of ornamental patterns in which three ornamental patterns with the same numbers are arranged (for example, "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" or "decoration 1-decoration 1" Decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4") is stopped and displayed. In addition, when notifying the 15R probability variation big hit (“special drawing A” and “special drawing a”), “decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3” or “decoration 7-decoration 7” is displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. -Stop decoration "7". Furthermore, when notifying 15R-RUB, substance 8R-RUB, and substance 4R-RUB, the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c are decorative symbols of the same number, and the middle symbol display area 208b is like a lord. A combination of decorative patterns that are decorative patterns (for example, "decoration 1-lord-decoration 1" and "decoration 4-lord-decoration 4") is stopped and displayed. In addition, when notifying a hidden probability change (“special figure G”) that is a big hit of 2R or a small hit (“special figure H”), “decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration” is displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. A combination of decorative patterns such as "3" is stopped and displayed. A combination of decorative patterns such as "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3" may be referred to as a chance eye. Further, when notifying a lost symbol such as "special symbol I" or "special symbol f", in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c, combinations of decorative symbols other than the combinations of the decorative symbols described above (for example, disperse). Stop the display).

Hereinafter, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the display from the start of this “variable display of decorative symbol” to the stop display of the stopped symbol aspect of the decorative symbol may be referred to as variable display of the decorative symbol. The variable display of the decorative pattern is performed by the control of the first sub control unit 400.

FIG. 5(d) shows an example of a stop symbol aspect of a universal figure. There are two types of stop display modes of the public figure of the present embodiment, "Public figure A" which is a winning symbol and "Public symbol B" which is a deviating symbol. On the basis of the fact that the gate sensor, which is a sphere detection sensor, detects that the sphere has passed through the universal figure starting port 228, the universal figure display device 210 has all seven segments illuminated and one central segment. Repeated lighting "Public variation display" (Public variation game). Then, after the change time elapses, one of the symbols "Public symbol A" which is a winning symbol and "Public symbol A" is stopped and displayed. Also in FIG. 5D, the white portions in the drawing show the locations of the segments to be turned off, and the black portions are the locations of the segments to be turned on.

Hereinafter, the display from the start of the "variable display of the universal figure" to the stop display of the stopped symbol aspect of the universal figure may be referred to as a variable display of the universal figure.

<Main control unit main processing>
Next, the main processing main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4 will be described with reference to FIG. It should be noted that this figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main processing of the main control unit.

In the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4, a special figure random number value, a special figure round determination random number value, a special figure electric support determination random number value, and a special figure determination random number are stored. Further, the RAM 308 is provided with a random number counter for generating these various random number values. Further, the RAM 308 stores the number of reserved special figures, the random number value of special figure winning, various determination (lottery) results, and the like. Hereinafter, the area in the RAM 308 that stores the number of reserved special figures is sometimes referred to as a special figure reserved number storage area. Furthermore, the RAM 308 is provided with a starting information storage unit for special figures which is divided into a maximum number (four in this example) of areas in which the start of the winning/disapproval determination (lottery) can be suspended. There is also a random number storage area for general drawings. As will be described later, the start information storage unit for special figures stores a plurality of types of start information as one set, and the start information is stored for each area one by one in the winning order (holding order).

As described above, the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4 is provided with the activation signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs the activation signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302, to which this activation signal is input, performs a reset start by a reset interrupt and executes the main control unit main process shown in FIG. 6 according to a control program stored in the ROM 306 in advance.

In step S101, initial setting 1 is performed. In the initial setting 1, the stack initial value is set (temporary setting) to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, the interrupt mask is set, the I/O 310 is initialized, various variables stored in the RAM 308 are initialized, and the WDT 314 is set. Allows the operation of and sets the initial value. In this embodiment, the WDT 314 is set to a numerical value corresponding to 32.8 ms as an initial value.

In step S103, the value of the counter of WDT314 is cleared and the time measurement by WDT314 is restarted.

In step S105, it is determined whether or not the low voltage signal is ON, that is, the voltage monitoring circuit 338 determines that the voltage value of the power supply that the power supply control unit 660 supplies to the main control unit 300 via the second sub control unit 500. Is less than a predetermined value (9v in this embodiment), it is monitored whether or not a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is being output. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects the power cutoff), the process returns to step S103, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the CPU 304 does not detect the power cutoff), the step is performed. It proceeds to S107. Even when the power does not reach the predetermined value (9V) immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S103, and step S105 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined value.

In step S107, initial setting 2 is performed. In this initial setting 2, a process of setting a numerical value for determining a period for executing a main control unit timer interrupt process described later at regular intervals in the timer circuit 312, a predetermined port of the I/O 310 (for example, a test output port, Processing for outputting a clear signal from the output port to the first sub-control unit 400, setting for permitting writing to the RAM 308, and the like are performed.

In step S109, it is determined whether the state before the power is cut off (before the power failure) is restored, and when the state before the power failure is not restored (when the basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 is set to the initial state) ), the process proceeds to the initialization process (step S113).

Specifically, first, a RAM clear signal transmitted when a clerk at a game store operates the RAM clear switch 180 provided on the power supply board 182 shown in FIG. 2 (indicating that there has been an operation). If the RAM clear signal is ON (when RAM clear is required), the basic circuit 302 is initialized to step S113. move on. On the other hand, when the RAM clear signal is off (when RAM clear is not required), the power status information stored in the power status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read, and this power status information is information indicating suspend. Or not. If the power status information is not information indicating suspend, the process proceeds to step S113 to initialize the basic circuit 302. If the power status information is information indicating suspend, a predetermined area of the RAM 308 is determined. A checksum is calculated by adding all 1-byte data stored in (for example, all areas) to a 1-byte configuration register having an initial value of 0, and the calculated checksum result is a specific value (for example, 0) or not (whether or not the result of the checksum is normal) is determined. If the checksum result is a specific value (for example, 0) (when the checksum result is normal), the process proceeds to step S111 to restore the state before the power failure, and the checksum result is specified. If the value is other than the value (for example, 0) (when the result of the checksum is abnormal), the process proceeds to step S113 to initialize the pachinko machine 100. Similarly, if the power status information indicates information other than “suspend”, the process proceeds to step S113.

In step S111, power recovery processing is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power interruption is read and reset (main setting) to the stack pointer. When the power is cut off, the value of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 is read and reset in each register, and then the interrupt permission is set. After that, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and the register, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state when the power was cut off. That is, the process is restarted from the instruction next to the instruction (predetermined in step S115) performed immediately before branching to the timer interrupt processing (described later) immediately before the power interruption. Further, the RAM 308 mounted on the basic circuit 302 in the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 2 is provided with a transmission information storage area. In step S111, a power recovery command is set in the transmission information storage area. This power recovery command is a command that indicates that the power-off state has been restored, and is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300, which will be described later.

In step S113, initialization processing is performed. In this initialization processing, setting of interrupt prohibition, setting of stack initial value to the stack pointer (main setting), initialization of all storage areas of the RAM 308, and the like are performed. Further, at this point, the normal recovery command is set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. This normal return command is a command indicating that the initialization process (step S113) of the main control unit 300 has been performed, and like the power recovery command, in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300, 1 is transmitted to the sub control unit 400.

In step S115, after setting interrupt prohibition, basic random number initial value update processing is performed. In this basic random number initial value update processing, two initial value generation random number counters for generating the initial values of the universal figure winning random number counter and the special figure random number counter are updated. For example, if the range of possible numerical values for the universal figure winning random number is 0 to 20, the value is obtained from the random number counter storage area provided in the RAM 308 for generating the universal figure winning random number value, and 1 is added to the obtained value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 21, the value 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. The other initial value generating random number counters and random number counters are updated in the same manner. The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the process of step S115 except during the timer interrupt process that starts every predetermined period.

<Main controller timer interrupt processing>
Next, the main controller timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main controller 300 will be described with reference to FIG. 7. It should be noted that this figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main controller timer interrupt process.

The main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4 includes a timer circuit 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, about once every 4 ms), and the main control is triggered by this timer interrupt signal. The partial timer interrupt processing is started at a predetermined cycle.

In step S201, timer interrupt start processing is performed. In this timer interrupt start process, the value of each register of the CPU 304 is temporarily saved in the stack area.

In step S203, the WDT 314 is periodically (mainly) so that the count value of the WDT 314 exceeds the initial setting value (32.8 ms in the present embodiment) and a WDT interrupt does not occur (not to detect abnormal processing). In the embodiment, the restart is performed once every 2 ms, which is the period of the main controller timer interrupt.

In step S205, an input port state update process is performed. In this input port status update processing, the detection signals of the various sensors 320 shown in FIG. 4 including various sphere detection sensors are input via the input port of the I/O 310 to monitor the presence/absence of the detection signals, and the RAM 308 performs various operations. The data is stored in a signal state storage area provided separately for each sensor 320. Explaining the detection signal of the sphere detection sensor as an example, the RAM 308 stores information on the presence or absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor detected in the timer interrupt process (about 4 ms before) two times before in each RAM detection sensor. Is read from the previous detection signal storage area partitioned and provided, and this information is stored in the two-preceding detection signal storage area partitioned and provided in the RAM 308 for each ball detection sensor, and the previous timer interrupt processing (about 2 ms before) is stored. ), the information on the presence or absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor is read out from the current detection signal storage area provided in the RAM 308 for each sphere detection sensor, and this information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area. Remember. Further, the detection signals of the respective sphere detection sensors detected this time are stored in the above-mentioned current detection signal storage area.

In step S205, information about the presence/absence of the detection signal of each sphere detection sensor stored in the storage areas of the two-preceding detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area is compared. It is determined whether or not the information on the presence/absence of the detection signals for the past three times in the ball detection sensor of No. 1 matches the winning determination pattern information. While one gaming ball passes through one ball detection sensor, this main control unit timer interrupt process that is repeatedly activated at a very short interval of about 2 ms is activated several times. Therefore, every time the main control unit timer interrupt process is activated, in the above-described step S205, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is confirmed. As a result, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is stored in each of the two-preceding detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area. That is, when the game ball starts passing through the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal before two times, there is a previous detection signal, and there is a current detection signal. In the present embodiment, in consideration of erroneous detection of the sphere detection sensor and noise, when the detection signal is stored twice consecutively after the detection signal is absent, it is determined that a prize has been won. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 4 stores winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is no previous-previous detection signal, previous detection signal, and current detection signal). In this step S205, information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in each ball detection sensor is predetermined winning determination pattern information (in the present embodiment, there is no previous-previous detection signal, there is a previous detection signal, and there is a present detection signal). (The information indicating that), the general winning opening 226, the variable winning opening 234, the first special figure starting port 230, and the second special figure starting port 232, or the universal figure starting port 228. It is determined that there has been a passage. That is, it is determined that the winning openings 234 and 226 and the starting openings 230, 232 and 228 have been won. For example, if the information on the presence or absence of the detection signals for the past three times in the first starting opening sensor that detects the ball entering the first special drawing starting opening 230 matches the above-described winning determination pattern information, the first special drawing It is determined that there is a winning in the starting opening 230, that is, a game medium that passes through a predetermined area is detected, and the processing following the winning in the first special figure starting opening 230 is performed. If the presence/absence information does not match the above-described winning determination pattern information, the subsequent processing is skipped without performing the processing associated with the winning of the first special figure starting port 230. Note that the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination clear pattern information (in the present embodiment, information indicating that there is a detection signal two times before, a previous detection signal does not exist, and a current detection signal does not exist). After it is determined that there has been a single winning, it is not determined that there is a winning until the information on the presence or absence of the detection signal for the past three times in each ball detection sensor matches the winning determination clear pattern information, and the winning determination is cleared. If it matches the pattern information, it is subsequently determined whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information.

In steps S207 and S209, basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing are performed. In the basic random number initial value updating process and the basic random number updating process, the value of the random number counter for initial value generation performed in step S115 is updated, and the universal figure winning random number value and The random number counter for generating each special figure random value is updated. For example, assuming that the numerical range that can be taken as the universal figure winning random number value is 0 to 100, the value is acquired from the random number counter storage area provided in the RAM 308 for generating the universal figure winning random number value, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 101, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. In addition, as a result of adding 1 to the acquired value, when it is determined that the random number counter makes one round, the value of the random number counter for initial value generation corresponding to each random number counter is acquired and stored in the storage area of the random number counter. set. For example, a value obtained from a random number counter for generating a universal figure winning random number value that fluctuates in a numerical range of 0 to 100 and the result obtained by adding 1 to the obtained value is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in the RAM 308. If the value is equal to the previously set initial value (for example, 7), the value is acquired as the initial value from the initial value generation random number counter that corresponds to the random number counter The initial value set this time is stored in the above-mentioned initial value storage area in order to set it in the random number counter for generating the winning random number value and to determine that the random number counter for generating the universal random number I'll do it. In addition to the above-mentioned initial value storage area for determining that the random number counter for generating the universal figure winning random number value has made one round, it is determined that the random number counter for generating the special figure random number has made one round. The RAM 308 is provided with an initial value storage area for

In step S211, an effect random number updating process is performed. In this effect random number updating process, the random number counter for generating the effect random number used in the main control unit 300 is updated.

In step S213, timer update processing is performed. In this timer update process, a symbol is displayed on the universal symbol display symbol update timer, the first special symbol display device 212, and the second special symbol display device 214 for measuring the time to change/stop display the symbol on the normal symbol display device 210. Various including a special figure display symbol update timer for timing the time of fluctuating/stopping display, a predetermined winning effect time, a predetermined opening time, a predetermined closing time, a timer for measuring a predetermined ending effect period, etc. Update the timer.

In step S215, a winning opening counter updating process is performed. In this winning hole counter updating process, when there is a winning in the winning holes 234, 226 and the starting holes 230, 232, the value of the prize ball number storage area provided in the RAM 308 for each winning hole or each starting hole is set. The value is read out, 1 is added, and the original prize ball number storage area is set.

In addition, in step S217, prize winning acceptance processing is performed. In the winning acceptance process, a plurality of types of start information are acquired if a predetermined condition is satisfied. The plurality of types of starting information acquired here are stored as a set of starting information in an empty area of the starting information storage unit provided in the RAM 308 according to the winning order (holding order).

In step S219 executed after step S217, a payout request number transmission process is performed. The output schedule information and the payout request information output to the payout control unit 600 shown in FIG. 4 are composed of 1 byte, and strobe information is set in bit 7 (when it is set, data is set), bit 6 is set. Power-on information (when it is on, it indicates the first command transmission after power-on), bits 4 to 5 are the current processing type (0 to 3) for encryption, and bits 0 to 3 are encryption. The number of payout requests after chemical processing is indicated.

In step S221, a universal figure state update process is performed. The universal figure state updating process is one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the state of the universal figure. For example, in the public figure state updating process in the middle of the general figure fluctuation display (the value of the above-mentioned general figure display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the 7-segment LED constituting the normal symbol display device 210 is repeatedly turned on and off. Lighting off control is performed. By performing this control, the normal symbol display device 210 performs the variable display of the universal figure (general figure variation game).

Further, in the public figure state update processing at the timing when the public figure variation display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the public figure display symbol update timer has changed from 1 to 0), when the hit flag is on, the hit symbol is displayed. The 7-segment LED that constitutes the normal symbol display device 210 is controlled so as to be in a mode. When the hit flag is off, the normal symbol display device 210 is configured so as to display a lost symbol. Turn on/off the 7-segment LED. Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a setting area for performing various settings in various processes, not limited to the universal figure state update process. Here, the above-mentioned lighting/extinguishing drive control is performed, and the setting indicating that the general-purpose stop display is being performed is performed in the setting area. By performing this control, the normal symbol display device 210 determines either one of the winning symbol (general symbol A shown in FIG. 5C) and the lost symbol (general symbol B shown in FIG. 5C). Display. After that, during a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 msec), information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the universal figure stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 to maintain the display. By this setting, the symbols that are confirmed and displayed are stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the player is informed of the result of the universal figure variation game.

Further, if the result of the universal figure fluctuation game is a hit, the universal figure hit flag is turned on as described later. When the universal figure hit flag is on, the RAM 308 is updated in the universal figure state update processing at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (timing when the value of the universal figure stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0). The normal operation is set in the setting area, and the blade member 2321 is opened to the solenoid (332) for opening and closing the blade member 2321 of the second special figure starting port 232 for a predetermined opening period (for example, 2 seconds). In addition to outputting the signal held in, the information indicating the opening period is set in the storage area of the blade opening time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

In addition, in the normal state updating process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (when the value of the blade opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the blade member remains for a predetermined closing period (for example, 500 msec). A signal for holding the blade member 2321 in the closed state is output to the solenoid (332) for opening and closing drive of 2321, and information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

Further, in the universal figure state updating process which starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (when the value of the blade closing time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the regular area inactive state is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. To do. Furthermore, if the result of the universal figure variation game is a loss, the universal figure loss flag is turned on as described later. When the universal figure loss flag is on, even in the universal figure state updating process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the universal figure stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, the normal figure non-operation is set. In the universal figure state updating process when the ordinary figure is not in operation, nothing is performed and the process proceeds to the next step S223.

In step S223, a universal figure related lottery process is performed. In this universal figure-related lottery process, opening/closing control of the universal figure variation game and the second special figure starting port 232 is not performed (the state of the universal figure is not operating), and the pending universal figure variation game When the number is 1 or more, it is determined whether the result of the universal figure variation game is won or unselected by a random number lottery based on the universal figure winning random number value stored in the random number storage area described above. The winning judgment is performed, and when the winning is determined, the winning flag provided in the RAM 308 is set to ON. In the case of no win, the hit flag is set to off. Regardless of the result of the hit determination, the value of the predetermined random number counter is acquired as the universal figure timer random number value, and the universal figure display device 210 receives the universal figure display unit 210 from among the plurality of fluctuation times based on the obtained universal figure timer random number value. One time during which the figure is variably displayed is selected, and this variability display time is stored as a figure variation display time in the figure variation time storage area provided in the RAM 308. It should be noted that the number of pending universal figure fluctuation games is stored in the universal figure holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308, and from the number of pending universal figure fluctuation games each time a hit determination is made. The value obtained by subtracting 1 is re-stored in this general-use figure hold number storage area. Moreover, the random number value used for the hit determination is deleted.

Then, the special figure prefetching process (step S224) is performed. Details of the special figure prefetching process will be described later. Next, the special figure state update process for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed, but first, the special figure state update process for the special figure 2 (special figure 2 state update process) is performed (step S225). In this special figure 2 state update process, one of the following processes is performed according to the state of special figure 2.

For example, in the special figure 2 state update process in the middle of the special figure 2 variable display (the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the 7-segment LED that constitutes the special figure 2 display device 214 is turned on and off. Repeats lighting and extinguishing drive control. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 performs the variable display of the special figure 2 (special figure 2 variation game). In addition, in the command setting transmission process (step S233), predetermined transmission information indicating execution of the rotation start setting transmission process is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area, and then the process ends.

Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with flags such as a 15R big hit flag, a 5R big hit flag, a 2R big hit flag, a small hit flag, a deviation flag, a special figure probability variation flag, and a general figure probability variation flag. .. These flags are set to ON or OFF based on the determined stop symbol in the special figure 2 related lottery process described later. In the special figure 2 state update processing that starts at the timing when the special figure 2 variable display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer has changed from 1 to 0), for example, the 15R jackpot flag is on, the special figure When the probability variation flag is ON and the universal figure probability variation flag is also ON, any one of special figure a, special figure b, special figure c, and special figure d shown in FIG. The special figure 2 display device 214 is configured to have the special figure e when the figure probability variation flag is off and the general figure probability variation flag is on, and the special figure f when the loss flag is on. The 7 segment LED is controlled to be turned on and off, and the setting indicating that the special figure 2 stop display is being performed is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214, 15R special big hit pattern (special figure a, special figure b, special figure c, special figure d), 2R normal big hit pattern (special figure e), lost symbol ( Any one of the special symbols f) is confirmed and displayed.

After that, in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 ms), information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308. By this setting, the special display 2 that has been confirmed and displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the player is informed of the result of the special figure 2 fluctuating game. Further, if the number of shortening times stored in the shortening number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, 1 is subtracted from the number of shortening times, and if the subtraction result becomes 1 to 0, the special figure probability is changing. If not, the time saving flag is turned off. Further, even during the big hit game (during the special game state), the time saving flag is turned off.

In addition, the predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation stop setting transmission processing is executed in the command setting transmission processing (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area described above, and the design for stopping the variable display is the special figure 2. The special figure 2 identification information indicating that there is is additionally stored in the RAM 308 as information to be included in command data described later, and then the process ends.

If the result of the special figure 2 variation game is a big hit, the big hit flag is turned on. When the big hit flag is on, the RAM 308 is set in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0). In addition to setting the special figure 2 in operation in the area, in order to stand by for a predetermined winning effect production period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, for a period during which an image is displayed to notify the player that the jackpot by the decorative symbol display device 208 is started. Then, information indicating the winning effect period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 waiting time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the winning effect setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area.

In addition, in the special figure 2 state update processing which starts at the timing when the predetermined winning effect production period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined open period (for example, 29 seconds) Or, until the winning of a predetermined number of balls (for example, 10 balls) in the variable winning port 234 is detected) The solenoid for opening and closing the door member of the variable winning port 234 (a part of various solenoids 332), the door member Is output in the RAM 308, and information indicating the opening period is set in the storage area of the door opening time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening opening setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

Further, in the special figure 2 state updating process which starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the door opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds) A signal for holding the door member in the closed state is output to a solenoid (a part of various solenoids 332) for opening and closing the door member of the variable winning port 234, and a storage area of a door closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Set the information that indicates the closing period. In addition, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening closing setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the transmission information storage area.

In addition, in the special figure 2 state update process which is repeated at a predetermined number of times (15 rounds, 5 rounds or 2 rounds in the present exemplary embodiment) for opening/closing control of the door member, the predetermined end effect period (for example, (3 seconds), that is, the storage area of the effect standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308 in order to set to stand by while displaying the image informing the player that the big hit by the decorative symbol display device 208 is finished The information indicating the production standby period is set in. Further, if the universal figure probability variation flag is set to ON, at the same time as the end of this big hit game, the time saving frequency (for example, 100 times) is set in the time saving frequency storage unit provided in the RAM 308, and is also provided in the RAM 308. Turn on the time saving flag. If the universal figure probability variation flag is set to OFF, neither the time saving number is set in the time saving frequency storage unit nor the time saving flag is turned ON.

The time saving here means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player because the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure variation game to the start of the next big hit is shortened. When the time saving flag is set to ON, it is in the high probability state of universal figure (universal figure probable variation). In the high probability state of the universal figure, the probability of being hit in the universal variation game is higher than in the low probability state of the universal figure. In addition, in the general figure high probability state, the fluctuation time of the general figure fluctuation game becomes shorter than in the general figure low probability state (general figure shortness). Furthermore, in the universal figure high probability state, the opening time in one single opening of the pair of blade members 2321 of the special figure 2 starting port 232 tends to be longer than in the universal figure low probability state (electric channel extension). In addition, in the universal figure high probability state, the pair of blade members 2321 are more likely to open than in the universal figure low probability state. The state in which any one of these Phenomenon Probability Change, Phenomenon Change Short, and Den Chu Extension is set is called Densapo (Starting prize winning support by electric tulip) state.

Further, as described above, the time saving flag is set to OFF during the big hit game (during the special game state). Therefore, during the big hit game, the general figure low probability state is maintained. This is a high probability probability state during the big hit game, a predetermined number of variable winning holes 234 during the big hit game, many game balls in the special figure 2 starting hole 232 until the game balls enter There is a problem that the number of game balls that can be won during a big hit increases and the gambling property increases, which is to solve this problem.

Further, predetermined transmission information indicating execution of the end effect setting transmission process in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area.

In addition, in the special figure 2 state update process which starts at the timing when the predetermined end production period ends (the timing when the value of the production standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 is not activated in the setting area of the RAM 308. Set inside.

Further, if the result of the special figure 2 variation game is out, the out flag is turned on. When the deviation flag is ON, even in the special figure 2 state updating process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), Toku-zu 2 inactive is set in the setting area of the RAM 308. In the special figure 2 state updating process in the case where the special figure 2 is not in operation, nothing is done and the process proceeds to the next step S227.

Then, the special figure state update process (special figure 1 state update process) about special figure 1 is performed (step S227). In this special figure 1 state update processing, each processing described in the above-mentioned special figure 2 state update processing is performed according to the state of special figure 1. Since each process performed in the special figure 1 state update process is the same as the process in which “special figure 2” of the content described in the above-mentioned special figure 2 state update process is replaced with “special figure 1”, the description thereof will be omitted. Omit it. The order of the special figure 2 state update processing and the special figure 1 state update processing may be reversed.

When the special figure state update processing in step S225 and step S227 is completed, the special figure related lottery processing for each of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is performed this time. Here, too, the special map-related lottery process (special map 2 related lottery process) for the special map 2 is performed first (step S229), and then the special map-related lottery process for the special map 1 (special map 1-related lottery process). ) Is performed (step S231). Special figure 2 related lottery processing, the variation game of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is not done, the state of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is inactive and special figure 2 which is on hold Assuming that the number of variable games is 1 or more, it is executed using the first special figure 2 winning random number value and special figure 2 random number value in the special figure 2 random number value storage area. Special figure 1 related lottery processing, the variation game of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is not done, the state of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is in the non-operating state, and special figure 1 which is suspended Assuming that the number of variable games is 1 or more, it is executed using the first special figure 1 winning random number value and special figure 1 random number value in the special figure 1 random value storage area.

Regarding these special figure related lottery processing, the main control unit 300 performs the special figure 2 related lottery processing prior to the special figure 1 related lottery processing, so that the special figure 2 variation game start condition and the special figure 1 variation Even if the game start conditions are satisfied at the same time, the special figure 2 variable game is changing first, so the special figure 1 variable game does not start changing. If the number of pending special game 2 variable games is 1 or more, the lottery process and the variable game related to the pending special game 1 variable games are not performed. The decorative symbol display device 208 notifies the result of the determination result of the special figure variation game by the first sub control unit 400, and notifies the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 2 starting port 232. The priority is given to the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 starting opening 230. In the present exemplary embodiment, a special figure variation game with a high advantage (special figure 2 variation game in this example) is given priority over a special figure variation game with a low advantage (special figure 1 variation game in this example). Therefore, it may be easy to give a difference in the degree of advantage of the game state.

In the case of the special figure 2 related lottery processing in step S229, the main control unit 300 starts the special figure 2 start information (special piece) from the earliest (oldest stored) holding position in the special figure 2 random value storage area. FIG. 2 winning random number value and special figure 2 random number value) is obtained, and based on the special figure 2 winning random number value in the obtained special figure 2 starting information and the value of the special figure probability variation flag in the RAM 308, the ROM 306 It is determined whether to make a big hit, a small hit, or a non-match by using the hit/miss judgment table stored in (a hit/miss judgment). Next, the main control unit 300 uses the special figure determination table stored in the ROM 306 based on the special figure 2 random number value in the obtained special figure 2 start information and the determined hit/miss judgment result. After the variable display, the symbols (stop symbols) to be stopped and displayed are determined. Next, the main control unit 300 is stored in the ROM 306 based on, for example, the determined hit/no hit determination result, the stop symbol, the special figure 2 hold number at the time of the hit/no hit determination, the obtained random number for determining the special figure variation time, and the like. The variable display time (timer number) of Toku-zu 2 is determined using various tables.

The main control unit 300 retrieves the earliest special figure 2 starting information from the special figure 2 random value storage area, deletes the earliest special figure 2 starting information from the special figure 2 random value storage area, and Figure 2 The special figure 2 reservation number in the reservation number storage area is decremented by one. At this time, the special figure 2 starting information extracted from the special figure 2 random value storage area is stored in the temporary area provided in the RAM 308, and the above-mentioned determination is performed based on the special figure 2 starting information stored in this temporary area. You may do it.

After the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) as described above, the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) is similarly performed. The order of the special figure 1 related lottery process and the special figure 2 related lottery process may be reversed.

In the above description, the special figure 2 variation game with a high advantage is started with priority over the low advantage figure 1 variation game, and the hold of special figure 2 is digested with priority over the hold of special figure 1. The special figure 2 priority variation is taken as an example, but the special figure 1 variable game with a low advantage is started with priority over the special figure 2 variable game with a high advantage, and the special figure 1 is held pending. It may be the special figure 1 priority variation that is preferentially digested over the hold. Also, without prioritizing either the special figure 2 variation game with a high advantage or the special figure 1 variation game with a low advantage, the special figure variation game related to each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started It may be a change in the starting mouth winning order that starts in order. In the starting mouth winning order variation, the maximum number of reservations is 8 regardless of Toku-zu 1 and Toku-zu 2. Compared with the priority fluctuation in which the maximum number of reservations is 4 in each of Toku-zu 1 and Toku-zu 2. It may be possible to raise the upper limit of the number of reservations.

Further, in the above description, the lottery process and the variable game relating to the holding of the other special map are not performed depending on the state of one special map, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the above special map state update By performing the processing and the special figure-related lottery process independently in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, a plurality of special figures may be simultaneously changed. Further, in the case of simultaneously changing a plurality of special maps in this way, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a plurality of areas for displaying the lottery results of the respective special maps, or the lottery results of the respective special maps are displayed. A plurality of decorative symbol display devices may be provided to separately display each lottery result, or one display may be configured to display a lottery result of a plurality of special symbols. In addition, when fluctuations relating to a plurality of special maps are performed at the same time, the lottery result of the special map whose fluctuation is stopped first may influence the lottery result of the special map whose fluctuation is stopped later.

In step S233 subsequent to step S231, command setting transmission processing is performed. In this command setting transmission process, various commands are transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. The output schedule information transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 is composed of, for example, 16 bits, bit 15 is strobe information (when on, indicates that data is set), and bits 11 to 14 are. Command type (in this example, basic command, symbol variation start command, symbol variation stop command, winning effect start command, end effect start command, jackpot round number designation command, power recovery command, RAM clear command, prefetch result information command, etc. Information that can specify the type of command), and bits 0 to 10 are composed of command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type).

Specifically, the strobe information is turned on or off in the command transmission process described above. If the command type is a pattern variation start (rotation start) command, the command data includes various big hit flags, small hit flags, outlier flags, special figure probability variation flag values, and the timer selected in the special figure related lottery process. In the case of a symbol fluctuation stop (rotation stop) command, including information such as numbers, it includes various big hit flags, small hit flags, outlier flags, special figure probability fluctuation flag values, etc. In the case of the production start command, the value of the special figure probability variation flag is included, and in the case of the big hit round number designation command, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, the big hit round number, etc. are included. If the command type indicates a basic command, the command data includes device information, whether or not there is a winning at the special figure 1 starting port 230, whether or not there is a winning at the special figure 2 starting port 232, and whether or not there is a winning at the variable winning ports 234, 235. Including presence or absence. In the case of the prefetch result information command, information such as the types of special figure 1 and special figure 2, the number of prefetches stored in the prefetch number storage area, which will be described later, and the stop symbol stored in the prefetch result storage unit are included in the command data. Including.

In the rotation start setting transmission process described above, the values of various big hit flags, small hit flags, out-of-match flags, special figure probability variation flags, special figure 1 related lottery processing, and special figures stored in the RAM 308 are included in the command data. 2 Set the information indicating the timer number selected in the related lottery process, the number of pending special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games, and the like. In the rotation stop setting transmission process described above, information indicating the values of various big hit flags, small hit flags, outlier flags, and special figure probability variation flags stored in the RAM 308 is set in the command data.

In the above-mentioned winning effect setting transmission process, the command data stores the effect control information stored in the RAM 308, which is output to the decorative symbol display device 208, the various lamps 418, and the speaker 120 during the winning effect period, and the special figure probability variation flag. Information indicating a value, the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games that are held, etc. is set. In the end effect setting transmission process described above, the command data stores the effect control information stored in the RAM 308, which is output to the decorative pattern display device 208, the various lamps 418, and the speaker 120 during the effect standby period, and the special figure probability variation flag. Information indicating a value, the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games that are held, etc. is set. In the above-mentioned special winning opening release setting transmission process, the command data, the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, the number of pending special figure 1 variation game or special figure 2 variation game Set the information indicating such as. In the above-mentioned special winning opening closing setting transmission processing, the command data, the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308, the value of the special figure probability variation flag, the number of pending special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games Set the information indicating such as.

Further, in this step S233, general command special figure reservation increase processing is also performed. In this general command special figure pending increase processing, special figure identification information (information indicating special figure 1 or special figure 2) stored in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308 for command data, advance notice information (advance notice information, false) (Advance notice information or no advance notice information) is set.

In the first sub-control unit 400, the command type included in the received output schedule information makes it possible to determine the effect control according to the change in the game control in the main control unit 300, and is included in the output schedule information. The effect control content can be determined based on the information of the command data.

In step S235 following step S233, an external output signal setting process is performed. In this external output signal setting processing, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 350 separate from the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336.

In step S237 following step S235, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of the various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step S205 are read to monitor the presence/absence of a predetermined error, for example, the presence/absence of a front frame door opening error or the presence of a lower tray full tank error. .. When the front frame door opening error or the lower tray full tank error is detected, the transmission information to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 includes device information indicating the presence or absence of the front frame door opening error or the lower tray full tank error. Set. In addition, various solenoids 332 are driven to control opening and closing of the special figure 2 starting port 232 and the variable winning port 234, and the universal figure display device 210 and the special figure 1 display device 212 via the drive circuits 324, 326 and 330. The display data to be output to the special figure 2 display device 214, various status display sections 328, etc. is set to the output port of the I/O 310. Further, the output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S219) is output to the payout control unit 600 via the output port of the I/O 310.

In step S239 following step S237, it is monitored whether or not the low voltage signal is on. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when power cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S243, and when the low voltage signal is off (power cutoff is not detected), the process proceeds to step S241. In step S241, timer interrupt end processing is performed. In this timer interrupt end processing, the value of each register temporarily saved in step S201 is set in each original register, interrupt permission is set, etc., and then the main control unit main processing shown in FIG. Return to. On the other hand, in step S243, a specific variable or a stack pointer for returning to the power-off state at the time of power recovery is saved as restore data in a predetermined area of the RAM 308, and power-off processing such as initialization of the input/output port is performed. After that, the state becomes HALT.

FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the special figure prefetching process (step S224) of the main control unit timer interrupt process. In the special figure pre-reading process, the main control unit 300 pre-reads the starting information increased in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, pre-determines the stop symbol before the winning/disapproval determining process, and the pre-determination result (special The prefetch result) is stored in the prefetch result storage unit (see FIGS. 9A to 9C) in the RAM 308.

Here, in the RAM 308, the special figure 1 pre-reading result storage unit that stores the pre-reading result of the special figure 1 and the number of special figure 1 pre-reading results stored in the special figure 1 pre-reading result storage unit are specified. A special figure 1 prefetch number storage area for storing as 1 prefetch number is provided. In this example, the prefetch result storage unit for special figure 1 can store up to four prefetch results. In the special figure 1 pre-reading result storage unit, the data of the special figure 1 pre-reading result of the highest rank (the first place) is erased every time the number of special figure 1 pre-reading is decreased, and the remaining special figure 1 pre-reading result is deleted. Are processed so that the ranking of the data of 1 is advanced by one. Also, each time the number of special figure 1 prefetches is increased by one, new data of the special figure 1 prefetch results is written in the next rank to the data of the special figure 1 prefetch results having the lowest rank (last).

Further, in the RAM 308, the special figure 2 pre-reading result storage section for storing the special figure 2 pre-reading result and the number of special figure 2 pre-reading results stored in the special figure 2 pre-reading result storage section are stored. A special figure 2 pre-reading number storage area for storing the number is provided. The special figure 2 pre-reading result storage section can store up to four pre-reading results in this example. In the special figure 2 pre-reading result storage unit, the data of the special figure 2 pre-reading result having the highest rank is erased every time the number of special figure 2 pre-reading is decreased, and the order of the remaining special figure 2 pre-reading result data is deleted. Are processed so that they are incremented by one. Further, each time the number of special figure 2 prefetches is increased by one, new data of the special figure 2 prefetch results is written in the next rank to the data of the special figure 2 prefetch results having the lowest rank.

In the special figure prefetching process, the main control unit 300 first determines whether or not the start information of the special figure 2 is increased (step S301). Whether or not the start information of the special figure 2 has increased is stored in, for example, the special figure 2 reserved number stored in the special figure 2 reserved number storage area and the special figure 2 prefetch number storage area. Special figure 2 Compared with the number of prefetches. The main control unit 300 determines that the start information of the special figure 2 is increasing when the special figure 2 hold number is larger than the special figure 2 prefetch number, and the special figure 2 hold number is the special figure 2 preread number. If they are the same, it is determined that the start information of special figure 2 has not increased. If it is determined that the start information of special figure 2 has increased, the process proceeds to step S303, and if it is determined that the start information of special figure 2 has not increased, the process proceeds to step S307.

In step S303, the increased special figure 2 starting information (a set of the special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 random number value) is specified before the winning/judging determination process in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229). Figure 2 Read ahead from the random value storage area. Then, by using the pre-reading special figure 2 start information, and the hit determination table and the special figure determination table used at the time of hit determination, for example, the stop symbol of the special figure 2 variable game related to the start information is changed to the special figure 2 related lottery. Preliminary determination is made prior to the hit/miss determination processing in the processing (step S229). It should be noted that this pre-determination process may be performed using a special table for pre-determination instead of the table used at the time of determination of success or failure.

In step S305 subsequent to step S303, the stop symbol information as the special figure 2 prefetch result obtained by the preliminary determination is stored in the first empty area of the special figure 2 prefetch result storage unit in the RAM 308. Then, it transfers to step S307.

In step S307, the main control unit 300 determines whether or not the start information of special figure 1 has increased. Whether or not the start information of the special figure 1 has increased is determined, for example, as in the case of the special figure 2, the special figure 1 hold number stored in the special figure 1 hold number storage area and the special figure 1 prefetch number storage The comparison is performed with the special figure 1 prefetch number stored in the area. When it is determined that the start information of the special figure 1 is increased, the process proceeds to step S309, and when it is determined that the start information of the special figure 1 is not increased, the special figure prefetching process is ended and the main control unit is executed. Return to timer interrupt processing.

In step S309, it is determined based on various flags in the RAM 308 whether or not the non-electricity support is being performed. If it is determined that the non-electric power support is being performed, the process proceeds to step S311. If it is determined that the non-electric power support is not being performed (the power support is being performed (universal figure high probability state)), the process proceeds to step S315. In this example, it is determined whether or not the non-electric power support is being performed, but it may be determined whether or not the execution condition of the special figure 1 pre-reading notice is satisfied. For example, the execution condition of the special figure 1 pre-reading notice is, in addition to the non-electric power support, conditions such as not being in the big hit game.

In step S311, the increased special figure 1 start information (a set of special figure 1 winning random number values and special figure 1 random number values) is specified before the winning/judging process in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231). Figure 1 Read ahead from the random value storage area. Then, by using the pre-reading special figure 1 start information, for example, the hit determination table and the special figure determination table used at the time of hit determination, the stop symbol of the special figure 1 variable game related to the start information, the special figure 1 related lottery Preliminary determination is made prior to the hit/miss determination processing in the processing (step S231). It should be noted that this pre-determination process may be performed using a special table for pre-determination instead of the table used at the time of determination of success or failure.

In step S313 subsequent to step S311, the stop symbol information as the special figure 1 prefetch result obtained by the preliminary determination is stored in the first empty area of the special figure 1 prefetch result storage unit in the RAM 308. After that, the special figure prefetching process is terminated and the process returns to the main controller timer interrupt process.

In step S315, the pre-reading result storage for special figure 1 in the RAM 308 is replaced with the "undetermined" information indicating that the starting information is not pre-read without pre-reading the increased special figure 1 starting information. Store in the first empty area of the set. After that, the special figure prefetching process is terminated and the process returns to the main controller timer interrupt process.

In the present embodiment, only the increased start information is pre-read and pre-determined, but all the start information may be pre-read and pre-determined. In the command setting transmission process (step S233) described above, only the pre-reading result of the increased start information may be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400, or the pre-reading result storage for special figure 1 and special figure 2 may be stored. All pre-reading results in the set may be transmitted to the first sub control unit 400.

In addition, in the flowchart shown in FIG. 8, pre-reading is always executed for the increased start information of special figure 2, and pre-reading is always executed for the increased start information of special figure 1 except during power support. However, it may be determined by lottery whether or not to prefetch the increased start information of the special maps 1 and 2. Alternatively, the first sub-control unit 400, which has received the pre-reading result from the main control unit 300, may determine by lottery whether or not to execute the pre-reading notification for each hold, for example. In addition, regardless of the game state (for example, whether or not in non-electric support), when the start information increases, the prefetch is always executed and the prefetch result is stored in the prefetch result storage unit, and the prefetch is performed. The result may be configured to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400, and the first sub-control unit 400 may be configured to determine whether to execute the lottery and effect using the pre-reading result.

FIG. 9 exemplifies a state in which the prefetch result information and the like are stored in the prefetch result storage unit in the RAM 308. FIG. 9A shows an example of a state in which the special figure 1 prefetch result information is stored in the special figure 1 preread result storage unit. As shown in FIG. 9A, the special-reading 1 prefetch result storage unit has, for example, the same number of storage areas (four in the present embodiment) as the holdable number of the special-drawing 1 variable game. .. Each storage area is associated with the holding order (holding 1 to holding 4) of the special figure 1 random value storage area. The stop symbol information of the special figure 1 is stored in each of the storage areas. In the example shown in FIG. 9(a), the storage area "holding 1" stores "special drawing I" (off) as stop symbol information, and the storage area "holding 2" stores "special drawing I" as stop symbol information. "(Disappearance) is stored, "Special figure A" (15R probability variation big hit) is stored as storage symbol information in the storage area "Hold 3", and "Special figure I" is stored as storage symbol information in the storage area "Hold 4". "(Disappearance) is stored.

FIG. 9B shows an example of a state in which the special figure 2 preread result information is stored in the special figure 2 preread result storage unit. As shown in FIG. 9B, the special figure 2 pre-reading result storage section has, for example, the same number of storage areas (four in the present embodiment) as the holdable number of the special figure 2 variable game. .. Each storage area is associated with the holding order (holding 1 to holding 4) of the special figure 2 random value storage area. The stop symbol information of the special figure 2 is stored in each of the storage areas. In the example shown in FIG. 9B, the storage area "hold 1" stores "special figure f" (off) as stop symbol information, and the storage areas "hold 2" to "hold 4" have stop symbols. No information is stored. In addition, in FIG. 9B, a state in which the stop symbol information is not stored in the storage area is described as “none”.

FIG. 9C shows an example of the pre-reading result storage unit for special figure 1 during electronic support. As shown in FIG. 9C, in the storage area “holding 1”, “undetermined” information is stored instead of the stop symbol information. Neither stop symbol information nor “undetermined” information is stored in the storage areas “hold 2” to “hold 4”.

In the present embodiment, in addition to the stop symbol information described above, the judgment result, the fluctuation timer number (fluctuation time), a timer group described later, and the like are pre-determined and the pre-read result is stored in the pre-read result storage unit. It can be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 as information.

Next, with reference to FIG. 10, for a win/fail judgment table used in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) and the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) in the main controller timer interrupt process shown in FIG. While explaining. Here, FIG. 10A is a diagram showing an example of a high probability table for win/loss determination, and FIG. 10B is a diagram showing an example of a low probability table for win/loss determination. In the case of the special figure high probability state in the case of performing the special figure determination, the high probability table for winning/defective determination shown in FIG. 10A is referred to, and in the case of the special figure low probability state, , And refer to the low probability table for success/failure determination shown in FIG. Then, based on the numerical range indicated by the referred win/loss determination table and the acquired random number value, the win/loss determination result of the special figure 1 variable game is selected. In the present embodiment, in the case of the special figure 1 variation game, a big hit, a small hit, or an outlier is selected as the hit/miss determination result.

Similarly, in the case of the special drawing high probability state, when the special figure high probability state is obtained, the special figure low probability state is referred to by referring to the high probability table for determining odds and hits shown in FIG. In this case, the low probability table for win/fail judgment shown in FIG. Then, based on the numerical range indicated by the referred win/loss determination table and the acquired random number value, the win/loss determination result of the special figure 2 variable game is selected. In the present embodiment, in the case of the special figure 2 variation game, a big hit or a loss is selected as the hit/miss determination result.

FIG. 10C is a diagram showing an example of the small hit determination table. When the result of the jackpot judgment is off, the table for small hit determination shown in FIG. 10(c) is referred to, and based on the numerical range and the acquired random number value shown in the table for small hit determination referred to. , Select the result of the special drawing small hit lottery. In the present embodiment, when the win/no determination result (lottery result) of the special drawing per special drawing is the special drawing 1, the small hit is selected with the probability of 2000/65536 as the win/no determination result, and the loss is with the probability of 63536/65536. Although the selection is made, when the winning/disapproval determination result (lottery result) of the special figure per lottery is the special figure 2, the small hit is not selected.

Next, the stop is performed based on the winning/disapproval determination result or the like determined in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) and the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. The special figure determination table used for determining symbols will be described with reference to FIG. Here, FIG. 11(a) is a diagram showing an example of a special figure 1 symbol determination table, and FIG. 11(b) is a diagram showing an example of a special figure 2 symbol determination table. When determining the stop symbol of the special figure 1, the special figure 1 symbol determination table shown in FIG. 11(a) is referred to, and the special figure is determined based on the result of the special figure 1 and the numerical range of the random number value. Select the stop pattern of 1. In the present embodiment, when the hit/no hit result of Toku-zu 1 is a big hit, any one is selected from special drawings A to G, and when the hit/no hit judgment result of Toku-zu 1 is a small hit, Toku-zu H is selected, and when the hit/no-go result of Toku-zu 1 is lost, toku-zu I is selected.

Further, when determining the stop symbol of the special figure 2, the special figure 2 symbol determination table shown in FIG. The special design 2 stop design is selected by lottery. In the present embodiment, when the hit/fail result of Toku-zu 2 is a big hit, any one of the Toku-zu a to Toku-e is selected. f is selected. After the symbols to be stopped and displayed are determined, the symbol data to be stopped and displayed on the special symbol display device is set.

Next, the processing of the first sub control unit 400 will be described. FIG. 12A is a flowchart of the main process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400. First, in step S401 of FIG. 12A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, an initialization process is first executed in step S401. In this initialization processing, the input/output ports are initialized and the storage area in the RAM 408 is initialized.

In step S403 following step S401, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10, and when the timer variable is 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S405. .. In step S405, 0 is substituted for the timer variable.

In step S407 following step S405, command processing is performed. The CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400 determines whether or not a command has been received from the main control unit 300.

In step S409 following step S407, effect control processing is performed. For example, when there is a new command in step S407, processing such as reading the effect data corresponding to this command from the ROM 406 is performed, and when the effect data needs to be updated, effect data update processing is performed. The effect control process will be described later.

In step S411 subsequent to step S409, chance button control processing is performed. In the chance button control process, when the press of the effect button 136 is detected, the effect data updated in step S409 is changed to effect data corresponding to the press of the effect button 136.

In step S413 subsequent to step S411, image control processing is performed. In the image control processing, if the effect data read in step S409 includes an instruction to the VDP 434, this instruction is output to the VDP 434 (details will be described later).

In step S415 following step S413, sound control processing is performed. In the sound control process, if the effect data read in step S409 includes a command to the sound source IC 416, this command is output to the sound source IC 416.

In step S417 following step S415, the lamp control process is performed. In the lamp control process, if the effect data read in step S409 includes an instruction to various lamps 418, the instruction is output to the drive circuit 420.

In step S419 following step S417, shutter control processing is performed. In the shutter control process, if the effect data read in step S409 includes a command to the shielding device 246, this command is output to the drive circuit 432.

In step S421 following step S419, information transmission processing is performed. In the information transmission process, if the effect data read in step S409 includes a control command to be transmitted to the second sub control unit 500, the control command is set to be output. Then, it returns to step S403.

FIG. 12B is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit command reception interrupt process (strobe interrupt process) executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the first sub control unit 400 detects the strobe signal from the main control unit 300. In step S501 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

FIG. 12C is a flowchart of the first sub control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms), and the timer interrupt process is triggered by this timer interrupt. To be executed in the cycle. In step S601 of the first sub-control unit timer interrupt processing, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S403 of the first sub-control unit main processing and stored in the original timer variable storage area. To do. Therefore, in step S403, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10).

In step S603 following step S601, a control command is transmitted to the second sub control unit 500 set in the information transmission process of the first sub control unit main process (step S421), and a process for updating other random number values for presentation is performed. And so on.

FIG. 12D is a flowchart of the image control process in step S413 of the first sub-control unit main process. In step S701, an instruction to transfer image data (movie data or texture data described later) is issued. Here, the CPU 404 first swaps the designation of the drawing areas of the frame buffer 1 and the frame buffer 2 of the VRAM 436. As a result, the one-frame image stored in the frame buffer not specified in the drawing area is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208. Next, the CPU 404 sets ROM coordinates (transfer source address of the ROM 406), VRAM coordinates (transfer destination address of the VRAM 436) and the like in the attribute register of the VDP 434 based on the position information table, etc., and then the image from the ROM 406 to the VRAM 436. Set an instruction to start data transfer. The VDP 434 transfers the image data from the ROM 406 to the VRAM 436 based on the instruction set in the attribute register. After that, the VDP 434 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 404.

In step S703 following step S701, it is determined whether or not the transfer end interrupt signal from the VDP 434 is input. If the transfer end interrupt signal is input (step S703: Yes), the process proceeds to step S705, If not (step S703: No), it waits until the transfer end interrupt signal is input.

In step S705, parameters are set based on the effect scenario configuration table, attribute data, and the like. Here, the CPU 404 forms the display image in the frame buffer 1 or 2 of the VRAM 436 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 436 in step S701, so that the information of the image data forming the display image (coordinate axis of VRAM 436, image size , VRAM coordinates (arrangement coordinates, etc.) to the VDP 434. The VDP 434 performs parameter setting according to the attribute based on the instruction stored in the attribute register.

In step S707 subsequent to step S705, a drawing instruction is given. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 404 instructs the VDP 434 to start drawing an image. The VDP 434 starts drawing an image in the frame buffer according to an instruction from the CPU 404.

In step S709 subsequent to step S707, it is determined whether or not the generation end interrupt signal from the VDP 434 based on the image drawing end is input, and when the generation end interrupt signal is input (step S709: Yes), The process proceeds to step S711, and if not (step S709: No), waits for the generation end interrupt signal to be input.

In step S711, the scene display counter, which is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 408 and counts how many scenes of images have been generated, is incremented (+1) and the process ends.

Next, the processing of the second sub control unit 500 will be described. FIG. 13A is a flowchart of the main process executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500. First, in step S801 of FIG. 13A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, an initialization process is first executed in step S801. In this initialization processing, the input/output ports are initialized and the storage area in the RAM 508 is initialized.

In step S803 following step S801, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable is 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S805. .. In step S805, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

In step S807 following step S805, command processing is performed. The CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500 determines whether or not a command has been received from the first sub control unit 400.

In step S809 following step S807, effect control processing is performed. For example, when there is a new command in step S807, the effect data corresponding to this command (effect data by the effect movable body 224 and effect data by the lamp) is read from the ROM 506, etc., and the effect data is updated. If necessary, the effect data is updated.

In step S811 following step S809, lamp control processing is performed. For example, when there is a command from the first sub control unit 400 to the game board lamp 532 or the game underframe lamp 542, this command is output to the serial communication control circuit 520.

In step S813 subsequent to step S811, the movable body control process is performed. For example, when there is a command from the first sub control unit 400 to the effect movable body 224, this command is output to the drive circuit 516. Then, it returns to step S803.

FIG. 13B is a flowchart of the command reception interrupt process executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the second sub control unit 500 detects the strobe signal from the first sub control unit 400. In step S901 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the first sub-control unit 400 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 508.

FIG. 13C is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500. The second sub control unit 500 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (in this embodiment, once every 2 ms). The timer interrupt process is triggered by this timer interrupt. To be executed in the cycle. In step S1001 of the timer interrupt processing, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 508 described in step S803 of the second sub-control unit main processing, and the value is stored in the original timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S803, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10). In step S1003, which is subsequent to step S1001, an effect random number updating process is performed.

Next, a specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing, in stages, an example of an effect centered on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine of the present embodiment.

In FIG. 14, a decorative symbol display device 208, a first special symbol display device 212, a second special symbol display device 214, an ordinary symbol display device 210, a special symbol 1 holding lamp 218, a special symbol 2 holding lamp 220, and a universal symbol. A hold lamp 216 is shown.

On the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 14A, a combination of decorative symbols “decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7” is stopped and displayed. The background here is not displayed, but a default background image described later is displayed. Also in the following description, when the background is not displayed, the default background image is displayed unless otherwise specified. Note that various background images different from the default background image (for example, a background image according to the mode) may be displayed.

The decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a fourth symbol display area 284 in the upper right corner. The fourth symbol display area 284 is an area for notifying whether or not the symbol is changing (or the symbol is being stopped), and from the top, the symbol changing notification area of the general figure, the symbol changing notification area of the special figure 1 , Becomes the notification area during the symbol change of special figure 2. While the symbol of the universal figure is stopped, the quadrangle figure is lit and displayed, but during the change of the symbol of the universal figure, the quadrangle figure is displayed blinking or turned off. While the symbol of special figure 1 is stopped, the round figure is lit and displayed, but during the change of symbol of special figure 1, the circular figure is blinked or turned off. While the symbol of special figure 2 is stopped, the triangular figure is lit and displayed, but during the change of symbol of special figure 2, the triangular figure is blinked or turned off. As described above, the fourth symbol is different not only in the display position but also in the display mode (here, the shape), so that the player can discriminate it at a glance. The look-ahead notice may be given by changing the display mode, the lighting mode, and the flashing mode of the fourth symbol.

Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

Furthermore, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 14 is a non-electric power support state (non-time saving state). The decorative symbol display device 208 in the non-electric power support state is provided with a hold icon display area 281 of special figure 1 on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. Further, a hold icon display area 282 of special figure 2 is provided at the right end of the decorative symbol display device 208 in the non-electric power support state.

The hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 displays a hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1, and the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 displays a hold icon of the hold of the special figure 2. .. The number of holdings of special figure 1 is represented by the number of holding icons of special figure 1 in addition to the number of lighting of special figure 1 holding lamps 218. The number of holdings of special figure 2 is the number of lighting of special figure 2 holding lamps 220. In addition, it is also represented by the number of holding icons in special figure 2. That is, the hold icon corresponds to the start information stored in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. Hereinafter, the hold icon corresponding to the oldest start information (oldest prize) may be referred to as a first hold icon, the hold icon corresponding to the second oldest start information may be referred to as a second hold icon,.... In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icons are displayed side by side, and the hold icons on the right side are the hold icons with older winnings. In the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, the hold icons are displayed vertically. , The lower the hold icon, the older the winning icon.

In FIG. 14A, two holding icons h11 and h12 of the special drawing 1 are displayed in the holding icon display area 281 of the special drawing 1, and both of the holding icons h11 and h12 of the special drawing 1 are shown. , Is displayed in a default display mode (a circular unpatterned and white display mode). That is, the default hold icon in Tokushu 1 is a round hold icon. In addition, in FIG. 14A, in order to make it easy to understand that the four hold icons are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icons that are not actually displayed are also shown by dotted lines. ..

On the other hand, no pending icon is displayed in the pending icon display area 282 of the special figure 2. As described above, since the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 14 is the non-electric power support state (non-time saving state), it is difficult to open the electric choo and it is difficult to win the special figure 2 starting port 232. This is because. It should be noted that the reserved icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, that is, the reserved icon display area provided at the right end of the decorative symbol display device 208 does not actually display a line demarcating the area, but in FIG. Is indicated by a dotted line for clarity. A line demarcating the area may be provided, or a line demarcating the area may be displayed when the hold icon is displayed. Further, in order to make it easy to understand that the four hold icons are displayed in the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, the hold icons that are not actually displayed are also shown by dotted lines.

In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, depending on the control state (game state), the pending icon display area of the special map that is more likely to win in Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2 is the left side of the variable icon display area 280 ( It is displayed in the effect display area 208d), and the hold icon display area of the other special figure is displayed at the right end. That is, when the control state is the non-electric power support state, as shown in FIG. 14A, the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is displayed in the effect display area 208d, and the hold icon display of the special figure 2 is displayed. The area 282 is displayed at the right end. On the contrary, when the control state is the electric support state, the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is displayed in the effect display area 208d, and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is displayed at the right end.

Although not shown here, the default display mode of the hold icon of special figure 2 is a rectangular unpatterned and white display mode, and not only the display position is different from the hold icon of special figure 1 but also the display mode ( The shapes are also different here, so that the player can make a distinction at a glance. The default display mode of the hold icon of special figure 1 and the default display mode of the hold icon of special figure 2 may be the same.

In the present embodiment, the start of the symbol variation display of the special symbol is performed in the order of variation start in the special symbol display device→starting or extinguishing the fourth symbol blinking→starting or erasing the moving animation of the hold icon→starting variation of the decorative symbol. However, this order may change.

In FIG. 14(b), the symbol variation display of the special symbol 1 is started, the symbol variation on the first special symbol display device 212 is started, and the fourth symbol is turned off, but the hold icon or decoration The pattern has not changed yet.

In FIG. 14C, the moving animation of the hold icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 is started. The movement animation here is such that the hold icon (the target hold icon of the current pattern change) at the display position of the first hold icon h11 starts moving toward the change icon display area 280, and the second hold The hold icon located at the display position of the icon h12 starts moving toward the display position of the first hold icon h11 of the special figure 1. At this stage, the variable display of the decorative pattern is not started.

In FIG. 14D, the moving animation continues, and in FIG. 14E, the hold icon that was the first hold icon h11 before the start of change reaches the change icon display area 280 and is displayed as the change icon h0. At the same time, the hold icon that was the second hold icon h12 before the start of variation has reached the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, but at this stage, still, The variable display of decorative patterns has not started. At the time when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, the hold icon that was the first hold icon h11 until then may be viewed as the change icon h0, or the second hold icon until then. The hold icon that was h12 may be viewed as the first hold icon h11.

Then, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started in FIG.

On the decorative pattern display device 208 in which the variable display of the decorative pattern is started, as shown in FIG. 14(g), an operation promotion notification image 136P that urges the production button 136 to be pressed within the valid period is displayed. In the operation promotion notification image 136P, an image 136P1 of the effect button 136 and a remaining time display bar 136P2 indicating the remaining time of the effective period are displayed on the right side of the character image of the hero. The variable display of the decorative symbol is hidden by the operation promotion notification image 136P, but the player can recognize that the special symbol is changing due to the fourth symbol 284 or the like. Note that the display position of the decorative pattern may be moved to a position that does not overlap the operation promotion notification image 136P so that the decorative pattern is not hidden.

In the remaining time display bar 136P2 shown in FIG. 14(h), the valid period is reduced, and in FIG. 14(i), the player is pressing the effect button 136. When the effect button 136 is pressed within the valid period, as shown in FIG. 14(j), the reachable state entry notice image 2071 is displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208 instead of the operation promotion notification image 136P. .. In the reach state entry notice image 2071, the character display of “Chance” is displayed on the right side of the character image of the main character.

In FIG. 14( k ), the reach state advance notice image 2071 disappears, the variable display of the decorative symbol becomes visible, and thereafter, the reach state is entered as shown in FIG. Even if the reach state entry notice image 207 is displayed, the reach state may not be entered in some cases, but it is also possible to always enter.

As described above, the appearance of the operation promotion notification image 136P corresponds to a presentation that triggers a notice regarding the currently displayed symbol variation display.

In FIG. 14(m), the background image is switched from the default background image to non-display, and the variable icon display area 280 and the reserved icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 disappear. The fourth symbol display area 284 is displayed. Further, the variable display of the decorative symbol, which has been performed in each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c, is moved to the lower right corner and reduced, and in FIG. 14(n). , Has developed into super reach (swordsman reach). An image of an enemy swordsman is displayed in large size on the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 14(n), and in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 14(o), a duel between the main character and the enemy swordsman. An animation of the scene is displayed.

The reach state entry notice image 2071 is not limited to a notice of entering the reach state, and may be a notice of development of super reach.

FIG. 15: is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 14 in steps.

In FIG. 15(p) continuing from FIG. 14(o), the animation of the duel scene continues, and this animation continues until FIG. 15(s). In FIG. 15(s), the main character wins the enemy swordsman, and in FIG. 15(t), all are temporarily hidden except the fourth symbol display area 284. Instead of non-display, a background image different from the conventional one may be displayed. Eventually, as shown in (u) of the figure, the fluctuation fluctuation of the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7" is displayed. The background here may be a non-displayed background image or a background image different from the past. Further, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 remains off, and only the fourth symbol display area 284 is displayed.

In the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 15(v), a combination of decorative patterns of 15R probability variation big hit confirmation of "decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7" is stopped and displayed. Further, the fourth design (round figure) of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 15(v) is lit. In FIG. 15(v), the background is hidden, but in reality, a background image different from the default is displayed. Eventually, in FIG. 15(w), as a big hit game start effect, a character image of "probable variation big hit" is displayed together with a background image celebrating the big hit (not shown here).

On the other hand, when the reach state is reached by a different decorative design (substantially 5R probability variation big hit, 5R normal big hit, 2R normal big hit) in FIG. 14(l), a case of another case continuing from FIG. 15(t) In 15(u′), the fluctuation fluctuation of the combination of the decorative patterns of “decoration 6-decoration 6-decoration 6” is displayed, and in FIG. 15(v′) following FIG. 15(u′), “decoration 6-decoration The combination of the jackpot decorative patterns of "6-decoration 6" is stopped and displayed. Then, in FIG. 15(w′) subsequent to FIG. 15(v′), a character image of “big hit” is displayed as a big hit game start effect together with a background image (here omitted) celebrating the big hit.

FIG. 16: is a figure which shows step by step an example of the effect|action in another case following FIG. 15 (q).

In FIG. 16(a), the animation of the duel scene started in FIG. 14(o) continues, and this animation continues until FIG. 16(b). In FIG. 16(b), the protagonist is defeated by the enemy swordsman, and in FIG. 16(c), like the FIG. 15(t), all are temporarily hidden except for the fourth symbol display area 284. Eventually, in FIG. 16D, the swing fluctuation of the combination of the decorative patterns “decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 7” is started. Here, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is restored, and the change icon h0 and the first hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 are displayed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 16(e), the fourth symbol (circular figure) of Toku-zu 1 is turned on, and the combination of the missing decorative symbols of "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 7" is stopped. It is displayed. Next, during the fixed display period of the special figure 1, in the variable icon display area 280, an erasing animation of the variable icon h0 is executed. In (f) of the figure, the erasing animation of the variable icon h0 is started, and the erasing animation continues in (g) of the figure, and the varying icon h0 completely disappears in the (h) of FIG. It should be noted that the changing icon h0 may be erased before the confirmation display of the special figure 1 is performed.

Next, the notice icon displayed in this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 and 18. Here, FIG. 17A is a diagram illustrating a display example of a notice icon, and FIG. 17B is a diagram illustrating a notice icon display region information storage area stored in the RAM 408. FIG. 7C is a diagram illustrating an example of the timing of the notice icon being consumed, and FIG. 9D is a diagram illustrating an example of the timing of increasing the notice icon. 18A is a diagram illustrating an example of the pre-change notice icon, and FIG. 18B is a diagram illustrating an example of the post-change notice icon.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 17A, a notice icon display area 285 may be displayed above the decorative symbol display device 208. The notice icon display area 285 is divided into, for example, six areas, and from the left, the notice icon first display area YA1, the notice icon second display area YA2, the notice icon third display area YA3, and the notice icon fourth display. The area YA4, the notice icon fifth display area YA5, and the notice icon sixth display area YA6 are arranged side by side in the column direction. In the present embodiment, the number of hold icons that can be displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of special figure 1 is four (or the number of hold icons that can be displayed when the hold icon display area of special figure 2 is further displayed). Is 8 in total), so it can be said that the number of notice icons that can be displayed in the notice icon display area 285 is different from the number of hold icons that can be displayed in the hold icon display area. Note that the number of noticeable icons and the number of holdable icons that can be displayed may be the same. Further, the number of areas forming the notice icon display area 285 is not limited to six, and may be one or may be set to any number of two or more. Further, the number of areas may be changed according to the progress of the game.

In the notice icon display area 285, one notice icon may be displayed for one area. For example, as shown in FIG. 17A, a notice icon I6 of a hat having a hat pattern is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1, and a notice box of a thousand boxes is displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2. The notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes made up of a design is displayed, the notice icon I10 of a fan made up of a design of a fan is displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3, and the notice icon fourth display area YA4 is shown. A shuriken notice icon I7 consisting of a shuriken pattern is displayed, a ribbon notice icon I8 consisting of a ribbon pattern is displayed in the notice icon fifth display area YA5, and a notice icon sixth display area YA6 is indicated. It is blank. Which notice icon is displayed in each area of the notice icon display area 285 is based on the information stored in the notice icon display area information storage area stored in the RAM 408 shown in FIG. 17B. It is determined. In this embodiment, one advance notice icon is displayed for each area, but two or more advance notice icons may be displayed for each area.

As shown in FIG. 17A, the respective notice icons displayed in the respective areas (YA1 to YA5) of the notice icon display area 285 of the decorative pattern display device 208 are consumed at the timing shown in FIG. 17C, for example. Controlled to be done. This control information is stored in, for example, the RAM 408 of the sub control unit 400 according to the progress of the game, and is read and executed as appropriate. That is, 8 seconds after the variation display (the variation) of the decorative pattern shown in FIG. 17A is started, the ribbon notice icon I8 is consumed, and then the digested ribbon notice icon I8 is displayed. A corresponding effect may be executed. After that, when the variation ends, the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 starts to move toward the variation icon display area 280, and the variable display of the decorative symbol (the symbol variation corresponding to the hold 1) is started, When 12 seconds have passed from the start of the symbol variation, the shuriken notice icon I7 is digested, and thereafter, the effect corresponding to the digested shuriken notice icon I7 may be executed. After that, when the symbol variation corresponding to the hold 1 ends, the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 (in FIG. 17A, the hold icon h12 is moved to the hold icon h11) is moved toward the change icon display area 280. Along with the start of, when the variable display of the decorative symbol (the symbol variable corresponding to the hold 2) is started, 4 seconds after the symbol variable is started, the notice icon I6 of the hat is digested, and thereafter, The effect corresponding to the notice icon I6 of the digested hat may be executed. Further, 10 seconds after the SP reach is started, the notice icon I9 of 1,000 boxes is consumed, and thereafter, an effect corresponding to the notice icon I9 of the consumed box may be executed. After that, when 2 seconds have elapsed after all the decorative patterns are in the temporarily stopped state, the fan advance notice icon I10 is consumed, and thereafter, the effect corresponding to the exhausted fan advance notice icon I10 may be executed. .. As described above, it can be said that the completion of the notice icon notifies the player in advance that the notice or effect will be executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 17A, the respective notice icons displayed in the respective areas (YA1 to YA5) of the notice icon display area 285 of the decorative pattern display device 208 have, for example, the timing shown in FIG. It is controlled to be increased by. This control information is stored in, for example, the RAM 408 of the sub control unit 400 according to the progress of the game, and is read and executed as appropriate. That is, 4 seconds after the variable display (variation) of the decorative pattern shown in FIG. 17A is started, the lord appearance appears on the decorative pattern display device 208, and the hall effect that increases the notice icon is executed. To be done. In this lord's presentation, the hat notice icon I6, the ribbon notice icon I8, and the shuriken notice icon I7 are increased and displayed in the notice icon display area 285. After that, when the variation ends and the symbol variation corresponding to the hold 1 is started, the DJ effect that the DJ appears on the decorative symbol display device 208 to increase the notice icon is executed. In this DJ effect, an effect of displaying the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes in the notice icon display area 285 is increased. After that, when the symbol variation corresponding to the hold 1 ends and the symbol variation corresponding to the hold 2 is started, and 4 seconds after the start of the second pseudo continuous production, the hall production is executed and the fan The notice icon I10 is increased and displayed in the notice icon display area 285. Here, the pseudo continuous effect is a variation display mode of a decorative symbol in which variation start and temporary stop display of a decorative symbol are performed plural times in one variation display of a special symbol.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the number of notice icons that increase in the symbol variation display that is a big hit may be set to be larger than the number of notice icons that increase in the symbol variation display that is a big hit. For example, the maximum number of notice icons that increase in the symbol variation display that is out of sync may be set to one, and the number of notice icons that increase in the symbol variation display that is a big hit may be at least two or more.

Next, the effect contents corresponding to the types of the notice icon displayed in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 18(a), the notice icons include those in which the content of the corresponding effect is not clear and those in which the content of the corresponding effect is clear as shown in FIG. 18(b).

For example, as shown in FIG. 18A, the notice icon (the notice icon before change) for which the content of the corresponding effect is not clear is, for example, the notice icon I1 of the first lord and the notice icon I2 of the second lord. There is a third lord's notice icon I3 and a first button notice icon I4. The first lord's notice icon I1 is a notice icon in which the silhouette of the lord's face is shown in white, and the reliability of the big hit is low. Further, the second lord's notice icon I2 is a notice icon in which the silhouette of the lord's face is shown in green, and the reliability of the big hit is medium. Further, the third lord's notice icon I3 is a notice icon in which the lord's face silhouette is represented in red, and the jackpot reliability is high. Further, the first button notice icon I4 is a notice icon imitating the effect button 136, and the reliability of the big hit is either weak to strong. When the first reminder icon I1, the second reminder icon I2, and the third reminder icon I3 reach a predetermined change display timing (for example, the increase display timing of the relevant notice icon), It changes to any of the changed notice icons shown in 18(b). Further, the first button notice icon I4 changes to any of the changed notice icons shown in FIG. 18B at the timing when the player operates the effect button 136. The first button notice icon I4 may change to any of the notice icons before change at the timing when the player operates the effect button 136.

In this way, the first reminder notice icon I1, the second reminder notice icon I2, the third reminder notice icon I3, and the first button notice icon I4 start the symbol variation that is the target of prefetching. It may be displayed before the warning and may function as a prefetch notice. Further, in the present embodiment, as will be described later, when the notice icon is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, a character notation may be additionally displayed, and the notice icon I1 of the first lord, When the second palace's notice icon I2 and the third lord's notice icon I3 are displayed, a "question mark" may be additionally displayed.

On the other hand, for example, as shown in FIG. 18B, the notice icon (the notice icon after change) whose content of the corresponding effect is clear is a notice icon I6 for a hat, a notice icon I7 for a shuriken, and a ribbon notice icon I7. There are a notice icon I8, a thousand box notice icon I9, a fan notice icon I10, and a second button notice icon I11.

The hat notice icon I6 is a notice icon imitating a hat worn by a bancho character, and the reliability of the big hit is strong or weak. When the notice icon I6 of one hat is consumed, the pseudo-relational production may be performed only once. Here, the pseudo continuous production includes a strong pattern, a weak pattern, and a gasse pattern. In the strong pattern pseudo continuous production, for example, as described later, a character of a length appears when the pseudo continuous production starts, but the display mode of the character of the length is different from usual (for example, the length becomes aura). The display state is wrapped) to notify that the degree of reliability is strong. Note that, for example, in spite of the second pseudo-reproduction, the third-time pseudo-reproduction may be informed to indicate that the reliability is strong. In addition, in the pseudo continuous production of the weak pattern, the appearing length character is displayed in a normal display mode to notify that the reliability is weak. In addition, the pseudo continuous effect of the gasse pattern is an effect of performing a false display while pretending that the pseudo continuous effect is performed, as described later. Further, in the present embodiment, when the character notation is displayed in association with the hat notice icon I6, if the reliability is high, the pattern A is displayed in red or black as “continuation”. There are cases where Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. If the reliability is weak, the pattern A may be displayed as “continuation” in black characters with “continuation” or “question mark”. Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. In addition, when the notice icon I6 of the hat is exhausted, the pseudo continuous effect may be performed without fail. Further, after the additional display of the B pattern is performed, the additional display of the A pattern may not be changed.

The shuriken notice icon I7 is a notice icon that imitates a shuriken thrown by the Oniwaban (ninja) character, and the jackpot reliability is strong or weak. When the notice icon I7 of one shuriken is digested, if the jackpot reliability is strong, there may be a case where the notice effect that is being executed is switched to a strong notice effect that is highly reliable after undergoing a freeze effect. Yes (freeze notice). On the other hand, if the reliability of the jackpot is weak, a stop symbol notice may be given to notify a part or all of the stop symbol of the decorative symbol in advance. Further, in the present embodiment, when the character notation is displayed along with the shuriken notice icon I7, if the reliability is high, “freeze” may be displayed as the A pattern. Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. In addition, if the reliability is low, the pattern A may be displayed as "Chan". Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. When the notice icon I7 of the shuriken is exhausted, one of the freeze notice and the stop symbol notice may be executed without fail. Further, after the additional display of the B pattern is performed, the additional display of the A pattern may not be changed.

The ribbon notice icon I8 is a notice icon that imitates a ribbon worn by Princess Chibi, and the jackpot reliability is strong or weak. When the notice icon I8 of one ribbon is consumed, if the reliability of the big hit is high, there may be a case where the background moves to a special stage such as the look-ahead mode or the change notice mode (stage change). Strong production). On the other hand, if the jackpot reliability is low, an effect may be executed in which the displayed background is changed from one of a plurality of types of backgrounds used in the normal gaming state (stage change weak). Production). Further, in the present embodiment, in the case where the letter notation is displayed along with the notice icon I8 on the ribbon, if the reliability is high, the pattern A is displayed in red or black as “STETCHEN”. There are cases where Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. In addition, if the reliability is low, the pattern A may be displayed in black characters as “STETCHEN”. Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. When the notice icon I8 on the ribbon is exhausted, either one of the strong stage change effect and the weak stage change effect may be executed without fail. Further, after the additional display of the B pattern is performed, the additional display of the A pattern may not be changed.

The 1,000-box warning icon I9 is a notification icon that imitates a thousand-roof box thrown by a lord's character toward a farmer, and the reliability of the big hit is determined to be a big hit, strong or weak. If the notice icon I9 of one thousand boxes is consumed, and the reliability of the big hit is strong, the notice icon I9 of one thousand boxes is consumed during the execution of the weak reach production with low reliability, and the reach transition production is performed. After that, an effect of shifting (promoting) to a highly reliable strong reach effect is performed (reach transfer effect). On the other hand, if the jackpot reliability is low, the notice icon I9 of the thousand boxes is digested after the low-reliability weak cut-in notice is executed, and then the high-reliability strong cut-in notice is executed (preliminary notice promotion). Production). If the jackpot is confirmed, either the reach transition effect or the notice promotion effect is executed. Further, in the present embodiment, when the character notation is displayed in association with the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes, if the big hit is confirmed, the pattern A may be displayed as “large board behavior”. Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. Further, if the reliability is high, the pattern A may be displayed in red or black as “promotion”. Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. If the reliability is weak, the pattern A may be displayed in black characters as “promotion”. Alternatively, a “question mark” may be added and displayed as the B pattern, and thereafter, the display may be changed to the additional display of the A pattern. It should be noted that when the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is exhausted, any one of the confirmation effect, the reach transition effect, and the notice promotion effect may be executed without fail. Further, after the additional display of the B pattern is performed, the additional display of the A pattern may not be changed.

The fan notice icon I10 is a notice icon that imitates a fan worn by a princess character, and the reliability of the big hit is determined to be the big hit. When the notice icon I10 of one fan is consumed, a premiere notice for notifying in advance that the big hit is finalized or a premier reach in which the big hit is finalized is executed (premier effect). Alternatively, the notice icon I10 of the fan is digested after the out-of-reach is displayed, and a revival effect that is a big hit is executed (revival effect). Further, in the present embodiment, when a character notation is displayed in association with the fan advance notice icon I10, “Blessing” may be displayed. It should be noted that when the fan notice icon I10 is exhausted, one of the premiere effect and the revival effect may be executed without fail. Further, in the present embodiment, the content to be produced differs depending on the timing at which the fan notice icon I10 is consumed, but the timing at which the fan is consumed may be the same.

The second button notice icon I11 is a notice icon imitating the effect button 136, and the reliability of the big hit is any of the weakest to the big hit confirmed. When one of the second button notice icons I11 is consumed, a button effect that prompts the player to operate the effect button 136 is performed. At this time, when the operation acceptance period is started and the effect button 136 is operated during the operation acceptance period, the second button notice icon I11 is displayed as the hat notice icon I6, the shuriken notice icon I7, and the ribbon. There is a case in which one of the notice icon I8, the notice icon I8 for a thousand boxes, and the notice icon I10 for a fan is changed to a digested display, and a corresponding effect is executed. Alternatively, it may be displayed without being changed in any of the notice icons.

In the present embodiment, the change notice of the notice icon is performed when the notice icon before the change described above is changed to the notice icon after the change, but from the notice icon before the change is displayed via the change display of the notice icon. It is also possible to perform a display for erasing the notice icon (“No” notice icon shown in item 5 of FIG. 18B: elimination effect). In this effect, it is notified that the change is out of alignment. In other words, it is a preliminary announcement indicating that the pattern is a loss confirmation pattern. Naturally, the reliability is the weakest. Even if the erase effect is executed, a big hit may occur.

Next, a specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 19 is a diagram showing, in stages, an example of an effect centered on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment.

In FIG. 19, a decorative symbol display device 208, a first special symbol display device 212, a second special symbol display device 214, a general symbol display device 210, a first special symbol reservation lamp 218, a second special symbol reservation lamp 220, a universal symbol display device. The figure holding lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a are shown. Here, the fourth symbol display device 284a is a display device having the same function as the display of the fourth symbol display area 284 shown in FIG. 14, and, for example, displays the display result of the fourth symbol by the light emitting mode of the LED. It is possible to do. The fourth symbol display device 284a may be composed of an image display device such as an LCD or EL. The fourth symbol display device 284a is provided, for example, at a predetermined position on the game board 200, and is drive-controlled by the first sub-control unit 400. From the top, the fourth symbol display device 284a becomes a symbol variation notification region of a general figure, a symbol variation notification region of Toku-zu 1, and a symbol variation notification region of Toku-zu 2. The LED in the area in which the quadrangle figure is displayed is lit up while the symbol of the universal figure is stopped, but is blinked or extinguished while the symbol of the regular figure is changing. While the symbol of special figure 1 is stopped, the LED in the area where the round figure is displayed is lit and displayed, but during the variation of the figure of special figure 1, it is blinking or turned off. While the symbol of special figure 2 is stopped, the LED in the area where the triangular figure is displayed is lit and displayed, but during the change of symbol of special figure 2, it is blinked or turned off. As described above, the fourth symbol is different not only in the display position but also in the display mode (here, the shape), so that the player can discriminate it at a glance. The look-ahead notice may be given by changing the display mode, the lighting mode, and the flashing mode of the fourth symbol. Note that the fourth symbol may be displayed in a lighting state while the symbol is changing, and may be displayed in a dark state while the symbol is stopped.

Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 19(1), the above-mentioned notice icon display area 285 is displayed on the upper part. It should be noted that in FIG. 19A, the notice icon is not displayed in any area of the notice icon display area 285. Further, as shown in FIG. 19(1), in the first special figure display device 212, the variable display of the symbols is performed, and accordingly, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbols is performed. At the same time, in the fourth symbol display device 284a, the variable display of the fourth symbol corresponding to the special figure 1 is performed. The advance notice icon display area 285 may be always displayed, or may not be displayed as needed.

In addition, in FIG. 19(1), the variable icon h0 is displayed in the variable icon display area 280, and two hold icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1. Therefore, all of the two holding icons h11 and h12 and the variation icon h0 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the default display mode (circular unpatterned and white display mode). In addition, although the display of the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is omitted in this effect example, the second hold icon display area 282 may be displayed.

Next, at the timing shown in FIG. 19(2), when a game ball wins the first special figure starting port 230, the number of lights in the first special figure holding lamp 218 is increased by 1 to 3 and is held. It is shown that the number has become three. Further, the third hold icon h13 of the special figure 1 is also displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1. The third hold is a hold that is the target of prefetching, and is a hold that triggers whether or not to display the notice icon, as described later. For convenience of explanation, the third hold icon h13 of the special figure 1 which is the target of prefetching is shown by hatching, but actually, it is the same as the hold icons h11 and h12 of the other special figure 1. The display mode is a circular, non-patterned, white display mode. The same applies to the following description.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 19C, the decorative pattern display device 208 is stopped and displayed with the combination of the decorative patterns of “decoration 6-decoration 2-decoration 7”, and the display result of the deviation is determined. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

Then, in FIG. 19(4), the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 is started, and the turning off of the fourth symbol is further performed, but no change has occurred in the hold icon and the decorative symbol.

In FIG. 19(5), the hold icons h11, h12, and h13 of Toku-zu 1 are moved and displayed by the moving animation, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280. Change icon h0, the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 becomes the first hold icon h11 of the special figure 1, and the hold icon at the display position of the third hold icon h13 is the special figure. It becomes the 1st second hold icon h12. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

At the timing shown in FIG. 19(6), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the lord's effect is started. This is an effect executed when it is determined to display the notice icon based on the result of the prefetch. Here, the lord's character YM possesses the hat notice icon I6.

Then, after the lord's character YM is moved and displayed to a predetermined throwing position at the timing shown in FIG. 19(7), the notice icon I6 of the hat he has is displayed at the notice icon shown in FIG. 19(8). An effect display that is thrown toward the area 285 is performed.

Then, the notice icon I6 of the thrown hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 at the timing shown in FIG. 19(9), and thereafter, as shown in FIG. 19(10). On the decorative pattern display device 208, an effect display in which the lord's character YM succeeds in displaying the notice icon and has a happy expression is performed. As a result, the player expects that an effect corresponding to the hat notice icon I6 will be executed in the future. That is, it can be said that the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in the notice icon display area 285 to give a notice that the pseudo-relation effect will be executed in the future.

After that, as shown in FIGS. 19(11) to 19(12), display is performed in which the lord's character YM is framed out toward the lower side of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 19 (13), the decorative symbol display device 208 is stopped and displayed with the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2", and the display result of the deviation is determined. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a sequel to the example of the effect shown in FIG.

In FIG. 20(14) continued from FIG. 19(13), the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 is started, and the fourth symbol is extinguished, but the hold icon or the decorative symbol is not changed. It has not yet occurred.

In FIG. 20(15), the hold icons h11 and h12 of Toku-zu 1 are moved and displayed by the moving animation, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and changes. The icon h0 becomes, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 becomes the first hold icon h11 of the special figure 1. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

At the timing shown in FIG. 20 (16), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the lord's effect is started. This is also an effect executed when it is determined to display the notice icon based on the result of pre-reading the hold corresponding to the first hold icon h11. Here, the lord's character YM possesses a hat notice icon I6, a thousand box notice icon I9, and a fan notice icon I10.

Then, after the lord's character YM is moved and displayed to the predetermined throwing position at the timing shown in FIG. 20(17), the notice icon I6 of the hat he/she holds and the 1,000-box notice are made at the timing shown in FIG. 20(18). An effect display is performed in which the icon I9 and the fan advance notice icon I10 are thrown toward the advance notice icon display area 285.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 20 (19), the notice icon I6 of the thrown hat is displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285, and the thousand-box notice icon I9 is shown in the notice icon third display area. The fan advance notice icon I10 is displayed in YA3, and is displayed in the advance notice icon fourth display area YA4. After that, the same effect display as in FIGS. 19(10) to 19(12) is performed.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 20(20), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops and displays the combination of decorative patterns of "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2" and notifies the display result of the deviation. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

Then, in FIG. 20(21), the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 is started, and the turning off of the fourth symbol is further performed, but no change has occurred in the hold icon and the decorative symbol.

In FIG. 20 (22), the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is moved and displayed by the moving animation, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and changes to the variable icon h0. Become. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

Then, for example, when 4 seconds have elapsed after the variable display of the decorative symbol has started, as shown in FIG. 20 (23), the decorative symbol display device 208 displays it in the notice icon first display area YA1. The display that the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed is started. That is, a display is performed in which the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 moves from the notice icon first display area YA1 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. In this embodiment, the notice icon digesting effect of digesting the notice icon is performed in this manner. Note that, as shown in FIG. 20 (23), when the same notice icon is displayed more than once in the notice icon display area 285, such as when two notice icons I6 of a hat are displayed, for example, on the left side. Although it is set in advance to preferentially consume the displayed notice icon, the order of digesting may be determined according to the reliability of the notice icon. Further, which of the notice icons is to be used may be randomly determined, or the notice icon displayed on the right side may be set to be preferentially consumed. That is, the order in which the notice icons are consumed is limited to the above-described order and can be set appropriately.

After that, when the notice icon I6 of the hat moves to the center of the display area of the decorative pattern display device 208, it is enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 20(24), and then enlarged as shown in FIG. 20(25). Below the notice icon I6 of the hat, a character display of "continuation" for announcing that the pseudo continuous production is performed is additionally displayed. It should be noted that this character display may be performed at the same time as the hat notice icon I6 is enlarged, may be displayed before the enlarged display, or may be performed after the enlarged display. Good. When the hat notice icon I6 is enlarged and displayed, for example, the display state of the variable icon h0 may be changed from the default display mode to the look-ahead notice display mode. In addition, the display mode of the hold icon may be changed when the hold icon is displayed.

Then, after a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) has elapsed, the notice icon I6 of the hat is erased together with the character display of "Continue" at the timing of FIG. 20(26), and then as shown in FIG. 20(27). The left symbol and the right symbol are stopped and displayed. At this time, "decoration 1" is displayed on the left symbol and "decoration 2" is displayed on the right symbol. That is, it is shown that it is in the non-reach state.

FIG. 21 is a diagram showing step by step the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG.

In FIG. 21 (28) continued from FIG. 20 (27), the bancho character BC appears outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208 and is stopped and displayed in response to the digestion of the hat notice icon I6. The effect display that pushes up the design is performed to notify the player that the pseudo continuous effect may be started. In the present embodiment, after the bancho character BC pushes up the right symbol, the same decorative symbol is stopped and displayed again. For example, the right symbol is the same as the left symbol (for example, “ It may be configured such that the reach state is formed as the decoration 1”) and the reach effect is started.

Then, as shown in FIG. 21 (29), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the left symbol and the right symbol are continuously stopped and displayed, and in the middle symbol display area 208b, a pseudo continuous symbol representing the lord's character is displayed. It is displayed that the vehicle moves slowly from the upper side to the lower side.

Then, in the decorative symbol display device 208, after the pseudo continuous symbol is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b at the timing of FIG. 21 (30), as shown in FIG. A cut-in display consisting of the character display and is displayed. In the present embodiment, in this way, the pseudo-relational symbols are stopped and displayed, thereby informing that the pseudo-repetition will be executed. In addition, if the pseudo-relational pattern is not stopped and displayed, and the frame is framed out downward, the pseudo-relation is not started, and the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of order is stopped and displayed. Further, in the present embodiment, the pseudo continuous effect may be executed even when the hat notice icon I6 is not digested.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 21 (32), in the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of the decorative symbol is started in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c. At this time, in the upper left of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, “pseudo×2” indicating that the second variation display of the decorative symbol by the pseudo continuous production is started is displayed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 21 (33), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol of "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed. .. At this time, the reach effect has not started.

After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208, at the timing shown in FIG. 21 (34), the display that the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 is consumed is started. In other words, the display is such that the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 moves from the notice icon second display area YA2 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208.

Then, when the notice icon I6 of the hat moves to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, it is enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 21(35), and then enlarged as shown in FIG. 21(36). Below the notice icon I6 of the hat, a character display of "continuation" for announcing that the pseudo continuous production is performed is additionally displayed.

Then, after a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) has passed, the notice icon I6 of the hat is erased together with the character display of "Continue" at the timing of FIG. 21 (37), and then, in FIG. In response to the end of the notice icon I6 of No. 6, the bancho character BC appears from outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208, and a display effect is displayed in which the stopped right symbol is pushed up, and the second pseudo continuous effect is performed. The player is informed that there is a possibility that the game will be started.

Then, as shown in FIG. 21 (39), in the decorative symbol display device 208, after the bancho character BC pushes up the right symbol, the decorative symbol displayed in the right symbol display area 208c changes from "decoration 1" to "decoration 1". The decoration is changed to "2", a non-reach state is formed, and in the middle symbol display area 208b, a pseudo continuous symbol moving at a low speed from the upper side to the lower side is displayed. At this time, the character information of “pseudo×2” is erased while the pseudo continuous pattern is displayed, but the display may be continued. Further, while the pseudo continuous pattern is displayed, the character information of “pseudo×2” may be displayed in another area. Further, the display mode of the “pseudo×2” character information may be changed while the pseudo continuous pattern is displayed. In addition, in this effect example, after the bancho character BC pushes up the right symbol, the same decorative symbol may be stopped and displayed again to maintain the reach state, and the reach effect may be started.

Then, in the decorative symbol display device 208, after the pseudo continuous symbol is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b at the timing of FIG. 21 (40), as shown in FIG. The cut-in display consisting of the character display and is displayed to inform that the pseudo-link is executed. In the present embodiment, as the notice icon I6 of the hat is exhausted in one symbol variation display, the jackpot is more likely to be a big hit. That is, the case where only one notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed and the pseudo-representation is performed only once and the case where two notice icons I6 of the hat are consumed and the pseudo-representation is performed twice are described. It is easier for you to hit the two notice icons I6 of “6”, which is a big hit. When only two notice icons I6 of the hat are consumed and the pseudo continuous production is performed only twice, and three notice icons I6 of the hat are consumed. It can be said that when the pseudo continuous production is performed three times, it is more likely to be a big hit if the three notice icons I6 of the hat are digested.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 21 (42), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol is started in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c. At this time, in the upper left of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, “pseudo×3” indicating that the third variation display of the decorative symbol by the pseudo continuous production is started is displayed.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 21 step by step.

In FIG. 22 (43) continuing from FIG. 21 (42), the decorative pattern of “decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, to form the reach state. Here, the reach effect is to be started.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 22 (44), the above-mentioned super reach (swordsman reach) is developed. In addition, the variable display of the decorative symbol, which has been performed in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c, is moved to the lower right corner of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, and reduced. Is displayed. An image of an enemy swordsman is greatly displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 22(44), and in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 22(45), a duel between the protagonist and the enemy swordsman. The animation display of the scene starts.

After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208, at the timing shown in FIG. 22 (46), the display that the notice icon I9 of the thousand boxes displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 is consumed is started. That is, a display is made in which the 1,000-box notice icon I9 displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 moves from the notice icon third display area YA3 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208.

After that, when the notice icon I9 of the thousand box is moved to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, it is enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 22 (47), and above the notice icon I9 of the thousand box which is enlarged and displayed. The character display of “promotion” is additionally displayed to notify that the production will shift to a production with higher reliability. It should be noted that this character display may be performed at the same time as the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is enlarged, may be performed before the enlarged display, or may be performed after the enlarged display. Good.

Then, after a lapse of a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is erased together with the display of “promotion” at the timing of FIG. The reach transition effect described above is started at the timing of 22 (49). When the reach transition effect is started, as shown in FIG. 22 (49), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the reach effect display that has been executed is slightly darkened, and the lord's character appears in the cut-in display, A display for cutting off the reach effect display being executed is displayed, and thereafter, as shown in FIG. 22 (50 ), the background turns dark.

Then, as shown in FIG. 22 (51), in the decorative symbol display device 208, highly reliable strong reach effect (button reach effect) is started. When the button reach effect is started, as shown in FIG. 22 (51 ), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the character display “Is it too hot?” is displayed on the dark background, and then FIG. 22 (52 ). At the timing shown in, the character display of "No" is displayed. Then, as shown in FIG. 22 (53), the character display of "one shot" is displayed to notify that the button effect will be performed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 22 (54), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the button image 136a is displayed together with the button reception time meter to inform that the operation of the effect button 136 can be accepted, and inform the player. The operation of the effect button 136 is promoted.

Then, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 22(55), as shown in FIG. 22(56), the button image 136a is deleted in the decorative pattern display device 208, It shows that the button reach production has failed.

22 (57), the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c are enlarged and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1".

FIG. 23 is a diagram showing step by step the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG.

In FIG. 23 (58) which continues from FIG. 22 (57), everything including the notice icon display area 285 is once hidden. Then, in FIG. 23 (59 ), the fluctuation fluctuation (temporary symbol stop display) of the combination of the decorative symbols “decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1” is started. At this time, the display of the notice icon display area 285 is also restarted.

After that, for example, when 2 seconds have elapsed from the temporary symbol stop display, the display that the fan advance notice icon I10 displayed in the advance notice icon fourth display area YA4 is consumed is started at the timing shown in FIG. 23 (60). .. That is, a display is made in which the fan notice icon I10 displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4 moves from the notice icon fourth display area YA4 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208.

After that, when the fan advance notice icon I10 moves to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, it is enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 23 (61). At this time, for example, below the enlarged fan notification icon I10, a character display of "blessing" for notifying that the big hit is set may be added. In addition, when adding the character display, the additional display of the character display may be performed at the same time as the fan advance notice icon I10 is enlarged and displayed, or may be performed before the enlarged display. , May be performed after the enlarged display.

Then, after a lapse of a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the notice icon I10 of the fan is erased and the notice icon display area 285 is framed out at the timing of FIG. 23 (62). Is displayed. After that, at the timing of FIG. 23 (63), the variable display of the decorative design that has been fluctuating and fluctuating in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c is restarted and re-variation effect is started. .. At this time, the notice icon display area 285 is completely framed out. Note that the notice icon display area 285 may be continuously displayed even after the re-variation effect is started.

In the re-variation effect, as shown in FIG. 23 (64), an effect display in which the princess character dances with a fan is displayed. The variable display of the decorative symbols, which has been performed in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c so far, is moved to the lower right corner of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, and reduced in size. It

Eventually, as shown in FIG. 23(65), the fluctuation fluctuation of the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is displayed.

Then, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 23 (66), the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" which is confirmed as a big hit is stopped and displayed. At this time, in the first special figure display device 212, "special figure A" which is the 15R probability variation big hit is stopped and displayed, and in the fourth symbol display device 284a, the fourth symbol (round figure) of the special figure 1 Is lit. After that, although not shown, the big hit game is started after the big hit game start effect described above is executed.

In the present embodiment, the fan advance notice icon I10 displayed in the advance notice icon display region 285 is exhausted, so that the re-variation effect is executed and a big hit occurs. If it is not displayed in 285, the re-display effect may not be performed and the display result of the outlier may be derived. That is, when the reach transition effect executed by digesting the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is not performed, this reach transition effect can be regarded as a false notice effect. That is, when one notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is consumed, when a reach transition effect as a false notice of a type corresponding to the notice icon I9 of a consumed box is executed, the result of the variable display of symbols is displayed. It can be said that is out of range. This also applies to the notice effect corresponding to the hat notice icon I6, the notice effect corresponding to the shuriken notice icon I7, and the notice effect corresponding to the ribbon notice icon I8.

As described above, in the present embodiment, it can be said that the notice effect can be executed according to the number of notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285. In other words, it can be said that the notice icon is configured to be displayed in a number according to the number of times the notice may be executed.

It should be noted that, in the present embodiment, the description has been made regarding the one in which the notice icon is consumed only while the symbol variable display, which is the subject of the read-ahead notice, is executed, and the effect corresponding to the digested notice icon is executed. Even in the symbol variation display executed before the symbol variation display, the notice icon may be consumed and the effect corresponding to the notice icon may be executed. In this case, the number of notice icons consumed in the pattern variation display subject to the prefetching notice and the number of notice icons consumed in the symbol variation display executed before the symbol variation display subject to the lookahead notice are made different. Or they may be the same.

Next, another example of the above-described effect of increasing the notice icon will be described with reference to FIGS. 24 to 26. Here, FIGS. 24 to 26 are diagrams showing, in stages, another example of the effect of increasing the notice icon. 24 to 26, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding device. Illustration of the lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted.

24(8a) to FIG. 24(10a) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 19(8) to 19(10). That is, in FIG. 24 (8 a ), not the notice icon I 6 of the hat but the notice icon I 1 of the first lord is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 24(9a-1), the thrown first palace's notice icon I1 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. Then, as shown in FIG. 24(9a-2), after the display that the first palace's notice icon I1 displayed in the notice icon display area 285 explodes, the timing shown in FIG. 24(10a). The notice icon I1 of the first lord who has exploded changes to the notice icon I6 of the hat, and the effect display in which the lord's character YM succeeds in increasing the notice icons and makes a happy expression is performed. Even with this example of effect, the player expects that an effect corresponding to the hat notice icon I6 will be executed in the future.

24(8b) to FIG. 24(9b) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 19(8) to 19(9). That is, in FIG. 24(8b), an effect display in which the first button notice icon I4 is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 instead of the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed.

Then, the thrown first button notice icon I4 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 at the timing shown in FIG. 24(9b). When the effect button 136 is operated during a period from the display of the first button notice icon I4 in the notice icon display area 285 to the consumption of the first button notice icon I4, the first button notice icon The notice icon I1, the second notice icon I2 of the second person, and the third notice icon I3 of the second person change. As described above, in this example of performance, it is difficult to recognize the reliability of the big hit indicated by the notice icon until the effect button 136 is operated. Therefore, an incentive to operate the effect button 136 in order to know the reliability of the big hit. May work, and the staging effect may be enhanced. The period from the time the first button notice icon I4 is displayed in the notice icon display area 285 until it is consumed may be the effective period of the operation of the effect button 136. Here, when the first button notice icon I4 is displayed over a plurality of symbol variable displays, the operation of the effect button 136 may be invalidated during the symbol stop display period, or the symbol may be invalidated. The operation of the effect button 136 may be valid during the stop display period. If the effect button 136 is not operated until the first button notice icon I4 is consumed, the notice icon that was scheduled to be displayed when the effect button 136 was operated during the notice effect of the notice icon was displayed. A corresponding effect display may be performed, or when the effect button 136 is operated when the first button notice icon I4 is consumed and the effect button 136 is operated within the operation valid period of the effect button 136, The effect display corresponding to the notice icon that was scheduled to be displayed may be performed, or when the operation valid period of the effect button 136 ends without the effect button 136 being operated, the notice that was to be displayed The effect display corresponding to the icon may be performed. In addition, after the first button notice icon I4 is consumed and the button effect is started, the notice icon that was scheduled to be displayed only when the effect button 136 was operated within the operation valid period of the effect button 136. The effect display corresponding to may be performed. Further, when the button effect is performed, the operation valid period of the effect button 136 may not be provided. In this case, the effect display corresponding to the notice icon that was scheduled to be displayed after the button effect was started may be performed. Further, until the first button notice icon I4 is consumed, even if the effect button 136 is operated, the first button notice icon may not be changed to another notice icon.

24(8c) to FIG. 24(9c) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 19(8) to 19(9). That is, in FIG. 24(8c), as in the case of FIG. 19(8), the effect display in which the notice icon I6 of the hat is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 is displayed.

However, in the case of FIG. 24(9c), the state in which the notice icon I6 of the hat does not reach the notice icon display area 285 and the frame is out from the left of the display area is shown. That is, in the present embodiment, it is also possible to execute an increase effect that fails to increase the number of notice icons. It should be noted that a gall increase effect may be performed using a notice icon other than the hat notice icon I6. For example, a notice icon having a higher jackpot reliability may be less likely to execute the gase increase effect.

24(7d) to FIG. 24(9d) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 19(7) to 19(9). That is, in FIG. 24(7d), similar to FIG. 19(7), a state in which the lord's character YM having the hat notice icon I6 is moved and displayed to a predetermined throwing position is shown. Thereafter, in FIG. 24(8d), not only one hat notice icon I6 but also three hat notice icons I6 are thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 at the same time. The effect display may be thrown one by one instead of simultaneously.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 24 (9d), the notice icons I6 of the three thrown hats are displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1, the notice icon second display area YA2, and the notice icon third display in the notice icon display area 285. Each is displayed in the area YA3. As described above, in this effect example, it is possible to increase the plurality of notice icons by one increase effect. Therefore, there may be a case where an increase in the number of the notice icons at one time improves the sense of expectation for the increase in the number of times the notice is executed, and the staging effect may be enhanced. Note that, for example, as shown in FIG. 24 (9d), the same notice icon (for example, the notice icon I6 of the hat) is displayed in the notice icon display area 285 in a predetermined number (for example, three) or more, so that the pseudo link is performed. It may be possible to give a notice that the big hit is settled because the effect is guaranteed to be executed three times. The notice icon with high reliability is hard to be displayed in the notice icon display area 285 (hard to be stocked), and the notice icon with low reliability is easy to be displayed in the notice icon display area 285 (easy to be stocked). Or vice versa.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 24(9d'), some or all of the three trailing notice icons I6 of the thrown hats have not reached the notice icon display area 285, and from the left of the display area. It is also possible to execute a partial gall increase effect or an all gall increase effect that causes a frame out.

24(7e) to FIG. 24(9e) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 19(7) to 19(9). That is, in FIG. 24 (7 e ), unlike the effect example shown in FIG. 19 (7 ), the lord's character YM that has one hat notice icon I6, a thousand box notice icon I9, and a fan notice icon I10. Is displayed to be moved to a predetermined throwing position. At this time, only one or two of the three notice icons may be displayed. Here, only the notice icon with the lowest reliability of the jackpot may be displayed, only the notice icon with the highest reliability of the jackpot may be displayed, or the notice icon randomly selected. You may make it display only. After that, in FIG. 24 (8 e ), an effect display in which the hat notice icon I 6, the thousand box notice icon I 9 and the fan notice icon I 10 are thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 at the same time is displayed. The effect display may be thrown one by one instead of simultaneously. Further, as described above, the three notice icons do not have to be different from each other, and for example, a plurality of the same notice icons may be included.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 24(9e), the three notice icons thrown are displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1, the notice icon second display area YA2, and the notice icon third display area YA3 of the notice icon display area 285. Displayed respectively. As described above, also in this effect example, it is possible to increase the plurality of types of notice icons by one increase effect. Therefore, since the number of notice icons increases at a time, the expectation for an increase in the number of notice executions can be improved, and the expectation for the execution of a plurality of notices can be increased, so that the effect of the presentation can be further enhanced. There are cases.

Even in this case, as shown in FIG. 24 (9 e ′), some or all of the thrown three notice icons do not reach the notice icon display area 285, and the decorative symbol display device 208 displays. It is also possible to execute a partial rubbish increase effect or a full rubbish increase effect that causes a frame-out from the left side of the area.

FIG. 24 (12f-1) to FIG. 24 (12f-2) show another example of the effect shown in FIG. 19 (12). That is, in FIG. 24 (12f-1), as in the case of FIG. 19 (12), the variation display of the decorative symbol is displayed with the notice icon I6 of the hat being displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. Is being done. After that, as shown in FIG. 24 (12f-2), the decorative pattern of "decoration 6" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the reach effect is started. It As described above, in this embodiment, the reach effect can be executed even when the notice icon is displayed. As a result of this reach effect, a big hit may be made. In this case, the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285 may be deleted after the jackpot is over.

FIG. 25(8g) shows another example of the effect shown in FIG. 19(8). That is, in FIG. 25(8g), when the hold icon h12 is displayed in the display mode of the prefetching notice (display mode by the character of Savohani), the lord's character YM displays the notice icon I6 of the hat in the notice icon display area 285. A performance display that is thrown at is displayed. As described above, in the present embodiment, it is possible to execute the increase effect of the notice icon even during the execution of the prefetch notice using the hold icon. Note that the increase effect of the notice icon and the pre-read notice using the hold icon may not be performed at the same time.

FIG. 25(8h) shows another example of the effect shown in FIG. 19(8). That is, in FIG. 25(8h), the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 are not displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208, and the effect hold lamp 286 is set at a predetermined position on the game board 200 (for example, It may be provided in the vicinity of the decorative pattern display device 208), and thereby the number of holdings may be displayed. The effect holding lamp 286 includes, for example, a full-color LED, is drive-controlled by the first sub-control unit 400, and is, for example, lighted in a default light emission mode (e.g., is lit in white) and is also a pre-reading notice light emission. It is possible to perform drive control according to a mode (for example, lighting while switching between 7 colors). Note that, in FIG. 25 (8h), for convenience of description, the holding lamp of the second special diagram 1 which is the target of prefetching is hatched, but in reality, the first special diagram 1 is shown. Like the hold lamp of No. 2, the second hold lamp of Toku-zu 1 is also turned on by the default light emission mode.

FIG. 25(8i) to FIG. 25(9i-2) show other effect examples of the effects shown in FIGS. 19(8) to 19(9). That is, in FIG. 25(8i), as in the case of FIG. 19(8), the effect display in which the notice icon I6 of the hat is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 is displayed.

However, in the case of FIG. 25 (9i-1), it is shown that the hat notice icon I6 does not reach the notice icon display area 285 and falls below the display area. Then, as shown in FIG. 25(9i-2), the notice icon I6 of the hat acts on the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 to display the look-ahead notice. The effect display that changes to (holding change effect) is being performed. That is, in this embodiment, the hat notice icon I6 may not be displayed as a notice icon in the notice icon display area 285, and may appear as a trigger for starting the prefetch notice by the hold icon. The hold change effect may be performed by using a notice icon other than the hat notice icon I6. For example, the notice change icon having a higher reliability of the big hit may be less likely to be executed.

As shown in FIG. 26 (9i-2′), the variable symbol display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 are not displayed in the decorative pattern display device 208, and are held using the effect holding lamp 286. In the case of displaying the number, the light emitting mode of the first holding lamp of the special drawing 1 may be changed to the light emitting mode of the pre-reading notice after the hat notice icon I6 falls below the display area.

FIG. 25(8j) to FIG. 25(9j) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 19(8) to 19(9). That is, in the effect example shown in FIG. 19(8), the lord's character YM appeared and threw the notice icon to the notice icon display area 285, but in FIG. 25(8j), it differs from FIG. 19(8). It is shown that not the lord's character YM but the DJ character BY having the notice icon appears on the flying carpet from the right side of the display area (DJ effect). In the example shown in FIG. 25(8j), the DJ character appears with the notice icon I6 of the hat. Then, as shown in FIG. 25 (9 j ), the DJ character BY jumps toward the upper left corner and changes the hat's notice icon I 6 to the notice icon first display area YA 1 in the notice icon display area 285. The effect display that is left on is displayed. Note that the number of the notice icons that the DJ character BY places in the notice icon display area 285 is not limited to one and may be two or more. In addition, a plurality of types of advance notice icons may be placed in the advance notice icon display area 285 in the effect of increasing the advance notice icon by the DJ character BY once. As described above, a plurality of types of increase effects of the notice icon may be prepared (for example, a first notice icon increase effect by the lord's character YM and a second notice icon increase effect by the DJ character BY). Depending on the configuration, there are cases where the effects are diversified and the effect of the effects can be enhanced.

FIG. 25(8k) to FIG. 25(9k) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 19(8) to 19(9). That is, in the production example shown in FIG. 19(8), the lord's character YM appeared and threw the notice icon to the notice icon display area 285, but in FIG. 25(8k), the DJ with the notice icon is further added. Character BY appears on the flying carpet and appears from the right side of the display area. In the example shown in FIG. 25(8k), the DJ character appears with the 1,000-box warning icon I9. Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 25 (9k), the hat notice icon I6 thrown by the lord's character YM is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, and the DJ character is While flying toward the upper left corner, the effect display in which the notice icon I9 of the one-thousand box that he has is placed in the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285 is displayed. The DJ character is arranged in a layer on the front side of the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285, and is displayed as if it is passing through the front side of the notice icon. Here, as shown in FIG. 25 (9 k ′), the DJ character is placed in a layer on the back side of the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285 so that the DJ character passes behind the notice icon. You may display as if you are doing. Further, as shown in FIG. 25 (9k″), the DJ character BY is displayed in a thousand boxes so as to overlap the hat notice icon I6 thrown by the lord's character YM and displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1. You may make it perform the effect display which puts the notice icon I9 in the notice icon 1st display area YA1. That is, the notice icon may be overwritten. In this way, the execution times of the increase effects of the plurality of types of notice icons may overlap, which may enhance the effect of the effects.

FIG. 25 (12l) shows another example of the effect shown in FIG. 19 (12). That is, in the effect example shown in (12l) of FIG. 25, the character representations corresponding to the respective notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 are displayed together. For example, the notice icon I6 of the hat displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 is additionally displayed with the character "CONTINUE", and the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2. "Promotion" is additionally displayed, and the fan notice icon I10 displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 is additionally indicated with "blessing" and the notice icon fourth display. The notice icon I7 of the shuriken displayed in the area YA4 is additionally displayed with the characters "Chan eyes", and the notice icon I8 of the ribbon displayed in the notice icon fifth display area YA5 is "STENCHEN". The characters are additionally displayed, and the caption notification icon I6 displayed in the notification icon sixth display area YA6 is additionally displayed with the characters “question mark” together with “continuation”. This may make it easier to understand the contents of the notice effect that is predicted to be executed thereafter.

As shown in FIG. 25 (12l′) and FIG. 25 (12l″), some or all of the characters additionally displayed on the notice icon are changed to “question mark” to clarify the corresponding notice effect. It may not be displayed in. As a result, it is possible to give a sense of expectation as to whether or not the notice corresponding to the displayed notice icon will be executed, which may improve interest.

Further, it may be possible to give a notice that the effect display in which the big hit is determined by the combination of the plurality of notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 and the number of the notice icons displayed is executed, for example, FIG. As shown in (12l″′″), when three notice icons I6 of the hat with the character notation “continuation” added are displayed in the notice icon display area 285, the big hit is confirmed four times. It may be possible to give an advance notice that the effect display including the continuous effect is performed. In addition, when the character additionally displayed on the notice icon does not correspond to the notice icon (for example, when the character "promotion" is additionally displayed on the notice icon I6 of the hat), the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed. The result of the symbol variation display when is digested is a big hit confirmation (or, there may be a big hit in the hold) may be a premier notice display.

In the effect example described above, the notice icon is increased by the appearance of the lord's character YM or the DJ character BY, but in the effect example shown in FIG. 26, the notice icon is increased by the display of the decorative pattern. It is something to do.

In FIG. 26(A1), the decorative symbols of “decoration 6” are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed and the reach effect is started. This reach effect is, for example, normal reach.

After the reach effect is started, the notice icon pattern imitating the notice icon is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b at the timing shown in FIG. 26(A2). In the example shown in FIG. 26(A2), the hat notice icon pattern imitating the hat notice icon I6 is stopped and displayed. The word "stock" is added near the lower part of the notice icon pattern of this hat, and when the notice icon pattern is stopped and displayed, the notice icon display area 285 is informed that the notice icons are increased and displayed. doing.

Then, as shown in FIG. 26(A3), the notice icon pattern of the hat changes to the notice icon I6 of the hat, and the notice icon display area 285 is moved to the notice icon first display area YA1. As shown in (A4), the decorative pattern of “decoration 5” arranged on the back side of the notice icon pattern is stopped and displayed, and it is informed that the display result is out of alignment. In the present embodiment, the effect of increasing the number of notice icons may be performed in this manner.

In FIG. 26(B1), similarly to the effect example shown in FIG. 26(A1), the decorative symbols of “decoration 6” are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, to form a reach state. , Normal reach production is started.

After the reach effect is started, at the timing shown in FIG. 26(B2), the first paltry's notice icon design imitating the first lord's notice icon I1 is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b. In the production example shown in FIG. 26(B2), the notice symbol “Stock” is added to the notice icon design of the first lord, and the notice icon display area is displayed by stopping the notice icon design. In 285, it is informed that the notice icon is displayed in an increased number.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 26(B3), the notice icon design of the first lord changes to the notice icon I1 of the first lord and moves to the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. Then, as shown in FIG. 26(B4), the decorative design of “decoration 5” arranged on the back side of the notice icon design is stopped and displayed, and it is informed that the result is a display defect. At this time, the notice icon I1 of the first lord has changed to the notice icon I6 of the hat. Needless to say, the changed notice icon is not limited to the hat notice icon I6 and may be another type of notice icon. Further, the timing of changing the notice icon is not limited to the period during which the symbol variation display is being executed, and for example, the notice icon may be changed during the execution of the symbol variation display from the next time onward. The icon may not be changed until it is consumed. In the present embodiment, the effect of increasing the number of notice icons may be performed in this manner.

Next, another example of the above-mentioned notice icon digesting effect will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 to 30. Here, FIG. 27 to FIG. 30 are diagrams showing, in stages, another example of the notice icon digesting effect. 27 to 30, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure hold lamp 218, the second special figure hold lamp 220, the general figure hold. Illustration of the lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted.

FIG. 27 (38 m) to FIG. 27 (40 m-3) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 21 (38) to 21 (40 ). 27(38m) to (39m), the same effect as in FIGS. 21(38) to (39) is performed, but in FIG. 27(40m-1), the middle symbol display area 208b is operated at a low speed. Although the pseudo-relational pattern appears in a variably displayed manner, after that, as shown in FIG. 27 (40m-2), immediately before the pseudo-relational pattern comes to the stop display position of the decorative pattern, the variable display becomes high speed and the pseudo-relational pattern. Is scrolled out to the lower part of the display area, and as shown in FIG. 27 (40m-3), a combination of decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 2" is displayed as a temporary stop, and fluctuations are displayed. , It is informed that it is the result of the stop display. As described above, in the present embodiment, even if the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed, the pseudo continuous effect may not be performed.

FIG. 27(23n) to FIG. 27(24n) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 20(23) to 20(24). That is, as shown in FIG. 27 (23n), the display that the hat notice icon I6 is consumed starts, but as shown in FIG. 27 (24n), the notice icon I6 of the digested hat is enlarged and displayed. There may be a case where a display that is erased as it is is displayed without notification and that the digested effect is not performed.

FIG. 27(23o) to FIG. 27(24o-2) show another example of the effects shown in FIG. 20(23) to FIG. 20(24). That is, as shown in FIG. 27 (23o), the display that the hat notice icon I6 is consumed starts, and the hat notice icon I6 is enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 27 (24o-1). The notice icon I6 of is deleted, and as shown in FIG. 27 (24o-2), the combination of decorative patterns that are not included in the pseudo continuous effect does not start (in FIG. 27 (24o-2), “decoration 1-decoration 2 -A combination of decorative patterns of "decoration 2") is displayed temporarily to display the fluctuation of the swing, and then the stop display is performed to notify that the result is the deviation. As described above, in the present embodiment, even if the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed, the pseudo continuous effect may not be performed.

FIG. 27(22p) to FIG. 27(23p) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 20(22) to 20(23). That is, as shown in FIG. 27 (22p), for example, 4 seconds after the variable display of the decorative pattern is started, in FIG. 27 (23p), the leftmost side of the notice icon display area 285 (the notice icon Instead of the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the first display area YA1), an effect may be performed in which other notice icons are consumed. In the example of the effect shown in FIG. 27 (23p), the effect that the 1,000-box notice icon I9 displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 is consumed is performed. As described above, in this embodiment, the notice icons may not be sequentially consumed from the left. Further, in the present embodiment, the notice icons are consumed in the order in which they are displayed in the notice icon display area 285 (in other words, the stocked order), but the notice icons that are stocked later are consumed first. There may be cases. For example, if a previously-stocked notice icon is first consumed, the big hit may be likely to occur, or conversely, the big hit may be less likely to occur. In addition, regardless of the stock order, the order of digesting the notice icons may be determined. In this case, the reliability of the jackpot may not be affected, or the reliability of the jackpot may change depending on the order of notice of the notice icons. You may do so. Further, it may be possible to give a notice that the jackpot is settled by digesting a plurality of notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 in a specific order. For example, a notice icon I6 of a hat and a shuriken A rule may be set such that when the notice icon I7, the hat notice icon I6, the shuriken notice icon I7, the hat notice icon I6, and the shuriken notice icon I7 are digested in this order, the jackpot is determined. As a result, the player may be given an incentive to find out the rule of the digestion order of the notice icons that are a big hit, which may improve the motivation for the game.

FIG. 27 (24q-1) to FIG. 27 (24q-2) show another example of the effect shown in FIG. 20 (24). That is, as shown in FIG. 27 (24q-1), the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 is digested to the notice icon first display area YA1. After the vacancy is generated, as shown in FIG. 27 (24q-2), the display positions of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 to the notice icon fourth display area YA4 are moved to the left side, respectively. You can At this time, for example, a moving animation for moving the display position of the notice icon to the left side may be performed, or the display position may be changed without performing the animation. The timing of changing the display position of the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285 may be the same as when the digestion effect of the notice icon displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 is started. However, it may be after the digestion effect of the notice icon is started or after the digestion effect of the notice icon is finished.

FIG. 28(Aa) to FIG. 28(Ae) show effect examples in the case where the notice effect of the notice icon is increased and then the notice effect of the notice icon is increased. That is, as shown in FIG. 28(Aa), after the notice icon I7 of the shuriken displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 of the notice icon display area 285 is consumed, the stop symbol notice is executed, At the timing indicated by 28 (Ab), the display is stopped and displayed with the combination of the decorative patterns "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2", and it is informed that the display result is out of alignment. After that, as shown in FIG. 28(Ac), after the hold is exhausted and the variable display of the decorative pattern is started, as shown in FIG. 28(Ad), the increase effect of the notice icon by the lord's character YM is performed. When the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285, as shown in FIG. 28(Ae), the notice icon I7 of the shuriken is exhausted to leave a blank notice icon third. A notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes thrown in the display area YA3 is displayed. In this way, it is possible to display an increasing number of notice icons in the notice icon display area that is blank due to the notice icon being consumed.

FIG. 28B shows an example of an effect in which the number of notice icons is increased after a plurality of blanks appearing in the notice icon display area due to the consumption of a plurality of notice icons. That is, as shown in FIG. 28(B), in the notice icon display area 285, after the notice icons displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 and the notice icon third display area YA3 are consumed, the lord's character YM is displayed. When the notice icon I6 of the hat is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285, the notice icon second display area YA2 and the notice icon third display area YA3 which are blank are displayed. Of these, they are displayed in order from the left. In this way, the display of increasing the number of notice icons may be performed. When there are a plurality of blanks in the notice icon display area 285, the order of the display areas in which the increasing notice icons are displayed is not limited to the above-described order, and may be another order. It may be preset in 400. In addition, in this example of performance, the reliability of the big hit and the number of the notice icons are not changed depending on the place where the notice icon is displayed. It may be suggested that the reliability and the number of displayed notice icons are different. For example, when an increasing number of notice icons are displayed in the notice icon sixth display area YA6, which is the rightmost one of the blank display areas in the notice icon display area 285, at least six notice icons are displayed as the notice icons. It may be suggested that it is displayed in the display area 285, or that the reliability of the big hit is the highest.

FIG. 28C shows an example of an effect when the notice effect of the notice icon and the increase effect of the notice icon are executed during the execution of one symbol variation display. That is, as shown in FIG. 28C, while the effect of digesting the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 in the notice icon display area 285 is being performed, It is displayed that the notice icon I6 for the hat, the notice icon I9 for a thousand boxes, and the notice icon I10 for a fan are thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 as the notice Y icon is increased by the character YM. Here, the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 is a notice icon increased in the symbol variation display executed before the symbol variation display is executed. As described above, the notice effect of the notice icon and the increase effect of the notice icon may be executed during the execution of the one-time symbol variable display. At this time, the period in which the notice effect of the notice icon is performed may overlap with the period in which the notice effect of the notice icon is increased. In addition, the increase effect of the notice icon may be started after the notice effect of the notice icon is started, the digest effect of the notice icon may be started after the increase effect of the notice icon is started, or the notice icon may be started. The digestion effect of and the increase effect of the notice icon may be started at the same time. Here, the area in which the increasing notice icon is displayed may be an empty area at the time of starting the variable display of the symbols, or the increase effect of the notice icon after the variable display of the symbols is started. It may be an area that is planned to be blank before it is started.

FIG. 28 (59r) shows another example of the effect shown in FIG. 23 (59). That is, in the example of the effect shown in FIG. 28 (59r), an effect of instituting whether or not the notice icon is consumed is performed before the notice effect of the notice icon is started. Specifically, for example, of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285, whether or not the notice icon, which is the target of the digest, starts shaking and changes, and whether the notice icon is digested is determined. I am trying to fuel it. After that, as shown in FIG. 23(60), the fan advance notice icon I10 may be exhausted, or the fan advance notice icon I10 may not be exhausted. When not digested, the notice icon may be erased without being digested, or the notice icon may be maintained and the notice icon may be suspended. In the effect example shown in FIG. 28 (59r), when the fan advance notice icon I10 is erased without being consumed, thereafter, a stop display is performed with a combination of the decorative decorative patterns, and the result is a defective display. You may notify that.

FIG. 28 (59 s) to FIG. 28 (60 s) show another effect example of the effect shown in FIG. 23 (59) to FIG. 23 (60 ). That is, in FIG. 28 (59s), the notice icon display area 285 displays two hat notice icons I6, a thousand-box notice icon I9, and a fan notice icon I10. Of these notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 after the fluctuation of the combination of the decoration patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1" has started, the notice icon of the fan is displayed. When I10 is exhausted, it gives a notice of a big hit, and as shown in FIG. 28 (60s), when another notice icon (for example, hat notice icon I6) is exhausted, it is left as it is. The combination of the decorative symbols may be used to notify that the display is stopped and the display is lost.

FIG. 28 (23t) to FIG. 28 (32t) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 20 (23) to 21 (32). That is, as shown in FIG. 28 (23t), in this example of presentation, the in-digestion notice icon display area YA0 for displaying the digested notice icon is added to the notice icon display area 285. As shown in FIG. 28 (23t) to FIG. 28 (25t), when the digestion effect of the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 is started, the digested hat notice icon I6 is started. Is displayed in the digesting notice icon display area YA0. As shown in FIG. 28 (28t) to FIG. 28 (32t), the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the digesting notice icon display area YA0 is continuously displayed even after the digestion, and the corresponding effect (pseudo continuous effect) is displayed. ) Is displayed continuously until the end. It should be noted that the timing of displaying the notice icon in the during-digest notice icon display area YA0 may be after the notice effect of the notice icon is started or before the notice effect of the notice icon is started. Alternatively, it may be at the same time as the start of the digestion effect of the notice icon. Further, the timing at which the notice icon displayed in the during-digest notice icon display area YA0 is erased may be after the notice effect of the notice icon is finished or before the notice effect of the notice icon is finished. Good, it may be at the same time as the end of the digestion effect of the notice icon, after the production corresponding to the digested notice icon has started, or after the production corresponding to the digested notice icon has ended. May be the same as the start of the production corresponding to the digested notice icon, may be before the production corresponding to the digested notice icon starts, or to the digested notice icon. It may be performed at the same time as the end of the corresponding effect, or may be deleted at the end of the symbol variation in which the notice icon is erased (for example, the symbol stop timing of the special figure), or the in-digest notice icon display area YA0. 22 is deleted at the timing (for example, the notice icon display area 285 and the notice-in-digestion icon display area YA0 are deleted in FIG. 22 (44), or only the notice-icon-in-digestion display area YA0 is deleted). May be. In addition, when a plurality of notice icons are consumed during one-time symbol variation display, the notice icon a in the digesting notice icon display area YA0 corresponding to the notice icon A that has been digested first is the notice icon A. The effect may be erased after or at the same time as the effect is finished, and no notification icon may be displayed in the in-digestion notice icon display area YA0, or the digestion effect of the notice icon B to be digested next is started. May be deleted at the same time as or after being started, or may be deleted at the same time as or after the notice icon b displayed in the digesting notice icon display area corresponding to the notice icon B to be digested next is displayed. The notice icon a may be left as a history even during the production of the notice icon B, or at the end of the variation of the symbols where the notice icon A and the notice icon B are consumed (for example, It may be erased at the symbol stop timing in the figure). If the notice icon display area 285 is erased when a specific effect display (for example, during a super reach effect, big hit effect, simultaneous island effect, etc.) is performed, only the notice icon display area 285 is deleted and the notice is being consumed. The icon display area YA0 may be displayed as it is, or conversely, only the digesting notice icon display area YA0 may be deleted and the notice icon display area 285 may be displayed as it is. Both the area 285 and the in-digestion notice icon display area YA0 may be deleted.

FIG. 29(Aa) to FIG. 29(Ae) show effect examples in which a plurality of notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area are consumed at the same time. That is, in FIG. 29(Aa), the hat notice icon I6 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285, and the notice icon third display area YA3 is displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3. The ribbon notice icon I8 is displayed, and the fan notice icon I10 is displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4. Then, of these notice icons, the notice icon I6 of the hat displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon I8 of the ribbon displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 are used respectively. The production is started. Here, the start timings of the digestion effects of the respective notice icons may be the same or different. In this case, the order of digesting the notice icons may be the order corresponding to the order of executing the effects.

After that, when the notice icon I6 of the hat and the notice icon I8 of the ribbon move to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, as shown in FIG. .. Specifically, the character display of "Continue" is additionally displayed near the lower portion of the enlarged notice icon I6 of the hat, and the character display of "Stéchen" is added near the lower portion of the notice icon I8 of the enlarged ribbon. Is displayed.
After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the stage change effect is started in response to the completion of the notice icon I8 on the ribbon. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 29(Ac), the shoji closes, and after Chibihime's character CH appears on the front side thereof, the shoji opens and the moon opens as shown in FIG. 29(Ad). The display of the background (moon surface) showing how the universe is viewed from the surface starts. It should be noted that during execution of the stage change effect, the variable display of the decorative symbol, which has been performed in each of the left symbol display region 208a, the middle symbol display region 208b, and the right symbol display region 208c, is the lower right corner of the display region of the decorative symbol display device 208. Move to, and the thumbnail is displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 29(Ae), the reduced decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed in the center of the display area, and then the banquet character BC is displayed in correspondence with the notice of the hat notice icon I6. Appears from the outside of the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the effect display that pushes up the right symbol that is stopped and displayed is performed, and then the player is informed that the pseudo continuous effect may be executed. ..

In this example of the effect, the plurality of effects corresponding to the digested notice icon are set to have different start timings, but they may be started at the same time.

29(66u-1) to FIG. 29(66u-3) show another example of the effect shown in FIG. 23(66). That is, in FIG. 29 (66u-1), a combination of decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is stopped and displayed, and it is informed that it is a big hit, but the notice icon display area 285 is continuously displayed. It is shown that there is an undigested notice icon. After that, as shown in FIG. 29 (66u-2), after the jackpot start effect is performed, as shown in FIG. 29 (66u-3), even after the jackpot round game is started, it is still undigested. A notice icon is displayed. In this example of performance, the notice icon display area 285 is displayed below the display area during the big hit game, but it may be displayed above the display area. Further, in this effect example, the undigested notice icon may be used, for example, in a promotion effect during a big hit (for example, an effect that notifies that the probability variation big hit is confirmed). In the example shown in -3), when the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed during execution of the jackpot game, it is notified that the probability variation jackpot is confirmed, and when the notice icon I10 of the fan is consumed. May notify that the 15R jackpot is confirmed. Further, when the other notice icon is consumed, for example, it may have a meaning indicating that it may be promoted. In this way, even with the same notice icon, when it is consumed during the execution of the big hit game, an effect of giving a different meaning may be performed. Further, in this effect example, the notice icon displayed during the execution of the big hit game may be different from the notice icon displayed during the execution of the symbol variation display. That is, a notice icon specific to a big hit may be prepared. Further, the notice icon displayed during the execution of the jackpot game may be the same as the notice icon displayed during the execution of the variable display, or only some notice icons may be commonly used. ..

FIG. 29(Ba) to FIG. 29(Bc) are display examples before and after the stage change. That is, as shown in FIG. 29(Ba), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a combination of decorative symbols of "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed, and thereafter, the hold is exhausted and symbol variation. When the display is started, the stage change effect is started as shown in FIG. 29(Bb). When the stage change effect is started, the notice icon displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden together with the notice icon display area 285. After that, when the stage change effect ends, as shown in FIG. 29(Bc), although not shown, the background is changed and the symbol variable display is continuously performed. At this time, the notice icon display area 285 is displayed again, but all the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 may be erased when the stage is changed. It should be noted that after the stage change is performed, the notice icon may be deleted without fail, or only a part of the plurality of notice icons may be deleted, or even if it is not deleted. Good.

FIG. 29(22v-1) to FIG. 23(23v) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 20(22) to 20(23). That is, as shown in FIG. 29(22v-1), when the symbol variation display is started, as shown in FIG. 29(22v-2), a lord's character YM2 with a placard appears and is digested. Notify in advance the type of notification icon After that, as shown in FIG. 29 (23v), digestion effect of the notice icon in which the notice icon of the type notified in advance (the notice icon I6 of the hat) is consumed is started. Even when the type of the notice icon to be digested is notified in advance, the notice icon may not be digested, and a notice icon of a different type from the notice icon that is notified in advance is digested. May be done. When a notice icon of a different type from the notice icon given in advance is consumed, it may be suggested that the reliability of the big hit is high.

FIG. 29 (22w) shows another example of the effect shown in FIG. 20 (22). That is, as shown in FIG. 29 (22w), after the variable display of symbols is started, the notice icon that may be consumed is highlighted so that the player pays attention to the use of the notice icon. Good.

In the above-described embodiment, for example, when the hat notice icon I6 is digested, the bancho character BC appears and the pseudo continuous effect is executed, and other effects are not executed. Although the production corresponding to is executed and the other productions are not executed, for example, even though the notice icon I6 of the hat is exhausted, the bancho character BC does not appear and the princess character appears. The big hit may be settled when an effect that does not correspond to the noticed icon that has been exhausted is executed (so-called breaking of the law) such as when the big hit is settled.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the notice icon to be digested is set and is configured so that it cannot be selected by the player. You may make it selectable.

In addition, when the big hit in the state where the notice icon is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, it is erased when the big hit game is started, and the notice icon is carried over when shifting to the probability change state or the time saving state. It may be configured not to be performed. Further, in the case where a big hit occurs in a state where the notice icon is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, it is once hidden when the big hit game is started, and is displayed again after the probability variation state or the time saving state is finished. May be configured as follows. Further, it may be configured not to be carried over even after the probability variation state or the time saving state is completed.

Next, a description will be given of an example of an effect that gives advance notice of the contents of the reach effect that is to be subsequently transferred depending on the type of the notice icon that is consumed.

As shown in FIG. 30(Aa), when "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208a, respectively, the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285 is displayed. May be digested. For example, as shown in FIG. 30(Ab-1), when the hat notice icon I6 is digested, then, as shown in FIG. 30(Ac-1), the enlarged-length character BC2 is displayed. Appears, and then shifts to the Bancho reach that corresponds to the appeared character. Further, as shown in FIG. 30(Ab-2), when the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is consumed, thereafter, as shown in FIG. 30(Ac-2), the enlarged character YM3 of the lord's character is displayed. Appears, and then shifts to the Tonosama Reach corresponding to the appeared character. In addition, as shown in FIG. 30(Ab-3), when the fan advance notice icon I10 is exhausted, thereafter, the enlarged princess character HM is displayed as shown in FIG. 30(Ac-3). Appears, and then shifts to Princess Reach corresponding to the appeared character. In addition, in this example of performance, the reliability of the jackpot that the notice icon means is corresponded, and the reliability of the jackpot of these reach effects is configured in the order of princess reach> lord's reach> bancho reach. There is. When a character other than the character corresponding to the digested notice icon appears (for example, a lord's character enlarged and displayed after the notice icon I6 of the hat has disappeared) appears (when a so-called law break occurs). May be configured so that a jackpot is confirmed. In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be combined and digested, and a plurality of characters may appear corresponding to the notice icons to execute the combined notice. In addition, a specific effect for digesting a plurality of notice icons (dedicated effect for multiple digestion) may be executed, and it is a big hit if a plurality of notice icons are consumed rather than one notice icon. May be configured to have high reliability.

Next, a button effect executed after the second button notice icon I11 is consumed will be described.

As shown in FIG. 30(Ba), a second button notice icon I11 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, and after the variable display of symbols is started, FIG. At the timing shown in (Bb), the display of consuming the second button notice icon I11 is started. That is, the display is performed in which the second button notice icon I11 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 moves from the notice icon first display area YA1 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. Then, when the second button notice icon I11 moves to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, as shown in FIG. 30(Bc), a button image 136a is displayed together with the button reception time meter and the effect button 136 is displayed. It notifies that the operation can be accepted, and prompts the player to operate the effect button 136.

Next, another example of the button effect executed after the second button notice icon I11 is consumed will be described.

As shown in FIG. 30(Ca), a second button notice icon I11 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. Further, the above-mentioned button reach effect is performed on the decorative symbol display device 208, and the button image 136a is displayed together with the button reception time meter to notify that the operation of the effect button 136 can be accepted. Then, at the timing of FIG. 30(Cb), the display in which the second button notice icon I11 is consumed is started. That is, the display is performed in which the second button notice icon I11 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 moves from the notice icon first display area YA1 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. After that, when the second button notice icon I11 moves to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, it overlaps with the button image 136a already displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208, and is shown in FIG. 30(Cc). As described above, the projecting button image 136b is changed to a projecting button image 136b in which the effect button 136 is projected. That is, it is shown that the button has been promoted to a button reach effect with a higher jackpot reliability.

Next, another specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described.

31: is a figure which shows an example of an effect centering on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment stepwise, and FIG. 32 is a continuation of the example of an effect shown in FIG. 31 step by step. FIG. 33 is a diagram showing the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 32 stepwise, and FIG. 34 is a diagram showing the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 33 stepwise. 35 is a diagram showing the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 34 step by step.

31(1) to FIG. 32(14), the notice icon I6 of the hat was changed to the notice icon I1 of the first lord, instead of the notice icon I6 of the hat used in the effect of increasing the notice icon. Since it is the same as FIG. 19(1) to FIG. 20(14) except for the points, the description thereof is omitted here. 32(14) and 32(20), all the notice icons used in the notice effect increase production are changed to the notice icon I1 of the first lord. 20(15) to (19) except for.

In FIG. 32(20), a combination of decorative patterns of "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed, and the result of the discontinuance is confirmed and displayed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

Then, in FIG. 32(21), the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 is started, and the turning off of the fourth symbol is further performed, but no change has occurred in the hold icon and the decorative symbol.

In FIG. 32(22), the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is moved and displayed by the moving animation, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and changes to the variable icon h0. Become. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

Then, for example, when 4 seconds have elapsed after the variable display of the decorative symbol has started, as shown in FIG. 32 (23), the decorative symbol display device 208 displays it in the notice icon first display area YA1. Also, the display that the first notice icon I1 of the Lord is consumed is started. That is, the display is performed in which the first palace's notice icon I1 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 moves from the notice icon first display area YA1 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. Note that, as shown in FIG. 32 (23 ), when a plurality of the same notice icons are displayed in the notice icon display area 285, for example, four notice icons I 1 of the first lord are displayed, for example, Although it is set in advance to preferentially consume the notice icon displayed on the leftmost side, the order of digesting may be determined according to the reliability of the notice icon. Further, which of the notice icons is to be used may be randomly determined, or the notice icon displayed on the rightmost side may be set to be preferentially consumed. That is, the order in which the notice icons are consumed is not limited to the order described above, and can be set appropriately.

After that, when the first palace's notice icon I1 moves to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, it changes to the hat notice icon I6 at the timing shown in FIG. 32 (24) and is enlarged and displayed. As indicated by 32 (25 ), a character display of “continuation” for announcing that the pseudo continuous effect is to be performed is additionally displayed below the enlarged notice icon I6 of the hat. It should be noted that this character display may be performed at the same time as the hat notice icon I6 is enlarged, may be displayed before the enlarged display, or may be performed after the enlarged display. Good.

Then, after a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) has elapsed, at the timing shown in FIG. 32 (26), the character display of "continuation" attached to the hat notice icon I6 disappears and the hat notice icon is deleted. After I6 is reduced and displayed, the display is moved to the original display position, that is, the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. In this way, in the present embodiment, the digested notice icon may be displayed again at the original position. It should be noted that when the digested notice icon is redisplayed in the original position, it may be displayed so that it can be recognized that it has been digested, for example, by displaying a display area where the digested notice icon is displayed. The display may be grayed out, or the character information “done” may be added. Further, the digested notice icon may be deleted after being displayed in the notice icon display area 285.

32(27) to FIG. 33(33), the notice icon I6 of the digested hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1, and the notice icon second display area YA2 to notice icon. 20(27) to FIG. 21(33), except that all the notice icons displayed in the fourth display area YA4 are changed to the notice icon I1 of the first lord, so here Is omitted.

In the decorative symbol display device 208, display is started at the timing shown in FIG. 33 (34), in which the notice icon I1 of the first lord displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 is consumed. That is, a display is performed in which the first palace's notice icon I1 displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 moves from the notice icon second display area YA2 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208.

After that, when the first palace's notice icon I1 moves to the center of the display area of the decorative pattern display device 208, it changes to the hat notice icon I6 at the timing shown in FIG. 33 (35) and is enlarged and displayed. As shown at 33 (36), the character display of "continuation" for announcing that the pseudo continuous effect is to be performed is additionally displayed below the enlarged notice icon I6 of the hat.

Then, after a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) has passed, at the timing shown in FIG. 33 (37), the word "Continue" displayed on the hat notice icon I6 disappears and the hat notice icon is displayed. After I6 is reduced and displayed, the display is moved to the original display position, that is, the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285.

33(38) to (45), the notice icon I6 of the digested hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon second display area YA2, respectively. 21 (38) to 22 (except that the notice icons displayed in the icon third display area YA3 and the notice icon fourth display area YA4 are both changed to the notice icon I1 of the first lord. Since it is the same as that of (45), the description thereof is omitted here.

In the decorative pattern display device 208, display is started at the timing shown in FIG. 33 (46) so that the first icon of the palace's notice icon I1 displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 is consumed. That is, the display is performed in which the first palace's notice icon I1 displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 moves from the notice icon third display area YA3 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208.

After that, when the first palace's notice icon I1 moves to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, it changes to the notice box I9 of a thousand boxes and is enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 33 (47). Above the displayed 1000-box notice icon I9, a character display of "promotion" is additionally displayed to notify that the production is to have a higher degree of reliability. It should be noted that this character display may be performed at the same time as the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is enlarged, may be performed before the enlarged display, or may be performed after the enlarged display. Good.

After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the character display of "promotion" added to the notice icon I9 of the thousand boxes is deleted, and the notice icon I9 of the thousand boxes is reduced and displayed, as shown in FIG. 33 (48). Then, the display is moved to the original display position, that is, the notice icon third display area YA3 of the notice icon display area 285.

After that, the reach transition effect described above is started at the timing of FIG. 34 (49 ). In the present production example, when the reach transition production is started, as shown in FIG. 34 (49 ), the decorative symbol display device 208 performs the production display such as the occurrence of the power failure, and then the strong reach with high reliability. Production (button reach production) is started. When the button reach effect in this effect example is started, as shown in FIG. 33 (50-1), after the character display "Is it a chance?" is displayed on the dark background in the decorative pattern display device 208. The character display “NO” is displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 34 (50-2). After that, as shown in FIG. 34(51), after the character display "Is it too hot?", the character display "No" is displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 34(52). After that, as shown in FIG. 34 (53), the character display of "one shot" is displayed to notify that the button effect will be performed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 34 (54), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a button image 136a is displayed together with the button reception time meter to inform that the operation of the effect button 136 can be accepted, and inform the player. The operation of the effect button 136 is promoted.

Then, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 34(55), as shown in FIG. 34(56), the button image 136a is deleted in the decorative symbol display device 208. It shows that the button reach production has failed.

34 (57), the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c are enlarged and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1".

In FIG. 34 (58 ), everything including the notice icon display area 285 is once hidden. Eventually, in FIG. 34 (59 ), the fluctuation fluctuation (temporary symbol stop display) of the combination of the decorative symbols “decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1” is started. At this time, the display of the notice icon display area 285 is also restarted.

Then, for example, when 2 seconds have elapsed from the temporary symbol stop display, the display that the first palace's notice icon I1 displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4 is consumed at the timing shown in FIG. 34 (60). Be started. That is, a display is performed in which the first palace's notice icon I1 displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4 moves from the notice icon fourth display area YA4 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208.

After that, when the first palace's notice icon I1 moves to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, it changes to the fan notice icon I10 at the timing shown in FIG. 34 (61) and is enlarged and displayed. At this time, for example, below the enlarged fan notification icon I10, a character display of "blessing" for notifying that the big hit is set may be added. In addition, when adding the character display, the additional display of the character display may be performed at the same time as the fan advance notice icon I10 is enlarged and displayed, or may be performed before the enlarged display. , May be performed after the enlarged display.

Then, in the decorative pattern display device 208, after the notice icon I10 of the fan is reduced and displayed, as shown in FIG. 35 (62), the original display position, that is, the notice icon fourth display area of the notice icon display area 285. A display for moving to YA4 is displayed. After that, at the timing of FIG. 35 (63), the variable display of the decorative symbols, which have been fluctuating in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c, is restarted and re-variation effect is started. .. At this time, the notice icon display area 285 is still displayed.

In the re-variation effect, as shown in FIG. 35 (64), an effect display in which the princess character dances with a fan is displayed. The variable display of the decorative symbols, which has been performed in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c so far, is moved to the lower right corner of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, and reduced in size. It

Eventually, as shown in FIG. 35(65), the fluctuation fluctuation of the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is displayed.

Then, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 35 (66 ), the combination of the decorative patterns of “decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1” which is confirmed as a big hit is stopped and displayed. At this time, in the first special figure display device 212, "special figure A" which is the 15R probability variation big hit is stopped and displayed, and in the fourth symbol display device 284a, the fourth symbol (round figure) of the special figure 1 Is lit. After that, although not shown, the big hit game is started after the big hit game start effect described above is executed.

Next, another example of the above-described effect of increasing the notice icon will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 to 38. Here, FIG. 36 to FIG. 38 are diagrams showing stepwise other effect examples of the effect of increasing the notice icon. 36 to 38, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure hold lamp 218, the second special figure hold lamp 220, the general figure hold. Illustration of the lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted.

36(8a) to FIG. 36(9a) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 31(8) to 31(9). That is, in FIG. 36(8a), the effect display in which the notice icon I3 of the third palace is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 instead of the notice icon I1 of the first lord is displayed. The same can be done for the second palace's notice icon I2. Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 35(9a), the thrown third palace's notice icon I3 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285.

FIG. 36(8b) to FIG. 36(9b) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 31(8) to 31(9). That is, in FIG. 36(8b), as in the case of FIG. 31(8), an effect display in which the first palace's notice icon I1 is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 is performed.

However, in the case of FIG. 36(9b), it is shown that the notice icon I1 of the first lord does not reach the notice icon display area 285 and the frame is out from the left of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. ing. That is, in the present embodiment, it is also possible to execute a sloppy increase effect using the lord's notice icon.

FIG. 36(8c) to FIG. 36(9c) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 31(8) to 31(9). That is, in FIG. 36(8c), not only one notice icon I1 of the first lord but also three notice icons I1 of the first lord are simultaneously thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 for effect display. ing. The effect display may be thrown one by one instead of simultaneously.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 36(9c), the three first palace's notice icons I1 thrown are the notice icon first display area YA1, the notice icon second display area YA2, and the notice icon in the notice icon display area 285. Each is displayed in the third display area YA3. As described above, in this effect example, it is possible to increase the plurality of notice icons by one increase effect. Therefore, there may be a case where an increase in the number of the notice icons at one time improves the sense of expectation for the increase in the number of times the notice is executed, and the staging effect may be enhanced. In addition, a highly reliable notice icon (for example, the notice icon I3 of the third lord) is difficult to be displayed (hard to be stocked) in the notice icon display area 285, and has a low reliability (for example, the first lord's notice). The notice icon I1) may be easily displayed (prone to be stocked) in the notice icon display area 285, or vice versa. In this example of performance, the number of the same notice icon (the notice icon I1 of the first lord) is increased by three, but a plurality of types of notice icons having different degrees of reliability may be increased at the same time. The notice icon I1 of the first palace and the notice icon I3 of the third lord may be simultaneously increased.

In addition, in this case, as shown in FIG. 36 (9 c ′), some or all of the thrown notice icons I1 of the first hall do not reach the notice icon display area 285, and the decorative pattern It is also possible to execute a partial gall increase effect or an all gase increase effect that causes a frame-out from the left of the display area of the display device 208.

FIG. 36(8e) shows another example of the effect shown in FIG. 31(8). That is, in FIG. 36(8e), when the hold icon h12 is displayed in the display mode of the prefetching notice (display mode by the character of Savohani), the lord's character YM issues the notice icon of the first lord's notice icon I1. An effect display that is thrown toward the display area 285 is displayed. As described above, in the present embodiment, it is possible to execute the increase effect of the notice icon even during the execution of the prefetch notice using the hold icon. Note that the increase effect of the notice icon and the pre-read notice using the hold icon may not be performed at the same time.

FIG. 36(8f) shows another example of the effect shown in FIG. 31(8). That is, in FIG. 36 (8f), the variable symbol display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 are not displayed in the decorative symbol display device 208, and the hold number is displayed by the effect hold lamp 286. Note that, in FIG. 36 (8f), for convenience of description, the holding lamp of the second special diagram 1 which is the target of prefetching is hatched, but in reality, the first special diagram 1 is shown. Like the hold lamp of No. 2, the second hold lamp of Toku-zu 1 is also turned on by the default light emission mode.

FIG. 36(8g) to FIG. 36(9g-2) show another example of the effects shown in FIG. 31(8) to FIG. 31(9). That is, in FIG. 36(8g), as in the case of FIG. 31(8), an effect display in which the first palace's notice icon I1 is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 is displayed.

However, in the case of FIG. 36 (9g-1), it is shown that the notice icon I1 of the first lord does not reach the notice icon display area 285 and falls below the display area. Then, as shown in FIG. 36 (9g-2), the notice icon I1 of the first lord acts on the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 to read the advance notice. The effect display (holding change effect) that changes to the display mode is being performed. That is, in the present embodiment, the first palace's notice icon I1 may not appear as a notice icon in the notice icon display area 285, and may appear as a trigger for starting the prefetch notice by the hold icon. The hold change effect may be performed by using a notice icon other than the notice icon I1 of the first lord, for example, the notice change icon having a higher reliability of the jackpot may be less likely to be executed. Good.

FIG. 36(12h-1) to FIG. 36(12h-2) show another example of the effect shown in FIG. 31(12). That is, in FIG. 36 (12h-1), as in the case of FIG. 31 (12), the decorative pattern in the state where the first palace's notice icon I1 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. The fluctuation display of is displayed. Then, as shown in FIG. 36 (12h-2), the decorative pattern of "decoration 6" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed, and the reach effect is started. It As described above, in this embodiment, the reach effect can be executed even when the notice icon is displayed. As a result of this reach effect, a big hit may be made. In this case, the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285 may be deleted after the jackpot is over.

FIG. 37(8i) to FIG. 37(9i) show other effect examples of the effects shown in FIG. 31(8) to FIG. 31(9). That is, in the effect example shown in FIG. 31(8), the lord's character YM appeared and threw the notice icon to the notice icon display area 285, but in FIG. 37(8i), it differs from FIG. 31(8). , The character YM of DJ, not the lord's character YM, appears on the right side of the display area of the decorative pattern display device 208 on a flying carpet. In the example shown in FIG. 37(8i), the DJ character BY appears with the first lord's notice icon I1. After that, as shown in FIG. 37(9i), the DJ character BY jumps toward the upper left corner and changes the notice icon I1 of the first lord to have the notice icon No. 1 in the notice icon display area 285. The effect display to be placed in the display area YA1 is performed. Note that the number of the notice icons that the DJ character BY places in the notice icon display area 285 is not limited to one and may be two or more. In addition, a plurality of types of advance notice icons may be placed in the advance notice icon display area 285 in the effect of increasing the advance notice icon by the DJ character BY once. As described above, a plurality of types of increase effects of the notice icon may be prepared (for example, a first notice icon increase effect by the lord's character YM and a second notice icon increase effect by the DJ character BY). Depending on the configuration, there are cases where the effects are diversified and the effect of the effects can be enhanced.

FIG. 37(8j) to FIG. 37(9j) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 31(8) to 31(9). That is, in the example of the production shown in FIG. 31(8), the lord's character YM appeared and threw the notice icon to the notice icon display area 285. However, in FIG. 37(8j), the DJ with the notice icon is further added. Character BY appears on the right side of the display area on a flying carpet. In the example shown in FIG. 37(8j), the DJ character BY appears with the first lord's notice icon I1. Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 37(9j), the first palace's notice icon I1 thrown by the lord's character YM is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, and the DJ's As the character BY flies toward the upper left corner, an effect display is displayed in which the first palace's notice icon I1 he/she has is placed in the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285. The DJ character BY is arranged in a layer on the front side of the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285 and is displayed as if it passes through the notice icon front side. Here, as shown in FIG. 37(9j'), the character BY of DJ is arranged in a layer on the back side of the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285, so that the back side of the notice icon is changed. It may be displayed as passing.

FIG. 37(8k) to FIG. 37(9k) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 31(8) to 31(9). That is, in the production example shown in FIG. 31(8), the lord's character YM appeared and threw the notice icon to the notice icon display area 285. However, in FIG. 37(8k), the DJ with the notice icon is further added. Character BY appears on the right side of the display area on a flying carpet. In the example shown in FIG. 37(8k), the DJ character BY appears with the third lord's notice icon I3. Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 37(9k), the first palace's notice icon I1 thrown by the lord's character YM is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, and then the DJ's While the character BY is flying toward the upper left corner, the third lord's notice icon I3 is thrown by the lord's character YM and displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1. The effect display in which the DJ character BY places the third palace's notice icon I3 in the notice icon first display area YA1 so as to be superimposed on the notice icon I1. That is, an effect of promotion may be performed by overwriting the notice icon with a low reliability of the jackpot over the notice icon of a high reliability with the jackpot. In this way, the execution times of the increase effects of the plurality of types of notice icons may overlap, which may enhance the effect of the effects. This promotion effect may be performed during the execution of the same symbol variable display, or may be performed a plurality of times in the symbol variable display. Further, the promotion effect may be executed every time the pseudo-relational effect is performed.

FIG. 37(12l) shows another example of the effect shown in FIG. 31(12). That is, in the effect example shown in FIG. 37(12l), the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 are displayed in association with the character notation "question mark". For example, the notice icon I1 of the first visitor is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1, the notice icon I2 of the second visitor is displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2, and the notice icon third display area is displayed. The notice icon I1 of the first palace is displayed in YA3, the notice icon I2 of the second lord is displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4, and the notice icon I2 of the third lord is shown in the notice icon fifth display area YA5. The notice icon I3 is displayed, and the notice icon I1 of the first lord is displayed in the notice icon sixth display area YA6, and the letter notation of “question mark” is added to each notice. According to this effect example, it may be possible to give an expectation to the changed notice icon.

Further, as shown in FIG. 37 (12 l ′), for some of the pre-change notice icons, the type of the post-change notice icon may be given in text. For example, the first palace's notice icon I1 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1, the second lord's notice icon I2 displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2, and the notice icon fourth. Although the second palace's notice icon I2 displayed in the display area YA4 is marked with the "question mark" character notation, the notice icon after change cannot be recognized, but the notice icon third display area The first palace's notice icon I1 displayed on YA3 is annotated to be changed to a shuriken notice icon I7 by adding the character notation "Chan eyes", and is displayed in the notice icon fifth display area YA5. The notice icon I3 of the third lord, who is displayed, is annotated to be changed to the notice icon I6 of the hat by adding the character notation of "continuation", and is displayed in the notice icon sixth display area YA6. The notice icon I1 of No. 1 will be accompanied by the character notation of "question mark" along with "continuation", and it will be announced that the notice icon I6 of the hat will change. These character notations may be notified at once for all or some of the notice icons, or may be notified gradually over time.

Further, as shown in FIG. 37 (12l″), all or some of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 are changed to change notice icons, and the changed notice icons are displayed. You may make it add the corresponding character notation only about things.

38(8m-1) to FIG. 38(9m) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 31(8) to 31(9). That is, in the example of the effect shown in FIG. 31(8), the lord's character YM appeared and threw the notice icon to the notice icon display area 285, but in FIG. 38(8m-1), the notice icon is further provided. It shows that the DJ character BY appears on the flying carpet and appears from the right side of the display area of the decorative pattern display device 208. In the example shown in FIG. 38 (8m-1), the DJ character BY appears with the 1,000-box warning icon I9. After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 38 (8m-2), after the first palace's notice icon I1 thrown by the lord's character YM is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, As shown in FIG. 38 (9 m ), the character BY of DJ flies toward the upper left corner and throws the 1,000-box notice icon I 9 thrown by the lord's character YM and the notice icon first display area. An effect display is performed in which the DJ character BY places the 1,000-box box of the notice icon I9 in the notice icon first display area YA1 so as to be superimposed on the notice icon I1 of the first lord displayed in YA1. According to this effect example, the pre-change notice icon may be overwritten with the post-change notice icon. In this way, the execution times of the increase effects of the plurality of types of notice icons may overlap, which may enhance the effect of the effects. In addition, this overwriting effect may be performed during the execution of the same symbol variable display, or may be performed in a plurality of symbol variable displays. Further, the overwriting effect may be executed each time the pseudo-relational effect is performed.

FIG. 38(8n-1) to FIG. 38(9n) show another example of the effects shown in FIGS. 31(8) to 31(9). That is, in the production example shown in FIG. 31(8), the lord's character YM appeared and threw the notice icon to the notice icon display area 285. However, in FIG. 38(8n-1), the notice icon is further provided. It shows that the DJ character BY appears on the flying carpet and appears from the right side of the display area of the decorative pattern display device 208. In the example shown in FIG. 38(8n-1), the DJ character BY appears with the first lord's notice icon I1. After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 38 (8n-2), the 1,000-box notice icon I9 thrown by the lord's character YM is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, and then, as shown in FIG. 9n), while the DJ character BY flies toward the upper left corner, the first lord's notice icon I1 is thrown by the lord's character YM and the notice icon first display area is displayed. An effect display is performed in which the DJ character BY places the first palace's notice icon I1 in the notice icon first display area YA1 so as to be superimposed on the thousand-box notice icon I9 displayed in YA1. In this way, the notice icon after the change may be overwritten on the notice icon before the change. In this way, the execution times of the increase effects of the plurality of types of notice icons may overlap, which may enhance the effect of the effects. In addition, this overwriting effect may be performed during the execution of the same symbol variable display, or may be performed in a plurality of symbol variable displays. Further, the overwriting effect may be executed each time the pseudo-relational effect is performed. Further, when the notice icon before the change after the overwriting (for example, the notice icon I1 of the first lord) is consumed, the notice icon after the change becomes the notice icon before the overwriting (for example, the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes). May be another notice icon. At this time, it may be configured that the jackpot reliability is higher when the notice icon after overwriting is consumed than when the notice icon before overwriting is consumed, or it is configured such that the jackpot reliability is low. Alternatively, the reliability of the big hit may not be changed.

Next, an example of an effect in which the notice icon changes will be described with reference to FIG. 39. Here, FIG. 39 is a diagram showing, in stages, an example of an effect in which the notice icon changes. In FIG. 39, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216 and the fourth. Illustration of the symbol display device 284a is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 39(A), in the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of decorative symbols is being performed. Then, two holding icons (holding icons h11 and h12 of the special drawing 1) are displayed in the holding icon display area 281 of the special drawing 1, and it is shown that the start of the two symbol variations is held. ing. Note that both of these two hold icons are in the default display mode. Note that the hold icon h12 corresponding to the second hold is a hold that is a target of prefetching and is hatched for convenience of description, but is displayed as a hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold. The aspects are the same. Further, in the notice icon display area 285, the notice icon I1 of the first visitor is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1, and in the notice icon second display area YA2, the notice icon I3 of the third visitor. Is displayed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 39(A), a lord's character YM2 holding a placard appears during the variable display of the decorative pattern. This placard is given the character notation "I'll be changing" to announce that the display mode of either the notice icon or the hold icon will change.

After that, when the display mode of the notice icon changes after the predetermined effect is displayed, it is displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285 as shown in FIG. 39(B1). The notice icon I3 of the third lord changes to the notice icon I9 of 1,000 boxes. It should be noted that the display mode of the first notice icon I1 of the lord displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 may change, or both notice icons may change. On the other hand, when the display mode of the hold icon changes, as shown in FIG. 39(B2), the hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold that was displayed in the default display mode is displayed in advance of the read-ahead notice. Changes to. It should be noted that the display mode of the hold icon h12 corresponding to the second hold may change, any display mode of the two hold icons h11, h12 may change, and the display mode of the variable icon h0 may change. May change. As described above, in the present production example, as a result of a certain production, the notice icon may be changed without changing the hold icon, and as a result of the certain production, the notice icon may be held without being changed. It can be said that the icon may change. It should be noted that there may be a case where both the display mode of the hold icon and the notice icon change due to this effect.

Further, as shown in 39(C), the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the decorative symbol in a variable manner, but the reduced symbol is displayed at the lower right. Then, two holding icons (holding icons h11 and h12 of the special drawing 1) are displayed in the holding icon display area 281 of the special drawing 1, and it is shown that the start of the two symbol variations is held. ing. Note that both of these two hold icons are in the default display mode. Note that the hold icon h12 corresponding to the second hold is a hold that is a target of prefetching and is hatched for convenience of description, but is displayed as a hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold. The aspects are the same. Further, in the notice icon display area 285, the notice icon I1 of the first visitor is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1, and in the notice icon second display area YA2, the notice icon I3 of the third visitor. Is displayed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 39(C), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the Chibihime chance effect is performed. The Chibihime chance effect is an effect that may be started when the above-mentioned universal figure variation game is executed. The Chibi-hime chance production is a production that imitates the Amida lottery, in which the Chibi-hime character selects one of the five start points and moves from the selected start point along the Amida route to the goal point. It is foretold that the effect corresponding to the icon shown will be executed. For example, when the character of Princess Chibi reaches the goal point indicated by the double circle icon, the blade member 2321 of the second special figure starting port 232 is foretold to open for a long time, and When reaching the goal point indicated by the letter notation, it is highly likely that the result of the variable display of the symbols being executed is a big hit, and when reaching the goal point indicated by the cross icon. Indicates that the general variable display result is out of order.

Furthermore, in this example of performance, when the player reaches the goal point where the lord's notice icon is displayed, among the pre-change notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285, as shown in FIG. 39(D1). At least one of them changes to the changed notice icon. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 39(D1), the notice icon I3 of the third palace displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 is changed to the notice icon I9 of 1,000 boxes. It should be noted that the display mode of the first notice icon I1 of the lord displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 may change, or both notice icons may change.

Further, when the character Sabohani reaches the indicated goal point, at least one of the hold icons in the default display mode in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 as shown in FIG. 39(D2). Changes to the display mode of the pre-reading notice. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 39(D2), the hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold, which is the default display mode, is changed to the prefetch advance notice display mode. It should be noted that the display mode of the hold icon h12 corresponding to the second hold may change, any display mode of the two hold icons h11, h12 may change, and the display mode of the variable icon h0 may change. May change.

As described above, in the present production example, as a result of a certain production, the notice icon may be changed without changing the hold icon, and as a result of the certain production, the notice icon may be held without being changed. It can be said that the icon may change. It should be noted that there may be a case where both the display mode of the hold icon and the notice icon change due to this effect.

Next, a display example when power is cut off/power is restored while the notice icon is displayed will be described with reference to FIG. 40. Here, FIG. 40 is a diagram showing, step by step, a display example in the case where power is cut off or restored while the notice icon is being displayed.

As shown in FIG. 40(A), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol is performed. Then, two holding icons (holding icons h11 and h12 of the special drawing 1) are displayed in the holding icon display area 281 of the special drawing 1, and it is shown that the start of the two symbol variations is held. ing. Note that, of these two hold icons, the hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold is in the display mode of the prefetch notice, and the hold icon h12 corresponding to the second hold is the default display. It is a mode. Further, the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in each of the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285, and the notice icon third display area YA3 is displayed in the notice box three thousand boxes. The notice icon I9 is displayed, and the notice icon I10 of the fan is displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4.

In FIG. 40(B), a power failure occurs for some reason, and FIG. 40(C) shows the decorative pattern display device 208 immediately after the power is restored instantaneously. The decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 40(C) has a character display of "restore, please wait for a while" which is a return display. At this time, the first special figure display device 212 restarts the variable display, and the second special figure display device 214, the general figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, and the general figure holding device. The lamp 216 has returned to the state before the power failure. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 40(D), the variable display of symbols is finished, and the first special figure display device 212 is stopped and displayed "Special figure I" which is the display result of the discontinuity. In the decorative symbol display device 208, when the variable display of the symbols is finished, the display is stopped and displayed as "decoration 6-decoration 2-decoration 7" which is a combination of decorative symbols corresponding to the deviation. Then, when the power is cut off or restored, all the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 are erased. Further, when the power is cut off or restored, the hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold, which is the display mode of the prefetching notice, also becomes the default display mode. In the present embodiment, when the power is cut off or restored, the prefetch result information stored in the special diagram 1 prefetch result storage unit or the special diagram 2 preread result storage unit in the RAM 308 is “undetermined” information. You may comprise so that it may become. Here, if there is at least one hold in which the “undetermined” information is included in the subcommand including the prefetch result information transmitted from the main control unit 300 to the first sub-control unit, the “undetermined” information is included. The pre-reading notice including the notice effect and the increase effect of the notice icon may not be performed until all the reserved reservations have been consumed. In addition, the pre-reading notice will not be given for the newly increased hold (holding that the pre-reading result was saved) after the power interruption/recovery, but the pre-reading notice will be given after all the holdings including "undetermined" information have been exhausted. Alternatively, the pre-reading notice may be given before the suspension including the “undetermined” information is exhausted for the suspension that is newly increased after the power interruption/recovery.

Next, another specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 41 is a diagram showing step by step an example of the effect centered on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, and step by step other effect examples of the increase effect and the digest effect of the notice icon. FIG. 42 is a diagram showing step by step the continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 41. 41 to 42, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure hold lamp 218, the second special figure hold lamp 220, the general figure hold. Illustration of the lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Further, in FIG. 41, the second hold icon h12 in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched to indicate that it is the hold of the symbol variable display that is the target of prefetching, but the display mode is For example, like the first hold icon h11, it has a default display mode.

FIG. 41(1) is a display corresponding to FIG. 19(5) described above. However, in the decorative symbol display device 208, in the center of the display screen, a large decorative symbol (first decorative symbol) is displayed in each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c, A second decorative symbol display area is formed above the hold icon display area 281, and the third decorative symbol is displayed in a small size, which is different from FIG. 19(5). The second decorative symbol displayed in the second decorative symbol display area is configured such that after the fluctuation starts, the decorative symbols in any of the symbol rows continue to fluctuate until the fixed stop.

At the timing shown in FIG. 41(2), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the lord's effect is started. Here, unlike the case of FIG. 19(6), the lord's character YM possesses the notice icon I21 of "house" in which the letters "house" are circled.

At the timing shown in FIG. 41(3), the lord's character YM is moved to the predetermined throwing position and displayed, and then at the timing shown in FIG. 41(4), the notice icon I21 of the possessed “house” is displayed as the notice icon. An effect display that is thrown toward the area 285 is performed.

Then, the notice icon I21 of the thrown "house" is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 at the timing shown in FIG. 41(5), and then as shown in FIG. 41(6). In addition, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the effect display in which the lord's character YM succeeds in displaying the notice icon and has a happy expression is performed. Thus, it can be said that the notice icon I21 of “house” is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, which at least suggests that a crest effect described later may be executed.

After that, as shown in FIGS. 41(7) to 41(8), a display in which the lord's character YM is framed out toward the lower side of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 is performed. Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 41(9), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops and displays the combination of decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2", and the display result of the off is confirmed. The second decorative pattern is also stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative patterns “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2”. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

After that, the variable display of the symbols on the first special figure display device 212 is started, and as shown in FIG. 41(10), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 are respectively moved by the movement animation. The displayed hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the change icon h0, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 changes to the special figure 1 Becomes the first hold icon h11. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

At the timing shown in FIG. 41(11), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the lord's effect is started. This is also an effect executed when it is determined to display the notice icon based on the result of pre-reading the hold corresponding to the first hold icon h11. Here, the lord's character YM possesses a "monkey" notice icon I22 that encloses the characters "monkey" in a circle.

Then, after the lord's character YM is moved and displayed to a predetermined throwing position at the timing shown in FIG. 41(12), the notice icon I22 of the possessed “crest” is announced at the timing shown in FIG. An effect display that is thrown toward the icon display area 285 is performed.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 41(14), the thrown "montle" notice icon I22 is displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285. After that, after the same effect display as in FIG. 41(6) is performed, the same effect display as in FIG. 41(7) to FIG. 41(8) is performed.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 41 (16), the decorative symbol display device 208 is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative symbols of "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2", and the result of the display is notified. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

Thereafter, the variable display of the symbols on the first special figure display device 212 is started, and as shown in FIG. 41(17), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is moved and displayed by the moving animation, The hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the change icon display area 280 and becomes the change icon h0. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

Then, as shown in FIG. 41 (18), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol of "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed. ..

Then, in the decorative symbol display device 208, at the timing shown in FIG. 42(19) following FIG. 41(18), the notice icon I21 of the “house” and the notice icon displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 are displayed. The display in which the notice icon I22 of the “crest” displayed in the second display area YA2 is simultaneously consumed is started. That is, the notice icon I21 of "house" displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon I22 of "crest" displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 are the notice icon first display area YA1 and A display for moving from the notice icon second display area YA2 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 is performed. The notice icon display area 285 may be erased after the notice icon I21 of “house” and the notice icon I22 of “crest” are consumed. The timing for deleting the notice icon display area 285 may be deleted when the effect corresponding to the end of the notice icon is started, or the effect corresponding to the end of the notice icon is started. The display may be continued after that. Further, the movement of the notice icon I21 of "house" and the notice icon I22 of "crest" may start at the same time, or the notice icon I21 of "house" may start to move is a notice icon I22 of "crest". May be earlier than the start of movement, or the movement of the notice icon I22 of "Crest" may be earlier than the start of movement of the notice icon I21 of "house".

After that, when the notice icon I21 of "house" and the notice icon I22 of "crest" are moved to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, they are enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 21) At the timing shown in FIG. 21), the family crest accessory 224B, which is one of the effect movable bodies 224, descends from above the decorative pattern display device 208, and the decorative pattern display device 208 displays the effect image to that effect. A fall production is performed. At this time, the first decorative symbol is displayed small in the lower right of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (22), it develops into a super reach (swordsman reach). The effect contents of the swordsman reach are as described above with reference to FIGS. 14 to 16, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.

In the present embodiment, the corresponding two notice icons (for example, the notice icon I21 for "house" and the notice icon I22 for "crest") are digested so that the corresponding notice effect (decrease for family crest) is performed. Is configured. It should be noted that the family crest fall effect may not be performed even if these notice icons are consumed, or another effect may be performed. In addition, when the family crest drop effect is performed, it may be guaranteed that a big hit will occur in the symbol variation display, or a result of a loss may result. In addition, the case where the crest fall effect is performed may be configured to be easier to hit than the case where the crest fall effect is not performed. In addition, the symbol variation display that is a big hit may be configured such that the family crest drop effect is performed more frequently than the symbol variation display that is a big hit. In addition, it is easier to consume the two specific notice icons (for example, the notice icon I21 for the "house" and the notice icon I22 for the crest) in the symbol variation display that is a big hit than in the symbol variation display that is a loss. May be configured.

43 and 44 are diagrams showing, in stages, another example of the notice icon digesting effect. 43 to 44, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure hold lamp 218, the second special figure hold lamp 220, the general figure hold. Illustration of the lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted.

In FIG. 43(a1), unlike the case of FIG. 41(5), the notice icon I22 of “Crest” appears before the notice icon I21 of “house” and is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1. As shown in FIG. 43(a2), the notice icon I21 of “house” appears and is displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2.

After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208, at the timing shown in FIG. 43(a3), the notice icon I22 of the “crest” displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon second display area YA2 are displayed. The display that the notice icon I21 of the “home” that was being used is simultaneously consumed is started. That is, the notice icon I22 of "Crest" displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon I21 of "house" displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 are the notice icon first display area YA1 and A display for moving from the notice icon second display area YA2 to the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 is performed. In the decorative pattern display device 208, the reach state by “decoration 1” is formed and the reach effect is started.

After that, when the "crest" notice icon I22 and the "house" notice icon I21 move to the center of the display area of the decorative pattern display device 208 in this arrangement order, they are enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 43(a4-1). It At this time, it is displayed in the correct order (that is, the order in which the “house” and “house” are arranged) instead of the order in which the “house” and “house” are arranged. Further, as shown in FIG. 43(a4-2), the notice icon I22 of “monk” and the notice icon I21 of “house” may be enlarged and displayed in the order of arrangement of “monk” and “house”. In this effect example, the above-mentioned family crest fall effect is performed after that, regardless of whether it is shown in FIG. 43(a4-1) or in the case shown in FIG. 43(a4-2). For example, when the notice icons are enlarged and displayed in the arrangement order of the "house" and the "crest" (that is, the correct arrangement order), the family crest fall effect is performed, and the arrangement order of the "crest" and the "house" (that is, When the notice icons are enlarged and displayed in an incorrect order), the crest drop effect may not be performed. In addition, when the notice icon is enlarged and displayed in the order of "Crest" and "House", the family crest fall effect is more likely to be started than when the notice icon is enlarged and displayed in the order of "House" and "Crest". May be configured to.

FIG. 43(b1) to FIG. 43(b6) show another effect form of the family crest fall effect.

First, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 43(b1), only the notice icon I21 of “house” is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, and the “crest” is displayed. The notice icon I22 is being consumed without waiting for the notice icon I22 to be displayed in the notice icon display area 285. Then, as shown in FIG. 43(b2), when only the notice icon I21 of "house" is enlarged and displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, as shown in FIG. 43(b3), the family crest The object 224B slightly descends from above the decorative symbol display device 208, and vertically while overlapping a part of the front side of the notice icon display area 285 arranged at the upper part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. It is operating (stirring) as if it is vibrating in the direction. At this time, in the upper right part of the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the character display of "preparing for family crest" indicating that there is a possibility that the crest fall effect will be performed. On the other hand, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 43(b2), the notice icon I21 of “house” is enlarged and displayed, while the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208. However, the director's production has started. At this time, the lord's character YM possesses the notice icon I22 of the "crest". Then, as shown in FIG. 43(b4), when the lord's character YM moves to a predetermined throwing position and the notice icon I22 of "monkey" is thrown at the notice icon display region 285, the notice icon display region 285 is displayed. The notice icon is displayed in the second display area YA2.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 43(b5), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops and displays the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2", and the display result of the deviation is determined. The second decorative pattern is also stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative patterns "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2". At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. In addition, the notice icon I22 of the "crest" is still displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2. At this time, the family crest monument 224B is temporarily retracted to the initial position to make it easy to recognize that the symbol is definitely stopped. However, it is not retracted to the initial position and the flapping motion is continued. Good. On the other hand, the character display of "Preparing for family crest" is continuously displayed.

Thereafter, the variable display of the symbols on the first special figure display device 212 is started, and as shown in FIG. 43(b6), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is moved and displayed by the moving animation, The hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the variable icon h0. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started. At this time, the family crest monument 224B, which has been retracted, descends again and restarts the slinging operation. In this example of performance, after that, for example, when the notice icon I22 of the “crest” displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2 of the notice icon display area 285 is consumed, the family crest cast 224B descends, and FIG. The family crest fall effect shown in (21) is performed. In addition, the notice icon I22 of “Crest” may not be digested, and the family crest fall effect may not be performed. Further, in FIG. 43(b2), the notice icon I21 of "house" may be displayed in an enlarged state until the notice icon I22 of "crest" displayed later is consumed. At this time, the notice icon I22 of the “crest” may be stocked, but may be digested as it is without being stocked.

FIG. 43(c1) to FIG. 43(c2-3) show other effect examples of the notice icon digestion effect. In this example of performance, the background notice in which the background is changed is shown by digesting the notice icon.

As shown in FIG. 43(c1), in the notice icon display area 285 of the decorative pattern display device 208, the notice icon I31 of "donor" in which the letters "donor" are circled is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1. Then, the notice icon I32 of "Princess" encircling the characters of "Princess" is displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2, and the notice icon I33 of "Grandpa" enclosing the letters of "Grandpa" is announced. It is displayed in the icon third display area YA3.

In FIG. 43(c2-1), the state of the background display after the three notice icons of the notice icon I31 of "donor", the notice icon I32 of "princess", and the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" are shown is shown. ing. As shown in FIG. 43(c2-1), when these three notice icons are consumed, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays the image of the grandfather's face up from the left side of the display screen and the face of the lord. A background display in which the updated image and the image of the princess's face are divided into three equal parts is displayed. In the present embodiment, when all of the three notice icons, that is, the notice icon I31 of "donor", the notice icon I32 of "princess", and the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" are exhausted, the reliability of the jackpot in the symbol variation display is high. Is configured to be displayed as a background display indicating that is the highest. Further, the three notice icons may be digested at the same time or one by one. Here, when three notice icons are consumed one by one, the reliability of the jackpot may be changed depending on the order of the notice icons to be used. For example, the notice icon I31 of “Den”> “Hime” The highest degree of reliability may be obtained when the notice icon I32 of “” and the notice icon I33 of “grandpa” are digested in this order, but the relationship between the digestion order and the reliability for the jackpot can be set as appropriate. ..

In addition, in FIG. 43(c2-2), among the three notice icons, that is, the notice icon I31 of "donor," the notice icon I32 of "princess," and the notice icon I33 of "grandpa," the notice icon I32 of "princess" and The state of the background display after only the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" has been consumed is shown. As shown in FIG. 43 (c2-2), when these two notice icons are consumed, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays an image of the princess's face up from the left side of the display screen and the grandfather's face. A background display in which the uploaded image is bisected is displayed. In the present embodiment, when two of the three notice icons of the notice icon I31 of "donor", the notice icon I32 of "princess" and the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" are consumed, the symbol variable display is performed. The background display indicating that the reliability of the jackpot is relatively high but the reliability is lower than when the three notice icons are consumed is displayed. In addition, in the present embodiment, an example in which the notice icon I32 of “Princess” and the notice icon I33 of “Grandpa” have been digested among the three notice icons has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, “Denshi” The notice icon I31 of “No.” and the notice icon I32 of “Princess” may be consumed, or the notice icon I31 of “Tono” and the notice icon I33 of “Grandpa” may be consumed. Further, the reliability of the jackpot may be different depending on the combination of the notice icons to be digested. For example, when the notice icon I31 of "donor" and the notice icon I32 of "princess" are consumed, "donor" The notice icon I31 of "Grandpa" and the notice icon I33 of "Grandpa" or the notice icon I32 of "Princess" and the notice icon I33 of "Grandpa" have higher jackpot reliability than when they are consumed, and the notice icon I31 of "Den" When the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" is consumed, the reliability of the jackpot may be set higher than when the notice icon I32 of "princess" and the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" are consumed. These can be set appropriately.

In addition, in FIG. 43(c2-3), among the three notice icons, that is, the notice icon I31 of "donor", the notice icon I32 of "princess", and the notice icon I33 of "grandfather", only the notice icon I33 of "grandfather" is shown. The state of the background display after the is digested is shown. As shown in FIG. 43(c2-3), when this one notice icon is consumed, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays a background display in which an image with the face of the grandfather is displayed on the entire display screen. Is displayed. In the present embodiment, when one of the three notice icons, that is, the notice icon I31 of "donor", the notice icon I32 of "princess", and the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" is consumed, the symbol variable display is performed. Is configured to display a background display indicating that the reliability of the jackpot is lower than that when the two notice icons are exhausted. In addition, in the present embodiment, an example has been described in which the "grandpa" notice icon I33 of the three notice icons is consumed, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the "donor" notice icon I31 is consumed. The notice icon I32 of "Princess" may be digested. Further, the reliability of the jackpot may be changed depending on the notice icon to be digested. For example, when the notice icon I31 of "Denjo" is digested, the notice icon I32 of "princess" or the notice of "grandpa" is announced. The reliability of the big hit is higher than that when the icon I33 is digested, and the reliability of the big hit is higher when the notice icon I32 of "Princess" is consumed than when the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" is consumed. However, these can be set appropriately.

Further, in this effect example, an example in which all three notice icons are displayed has been described, but only one or two may be displayed. In this case, the reliability of the jackpot may be different depending on the type of the notice icon displayed. For example, when the notice icon I31 of "Park" is displayed, the notice icon I32 of "Princess" or "Grandpa" is displayed. The reliability of the big hit is higher than when the notice icon I33 of "is displayed", and when the notice icon I32 of "Princess" is displayed, the reliability of the jackpot is larger than when the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" is displayed May be set higher, or, for example, when the notice icon I31 of "donor" and the notice icon I32 of "princess" are displayed, the notice icon I31 of "donor" and the notice icon I33 of "grandpa" are displayed. The reliability of the jackpot is higher than when the "princess" notice icon I32 and the "grandpa" notice icon I33 are displayed, and the "donor" notice icon I31 and the "grandparent" notice icon I33 are displayed. In this case, the reliability of the big hit may be set higher than when the "princess" notice icon I32 and the "grandpa" notice icon I33 are displayed, but these can be set appropriately.

Further, in this effect example, the background display corresponding to the type of the noticed icon that has been consumed is configured to be displayed, but a background display different from the background display corresponding to the type of the noticed icon that has been consumed is displayed. In some cases, the background display may not change, and in this case, a so-called breaking of the law may be used to notify that the big hit is confirmed.

Further, when displaying the three notice icons, the three notice icons may be displayed in one symbol variation display, or one notice icon may be displayed each time the symbol variation display is performed. You can In this case, the reliability of the big hit may be different depending on the display order.

In addition, in this example of performance, when the notice icon I31 of "donor" is exhausted, the character of the lord appears and lord reach is started, and when the alert icon I32 of "princess" is exhausted, When the princess character appears to start the princess reach and the "grandpa" notice icon I33 is consumed, the grandpa character may appear to start the grand reach. When the "grandpa" notice icon I33 and the "princess" notice icon I32 are consumed, the grandfather character and the princess character appear and the grandfather & princess reach are started, and the "donor" notice icon. When I31 and the notice icon I32 of "Princess" are consumed, the character of the lord and the character of the princess appear, and the lord & princess reach is started, and the notice icon I31 of the lord and the notice icon of the grandfather When I33 is digested, the character of the lord and the character of the grandfather may appear to start the lord and grandfather reach. In addition, when the notice icon I31 of "lord", the notice icon I32 of "princess" and the notice icon I33 of "grandfather" are exhausted, a character of the lord, a character of the princess and a character of the grandfather will appear. Hime & Grand Reach may be started. In this way, the reach effect display corresponding to the character indicated by the digested notice icon may be performed.

Further, what is displayed after these notice icons are digested is not limited to the notice of the reach effect and the background display described above, and, for example, the effect mode in the big hit game or the mode during pattern change may be changed. Alternatively, other notices (for example, various notices such as a character increasing the notice icon) may be given. In addition, the effect performed by digesting the notice icon is not limited to the effect display, and a sound output (for example, a music piece) corresponding to the notice icon that has been digested may be performed. You may make it produce by the corresponding light emission pattern.

Next, with reference to FIG. 44, regarding an example in which an effect may be performed for each of when the “house” notice icon I21 is consumed and when the “crest” notice icon I22 is consumed. explain.

First, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 44(d1), the notice icon I21 of “house” is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, and the notice icon of “crest” is displayed. I22 is displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the first decorative symbol forms the reach state by “decoration 1”, and the reach effect is started.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 44(d2), in the decorative symbol display device 208, only the "house" notice icon I21 of the "house" notice icon I21 and the "crest" notice icon I22 is digested. Is shown. Then, as shown in FIG. 44(d3), the notice icon I21 of "house" is enlarged and displayed as a middle symbol in the middle symbol display area 208b. That is, the state in which the notice icon I21 of “house” is digested to change to the chance symbol which is the special symbol is shown.

After that, for example, as shown in FIG. 44(d4-1), an effect image is displayed in association with the display of the chance pattern, or as shown in FIG. 44(d4-2), a family crest is displayed together with the effect image. In some cases, a family crest fall effect for dropping the accessory 224B may be performed. After such an effect is performed, for example, the swordsman reach described above may be moved to. In addition, you may make it move to the swordsman reach after performing the effect of dropping the family crest actor 224B without displaying the effect image. You may make it shift. Further, as shown in FIG. 44(d4-3), the normal reach effect may be started without performing any effect due to the digestion of the notice icon I21 of “house”.

Further, when the chance symbol is stopped and displayed, another super reach (family crest challenge reach) may be performed. For example, as shown in FIG. 44(d3), in the decorative symbol display device 208, after being stopped and displayed in the combination of "decoration 1-chance symbol-decoration 1", at the timing shown in FIG. 44(d4-4). On the decorative pattern display device 208, the characters “Crest Challenge” indicating that the family crest challenge has been reached are displayed. The first decorative pattern is shaken and changed while maintaining the combination of "decoration 1-chance pattern-decoration 1" in the lower right corner of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 44 (d5-4), in the decorative symbol display device 208, it is shown that the lord's character YM pulls the notice icon I22 of the “crest” with a rope, and the notice of the “crest” is shown. This suggests that the attraction of the icon I22 increases the expectation for a big hit.

As shown in FIG. 44(d6-4), when the lord's character YM succeeds in drawing the notice icon I22 of the "crest", the family crest actor 224B falls as shown in FIG. 44(d7-4). At the same time, a family crest fall effect in which a predetermined effect image is displayed is performed. That is, it can be said that the notice icon I22 of the “crest” has been successfully digested. It should be noted that, after the crest dropping effect is performed, for example, the above-mentioned swordsman reach will be transferred.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 44 (d6-4a), the rope pulled by the lord's character YM may break and the pulling of the "crest" notice icon I22 may fail. In this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 44 (d7-4a), after only a predetermined effect image is displayed, the above-mentioned swordsman reach may be shifted to. In this case, the reliability of the big hit may be lower than that in the case where the notice icon I22 of the “crest” is successfully drawn. In addition, as shown in FIG. 44 (d6-4b), if the rope pulled by the lord's character YM is broken and the notice icon I22 of the "crest" fails to be drawn, the result is shown in FIG. 44 (d7-4b). As shown, the result of loss may be displayed as it is. The same may be applied to the case where the notice icon I22 of the “crest” is first consumed. Further, it may be configured such that the family crest fall effect is more likely to occur when the "monger" notice icon I22 is consumed than when the "house" notice icon I21 is consumed. The reverse is also possible.

In addition to the "house" notice icon I21, the "crest" notice icon I22, the "donor" notice icon I31, the "princess" notice icon I32, and the "grandparent" notice icon I33, There may be a gaze notice icon that resembles the icon, for example, a "U" notice icon, a "shark" notice icon, an "old" notice icon, a "subject" notice icon, or an "aunt" A notice icon or the like of “” may be prepared. For example, even if the "house" notice icon and the "shark" notice icon are consumed, the crest fall effect may not be performed, or the "house" notice icon and the "crest" notice icon are consumed. The crest dropping effect may be performed less frequently when the notice icon of “house” and the notice icon of “shark” are consumed than when the notice is performed. In addition, the notice icon of Gase such as “shark” may be changed to the notice icon such as “crest”.

Further, in the above-described example of the effect, one word is formed by two characters of "house" and "mon", and the predetermined effect is performed by satisfying the requirement for forming the word. However, for example, a word composed of three or more characters may be used to apply to this effect example. For example, a “suspect” notice icon, a “like” notice icon, and a “run” notice may be used. The pseudo-relational effect may be performed when the three icons, namely the icons, are consumed.

Further, in this example of performance, for example, when it is desired to stock the notice icon I21 of “house” and the notice icon I22 of “crest” and there is only one stock space in the notice icon display area 285, , The "house" notice icon I21 and the "crest" notice icon I22 may not be displayed. Alternatively, only one of the "house" notice icon I21 and the "crest" notice icon I22 may be displayed, and in this case, the notice icon of the one that could not be displayed is displayed as the notice icon. If there is a space in the area 285, the increase display may be performed. If there is no space in the notice icon display area 285, the displayed notice icon may not be consumed. Further, even if the notice icon display area 285 becomes empty, the notice icon may not be stocked and may be used as it is.

Further, in the case where there is no space in the notice icon display area 285 and at least one of them is not displayed by the time the notice icon I21 of “house” and the notice icon I22 of “crest” are consumed, for example, “house” When the notice icon I21 of “No” is consumed, the notice icon I22 of “crest” may be used together, or only the notice icon I21 of “house” may be used.

FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a step-by-step example of the effect centered on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, and shows the increase effect and the digest effect of the notice icon applicable to the present embodiment. It is a figure which shows a modification in stages. In FIG. 45, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. In addition, in FIG. 45(e1), the second hold icon h12 in the hold icon display area 281 is a hold icon that is the target of the prefetch notice, and its display mode is another hold icon (for example, the first hold icon). It is displayed larger than the hold icon h11) and is in the display mode of the prefetch notice.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 45(e1), the first decorative symbol and the second decorative symbol are variably displayed. The first decorative symbol is variably displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 in such a manner that the decorative symbol is largely displayed in each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c. ing. In addition, the second decorative pattern is displayed small at the left end of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208. Further, in the notice icon display area 285, the notice icon is not displayed in any display area. In this effect example, the second hold icon h12, which is the display mode of the prefetch notice, shows that various parts are added, and in FIG. 45(e1), it is shown in the hold icon display area 281. The second hold icon h12 that is displayed constitutes the first notice part P1. The first notice part P1 is an image simulating the body part of a snowman. Then, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 45(e1), a state in which the character EC of the unscrupulous merchant is framed in from the left side of the display screen is shown. It carries the second notice part P2 to be given to the notice part P1. The second notice part P2 is an image simulating the head of a snowman.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 45(e2), the decorative symbol display device 208 shows that the character EC of the unscrupulous merchant attaches the second notice part P2 to the upper part of the first notice part P1. On the other hand, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the lord's effect is started. Here, the lord's character YM possesses the third notice part P3. The third notice part P3 is an image of a bucket put on the head of a snowman.

At the timing shown in FIG. 45(e3), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the character EC of the unscrupulous merchant is framed out, and eyes and mouth are drawn on the second notice part P2. On the other hand, at the timing shown in FIG. 45(e4) after the lord's character YM is moved to the predetermined throwing position and displayed, at the timing shown in FIG. 45(e4), the third display unit P3 in possession is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 for effect display. Is done.

Then, the thrown third notice part P3 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 at the timing shown in FIG. 45(e5). That is, in the present embodiment, it can be said that the notice icon display area 285 has a function of stocking notice parts forming the hold icon. After that, the lord's character YM is framed out as described above with reference to FIGS. 41(6) to 41(8).

FIG. 45(e6) shows that the display result of the loss is derived, one pending variable display of the special figure 1 is exhausted, and the symbol variable display is started.

Then, as shown in FIG. 45(e7), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a chance roulette display area 287 is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen. The chance roulette display area 287 notifies, for example, that the hold icon is changed from the default display mode to the read-ahead notice display mode, or the hold icon display mode that is already the read-ahead notice display mode is a more reliable jackpot. For example, the fact that the display mode is changed frequently is notified. In addition, the big hit announcement display is also performed in the symbol variation display being executed. Further, in the present embodiment, it may be notified that the notice icon is displayed. In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 45(e7), variable display of symbols is started in the chance roulette display area 287.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 45(e8), the decorative symbol display device 208 shows that the third notice part P3 is being consumed. The third notice part P3 is moving toward the first hold icon, which is the display mode of the snowman. On the other hand, the decorative symbol display device 208 shows that the DJ character BY appears on the flying carpet from the right side of the display screen and flies from the right side to the left side of the display screen. The DJ character BY possesses the fourth notice part P4. The fourth notice part P4 is an image simulating a muffler wrapped around the neck of a snowman.

After that, as shown in FIG. 45(e9), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the third notice part P3 is a second model imitating the head forming the first hold icon h11 which is the display mode of the snowman. Of the DJ, the character BY of the DJ flies toward the upper left corner of the display screen, and the fourth notice part P4 possessed by the DJ character BY is displayed on the notice icon display area 285 of the notice icon No. The effect display to be placed in the 2 display area YA2 is performed. In the chance roulette display area 287, variable display of symbols is still displayed.

Then, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 45(e10), the display result in which the character “Get” is displayed together with the fifth notice part P5 in the chance roulette display area 287 is derived. That is, it is notified that the fifth notice part P5 is displayed. The fifth notice part P5 is an image simulating a pair of twigs that function as both arms of a snowman.

Then, as shown in FIG. 45(e11), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the fifth notice part P5 is a first model imitating the body part of the first hold icon h11 which is the display mode of the snowman. It is attached to the upper left and right of the notice part P1. As shown in FIG. 45(e11′), the fifth notice part P5 is not immediately mounted, but the third notice icon P3 is once displayed, and the third notice icon P3 is displayed in the notice icon display area 285. You may make it display once (stock) in the display area YA1. In this case, instead of displaying in the first notice area YA1 of the notice icon, it may be displayed in another display area (for example, the third display area YA3 of the notice icon).

After that, when the variation time of the special figure 1 elapses, as shown in FIG. 45 (e12), the decorative pattern display device 208 is stopped and displayed with the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2", and is removed. The display result of is confirmed. The second decorative pattern is also stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative patterns "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2". In this example of effect, the variable icon h0 is still displayed at this time, but it may be deleted. The fourth notice part P4 remains displayed in the notice icon second display area YA2.

Thereafter, the variable display of the symbols on the first special figure display device 212 is started, and as shown in FIG. 45(e13), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is moved and displayed by the movement animation, The hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the variable icon h0. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 45 (e14-1), the decorative symbol display device 208 shows that the fourth notice part P4 is being digested. The fourth notice part P4 is moving toward the variable icon h0 which is the display mode of the snowman. After that, as shown in FIG. 45(e15-1), the fourth notice part P4 is wrapped around the neck of the variation icon h0 that is the display mode of the snowman, and the variation icon h0 (or the hold icon is displayed in the display mode of the snowman). ) Is completed. As a result, it is reported that the reliability of the big hit in the symbol variation display is high. When the display mode of the completed snowman is the hold icon, it is displayed as a pre-reading notice, and moreover, it is notified that the jackpot in the variation is high in reliability.

Further, the fourth notice part P4 is not limited to being displayed during the normal symbol variation display, but may be mounted, for example, when the super reach effect is being performed, for example, FIG. 45 (e14-2). As shown in, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the fourth notice part P4 is digested in the swordsman reach, and attached to the variable icon h0 of the snowman display mode at the timing shown in FIG. 45 (e15-2). You may do it. Here, the variable icon h0 has its display position displaced downward due to the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 being framed out downward with the transition to super reach.

In addition, in this example of performance, all the displayed notice parts are attached to the hold icon that is the target of the prefetch notice. For example, the displayed notice parts are exhausted, but the attachment to the hold icon fails. Display may be performed. In this case, the reliability of the big hit may be reduced. Also, when the displayed notice part is consumed, it is attached to a hold icon other than the hold icon that is the target of prefetching, and it functions as a prefetch notice of other hold or is attached to a variable icon that is not the target of prefetch. Alternatively, it may function as a notice display in the symbol variation display.

FIG. 46 is a diagram showing, in a stepwise manner, a modified example of the effect centered on the decorative pattern display device of the pachinko machine 100 applicable to the present embodiment, and an increase effect of the notice icon applicable to the present embodiment and It is a figure which shows the modification of a digestive production step by step, and FIG. 47 is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the production shown in FIG. 46 step by step. 46 to 47, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure hold lamp 218, the second special figure hold lamp 220, the general figure hold. Illustration of the lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Also, in FIG. 46, the second hold icon h12 in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched to indicate that it is the hold that is the target of the prefetching announcement, but the display mode is, for example, 1 Similar to the second hold icon h11, it has a default display mode. 46 to 47 are different from the above-described embodiment in that a first decorative symbol display device 208A as a main display device and a second decorative symbol display device 208B as a sub display device are provided. .. The second decorative symbol display device 208B is arranged on the front side of the first decorative symbol display device 208A, and the lower edge of the second decorative symbol display device 208B is the upper edge of the first decorative symbol display device 208A. It overlaps part of the front side. Then, the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 are displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208A, and the change icon h0 and the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed, respectively. Further, in the first decorative symbol display device 208A, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed at the upper left corner of the display screen. Then, the first decorative pattern is displayed in a large size across the first decorative pattern display device 208A and the second decorative pattern display device 208B, and the visibility of the decorative pattern may be improved.

As shown in FIG. 46(1), the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the second decorative symbol display device 208B perform variable display of the first decorative symbol, and the first decorative symbol display device 208A displays the second symbol. The variable display of the decorative pattern is displayed. As shown in FIG. 46(1), neither the first decorative symbol display device 208A nor the second decorative symbol display device 208B displays the notice icon display area.

At the timing shown in FIG. 46(2), in the first decorative symbol display device 208A, the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the first decorative symbol display device 208A, and the hall effect is started. Here, the lord's character YM possesses the hat notice icon I6. On the other hand, in the second decorative symbol display device 208B, the background display is switched to the display including the notice icon display area 285A according to the appearance of the lord's character YM. The notice icon display area 285A is divided into four display areas: a notice icon first display area YA1, a notice icon second display area YA2, a notice icon third display area, and a notice icon fourth display area YA4. The display area in which the notice icon is displayed is not limited to this, and may be three or less or five or more. In addition, for example, the maximum number of display areas in which the notice icon can be displayed is eight, but in the second decorative symbol display device 208B, when four display areas less than eight are displayed, the second When the notice icon is displayed in all of the four display areas being displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208B, the display area is increased and even if it is notified that the notice icon can be stocked. Of course, for example, each time the display area being displayed is filled with the notice icon, the display area may be increased by one, or when four display areas are filled with the notice icon. May display all the remaining four display areas that have not been displayed. Further, when the lord's character YM appears, the display area may be increased by the number of notice icons possessed by the lord's character YM. Specifically, for example, when the number of display areas in the notice icon display area being displayed on the second decorative symbol display device 208B is four, and these four display areas are filled with the notice icon. In the case where the lord's character YM possesses one notice icon when the lord's effect is started, one display area is displayed when the lord's character YM throws the notice icon. It may be increased only by this, or the remaining four displayable areas may be displayed. If the lord's character YM possesses three notice icons, the display area may be increased by only three when the lord's character YM throws the notice icon. The remaining four displayable areas may be displayed. In addition, for example, the maximum number of display areas in which the notice icon can be displayed is eight, but in the second decorative symbol display device 208B, when four display areas less than eight are displayed, the second When the notice icon is displayed in all of the four display areas being displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208B, the notice icon display area including the four display areas displaying the four notice icons (first notice) (The icon display area) is reduced and a new notice icon display area (second notice icon display area) including four new display areas in which the notice icon is not yet displayed is newly displayed, and the second notice icon is displayed. You may make it display the notice icon newly stocked in a display area. Here, the timing for displaying the second notice icon display area may be the timing when the first notice icon display area is full, or the timing when the notice icon is newly stocked. Good. Further, the number of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285A may be displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208A or the second decorative symbol display device 208B. Further, in the second decorative symbol display device 208B, for example, when performing a super reach effect, the notice icon display area 285 is displayed in a reduced size, or the notice icon display area 285 is replaced and the notice icon stock number is displayed. Alternatively, the notice icon display area 285A may be deleted. As described above, in the second decorative symbol display device 208B, it may be possible to give a prefetching notice by switching from the background display to the display including the notice icon display area 285A.

At the timing shown in FIG. 46(3), the lord's character YM is moved and displayed to a predetermined throwing position, and then at the timing shown in FIG. 46(4), the notice icon I6 of the possessed hat is displayed in the notice icon display area 285A. A performance display that is thrown at is displayed. In this example of performance, the notice icon I6 of the hat thrown by the lord's character YM is displayed across the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the second decorative symbol display device 208B. That is, it can be said that the notice icon I6 of the hat may be displayed from the first decorative symbol display device 208A to the second decorative symbol display device 208B. In addition, when displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area 285A, the notice icon may not be straddled between the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the second decorative symbol display device 208B, for example, the first decorative symbol display device. The notice icon entered in the predetermined warp entrance, which is displayed in 208A, may be displayed in the notice icon display area 285A after appearing in the predetermined position of the second decorative symbol display device 208B.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 46(5), the notice icon I6 of the thrown hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285A, and thereafter, as shown in FIG. 46(6). On the first decorative symbol display device 208A, an effect display in which the lord's character YM succeeds in displaying the notice icon and has a happy expression is performed. Accordingly, the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in the notice icon display area 285A, thereby giving a notice that the pseudo-relation effect may be executed in the future. After that, the lord's character YM frames out toward the lower part of the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208A.

In FIG. 46(7), the first decorative symbol display device 208A is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative symbols of "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2", and the display result of the deviation is confirmed. The second decorative pattern is also stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative patterns “decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2”. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. On the other hand, in the second decorative symbol display device 208B, the display including the notice icon display area 285A is continued, and the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1.

Thereafter, as a result of the variable display of the symbols based on the suspension of the variable display of the first special figure 1, as shown in FIG. 46 (8), in the first decorative symbol display device 208A, "decoration 7-decoration 6 -The display is stopped by the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 2", and the display result of the off is confirmed. The second decorative pattern is also stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative patterns "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2". At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. On the other hand, in the second decorative symbol display device 208B, the display including the notice icon display area 285A continues to be continued, and the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1.

After that, when the symbol variation display on the first special symbol display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 46(9), on the first decorative symbol display device 208A, the hold icon h11 of the special symbol 1 is moved by the movement animation. The displayed hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the variable icon h0. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

Then, for example, when 4 seconds have elapsed after the variable display of the decorative pattern starts, as shown in FIG. 46(10), the first icon of the previous icon in the second icon display area 285A of the second decorative pattern display device 208B is displayed. The display in which the hat icon I6 displayed in the display area YA1 is consumed is started. That is, a display is performed in which the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 moves from the notice icon first display area YA1 to the center of the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208A. At this time, the hat notice icon I6 is displayed across the second decorative symbol display device 208B and the first decorative symbol display device 208A. That is, it can be said that the notice icon I6 of the hat may be displayed from the second decorative symbol display device 208B to the first decorative symbol display device 208A. In addition, when the notice icon is consumed, the notice icon may be displayed so as not to extend over the second decorative symbol display device 208B and the first decorative symbol display device 208A. At this time, the display including the notice icon display area 285A displayed on the second decorative symbol display device 208B may be switched to the background display.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 46(11), the notice icon I6 of the digested hat moves to the center of the display screen of the first decorative pattern display device 208A, and then is enlarged and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 46(12). To be done. It should be noted that the timing of switching from the display including the notice icon display area 285A displayed on the second decorative symbol display device 208B to the background display is such that the digested notice icon shown in FIG. 46(11) is the first decorative symbol display. It may be the timing of moving to the center of the device 208A, or the timing of displaying the notice icon in an enlarged manner as shown in FIG. 46(12).

In FIG. 47(13) continuing from FIG. 46(12), the character display of “continuation” for announcing that the pseudo-relational production is performed is additionally displayed below the enlarged notice icon I6 of the hat. The timing at which the display including the notice icon display area 285A displayed on the second decorative symbol display device 208B is switched to the background display may be the timing at which the character display of "continuation" is additionally displayed. The timing may be the timing after the character display of “continuation” is additionally displayed, or the timing before the character display of “continuation” is additionally displayed.

Thereafter, after a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) has elapsed, the notice icon I6 of the hat disappears along with the character display of "Continue" at the timing of FIG. 47 (14), and the notice is displayed on the second decorative pattern display device 208B. The display including the icon display area 285A is switched to the background display. At this time, the first decorative symbol is variably displayed across the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the second decorative symbol display device 208B. That is, the first decorative pattern is displayed across the two display screens. On the other hand, the second decorative symbol is displayed small in the upper left corner of the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208A. That is, the second decorative pattern is displayed on one display screen. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 47(15), the left symbol and the right symbol are stopped and displayed. At this time, "decoration 1" is displayed on the left symbol and "decoration 2" is displayed on the right symbol. That is, it is shown that it is in the non-reach state.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 47(16), the enlarged and displayed Bancho character BC2 appears, and is displayed from the first decorative symbol display device 208A to the second decorative symbol display device 208B. As shown in (17), in response to the digestion of the hat notice icon I6, the bancho character BC appears from outside the lower right frame of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the effect display that pushes up the right symbol that is stopped is displayed. The player is informed that the pseudo continuous effect may be started. At this time, the right symbol pushed up by the length-long character BC is displayed across the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the second decorative symbol display device 208B. In the case shown in FIG. 47(16), the long-length character BC2 may not be displayed across the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the second decorative symbol display device 208B. Here, "display across" is displayed in cooperation with each other in the image display area (display panel) of the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the image display area (display panel) of the second decorative symbol display device 208B. It may be that. Further, the image display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the image display area of the second decorative symbol display device 208B may be integrally displayed. Further, display may be performed by moving from the image display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208A to the second decorative symbol display device 208B.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 47 (18), the pseudo continuous symbol is framed in from above the second decorative symbol display device 208B, and a display is displayed in which the pseudo symbol moves downward at a low speed. At this time, the pseudo continuous symbol is displayed across the second decorative symbol display device 208B and the first decorative symbol display device 208A.

Then, as shown in FIG. 47(19), in the first decorative symbol display device 208A, the pseudo continuous symbol is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b at the timing shown in FIG. 47(19). After that, for example, the pseudo continuous effect is performed in the manner described above with reference to FIG.

48 and 49 are diagrams showing, in a stepwise manner, another modified example of the increase effect and the digest effect of the notice icon applicable to the present embodiment, and FIG. 50 shows the notice icon applicable to the present embodiment. It is a figure which shows another modification of a digestive effect in steps. 48 to 50, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure hold lamp 218, the second special figure hold lamp 220, the general figure hold. Illustration of the lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Further, in FIG. 48 and FIG. 49, the hold icon that is the target of the prefetch notice in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched for the sake of understanding, but the display mode is the default display mode. ing.

48(a1) to FIG. 48(a7-2) are similar to the configurations shown in FIGS. 46 to 47, but the second decorative symbol display device 208B is configured to be movable in the vertical direction, When the second decorative symbol display device 208B is lowered, the second decorative symbol display device 208B is different in that the second decorative symbol display device 208B can be overlapped with the front side of the first decorative symbol display device 208A.

As shown in FIG. 48(a1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208A, the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 are displayed, and the change icon h0 and the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed, respectively. ing. Further, in the first decorative symbol display device 208A, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed at the upper left corner of the display screen. Then, the first decorative pattern is displayed in a large size across the first decorative pattern display device 208A and the second decorative pattern display device 208B, and the visibility of the decorative pattern may be improved. In the first decorative symbol display device 208A, a chance roulette display area 287 is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen, and variable display of symbols is performed. The content displayed in the chance roulette display area 287 is as described above with reference to FIG. 45, and thus the description thereof is omitted here. As shown in FIG. 48(a1), neither the first decorative symbol display device 208A nor the second decorative symbol display device 208B displays the notice icon display area.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 48(a2), in the first decorative symbol display device 208A, the notice icon I6 of the hat is derived and displayed in the chance roulette display area 287. Then, as shown in FIG. 48(a3), the second decorative symbol display device 208B descends and overlaps with the substantial center on the front surface side of the first decorative symbol display device 208A. At this time, in the second decorative symbol display device 208B, the background display is switched to the display including the notice icon display area 285A. In the first decorative symbol display device 208A, an effect image surrounding the second decorative symbol display device 208B is displayed to make the second decorative symbol display device 208B stand out. The advance notice icon display area 285A shown in FIG. 48(a3) is similar to that shown in FIG. 46(2) and described above, and therefore detailed description thereof is omitted.

Then, as shown in FIG. 48(a4), after the notice icon I6 of the hat derived and displayed in the chance roulette display area 287 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285A, As shown in (a5-1), the second decorative symbol display device 208B moves up and returns to the initial position. At the timing shown in FIG. 48(a5-1), the variable display of Toku-zu 1 ends and the display is stopped with the combination of "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2" which is the result of the loss. At this time, the variable icon h0 is not erased, but it may be erased at a timing before the variable display of Toku-zu 1 ends. Further, in FIG. 48(a5-1), the result of losing is displayed only in the second decorative design, and the first decorative design is not displayed, but the first decorative design is displayed and also in this first decorative design. The result of loss may be displayed. In this example of performance, when the notice icon is displayed (stocked), it may be possible to easily recognize that the notice icon is stocked by moving the second decorative symbol display device 208B. The second decorative symbol display device 208B is configured not to operate during the symbol stop display, but may be configured to be operable during the symbol stop display. Further, the operation of the second decorative symbol display device 208B may be continuously performed without interruption, regardless of whether the symbol is stopped and displayed or the variable display is being performed.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 48(a5-2), even after the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285A, the second decorative symbol display device 208B is raised. Instead, the front side of the first decorative symbol display device 208A may be maintained in the overlapping state. In this example, for example, the second decorative symbol display device 208B is maintained in the lowered state until the end of the variable pattern display in which all the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285A are exhausted, but at any timing 2 Whether to raise the decorative pattern display device 208B can be set appropriately. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 48 (a5-2), the variable display of the special figure 1 is finished, and both the first decorative pattern and the second decorative pattern are the result of the "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2". Is displayed in combination. Here, the first decorative design is displayed in the upper right corner of the second decorative design display device 208B, and the second decorative design is displayed in the upper left corner of the first decorative design display device 208A. The display position of the symbol can be set arbitrarily.

FIG. 48(a6-2) shows that after that, the two reservations are exhausted and the symbol variation display, which is the target of prefetching, is started. Specifically, in the upper right corner of the second decorative design display device 208B, the variable display of the first decorative design is performed, and in the upper left corner of the first decorative design display device 208A, the variation of the second decorative design. The display is done.

After that, when the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285A is consumed, the hat notice icon I6 is enlarged as shown in FIG. 48 (a7-2). Then, it is displayed so as to extend from the second decorative symbol display device 208B to the first decorative symbol display device 208A. That is, the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed from the second decorative symbol display device 208B to the first decorative symbol display device 208A. In addition, below the enlarged notice icon I6 of the hat, the character display of "continuation" for notifying that the pseudo continuous effect is performed is displayed from the second decorative symbol display device 208B to the first decorative symbol display device 208A. It is displayed throughout. At this time, the first decorative symbol displayed on the second decorative symbol display device 208B is moved to the upper right corner of the first decorative symbol display device 208A so as to be easily visible to the player. Further, the second decorative symbol display device 208B may thereafter be raised and returned to the initial position, or may be kept in a lowered state until the symbol variation is completed.

48(b1) to FIG. 48(b4), instead of the second decorative symbol display device 208B, at a predetermined position of the game board 200 (for example, a position near the lower portion of the decorative symbol display device 208), the number of notice icon display is displayed. An example is shown in which a device 288 is provided. The notice icon display number display device 288 includes, for example, two 7-segments, and can display the number (stock number) of the notice icons displayed.

48(b1) to FIG. 48(b3) show the same effect contents as in FIG. 20(17) to FIG. 19(19), but with the notice icon display number display device 288 applied in this effect example, A state is shown in which the numerical value changes in accordance with the number of notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285. That is, in FIG. 48(b1), since only one hat notice icon I6 is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, the notice icon display number display device 288 displays “01” indicating the number. There is. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 48(b2), the lord's character YM throws three notice icons (a notice icon I6 for a hat, a notice icon I9 for a thousand boxes, and a notice icon I10 for a fan). Since it is not yet displayed in the notice icon display area 285, the value displayed on the notice icon display number display device 288 remains “01”. The value of the notice icon display number display device 288 may be updated at the timing when the lord's character YM throws these notice icons. Further, a number different from the number of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 may be displayed (so-called gasse is displayed). Then, when the above three notice icons are displayed in the notice icon display area 285 at the timing shown in FIG. 48(b3), the value is updated and “04” is displayed on the notice icon display number display device 288. To be done.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 48(b4), when the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 is consumed, it is displayed in the notice icon display area 285. Since the number of notice icons displayed is decreased by one, the notice icon display number display device 288 updates the value and displays "03". The timing at which the value of the notice icon display number display device is reduced may be the timing before the notice icon is consumed, may be the same as the notice icon is consumed, or the notice icon may be displayed. The timing may be after digestion. It should be noted that, as shown by enclosing with a broken line, the value does not decrease even if the notice icon is exhausted, and the total number (four in this example) of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 is counted and displayed. You may do it. In this example of performance, the number of the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285 is displayed by 7-segment. However, for example, an operation by a light emitting means such as an LED or a movable means such as an effect movable body, , A transparent plate member is provided on the front surface side of the decorative pattern display device 208 to emit light in a predetermined pattern, a voice, a decorative pattern display device (a decorative pattern display device in which the notice icon display area 285 is displayed, and others) The display number of the notice icon may be notified by a decorative pattern display device or the like).

The effect examples shown in FIGS. 49(c1) to (c9) use two display devices (a first decorative pattern display device 208C and a second decorative pattern display device 208D) as in FIGS. 46 to 47. However, they are different in that they use the same size display device. 49, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the public figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Further, in FIG. 49(c1), the second hold icon h12 in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched to indicate that it is the hold of the variable pattern display, which is the target of prefetching. The mode is a default display mode, like the first hold icon h11. The second decorative symbol display device 208D is disposed on the front side of the first decorative symbol display device 208C, and the lower edge of the second decorative symbol display device 208D and the upper edge of the first decorative symbol display device 208C are It is arranged so as to substantially overlap. Then, the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 are displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208C, and the change icon h0 and the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed, respectively. Further, in the second decorative symbol display device 208D, the special figure 1 second reserved number display H1 and the special figure 2 second reserved number display H2 are displayed in the upper right corner, and the special figure 1 and special figure 2 are reserved. “2” and “0” are displayed corresponding to the numbers, respectively. Further, the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b and the right symbol display area 208c are displayed in a large size from the first decorative symbol display device 208C to the second decorative symbol display device 208D, and FIG. 49(c1). At the timing shown by, the decorative pattern is being displayed in a variable manner. The chance roulette display area 287 described above is displayed in the lower right corner of the first decorative symbol display device 208C, and the notice icon I6 of the hat is derived and displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 49(c1). It is shown. In addition, the background display is also largely displayed from the first decorative symbol display device 208C to the second decorative symbol display device 208D. That is, the background is displayed on the entire two screens.

When the hat notice icon I6 is derived and displayed in the chance roulette display area 287 as shown in FIG. 49(c1), the second decorative symbol display device 208D displays the first decorative symbol as shown in FIG. 49(c2). It descends to a position that covers the upper half of the display device 208C. At this time, the first decorative symbol display device 208C, which was performing the background display, is switched to a display including the notice icon display area 285B, and is displayed in the notice icon first display area Y1 of the notice icon display area 285B. The notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed (stocked). That is, when the notice icon is displayed, the display mode at the time of displaying the notice icon is changed in the first decorative symbol display device 208C. On the other hand, in the second decorative symbol display device 208D, the variable display of the decorative symbol is continuously performed, but the size of the symbol becomes small and is displayed only on the second decorative symbol display device 208D.

In FIG. 49(c3), three notice icons are displayed in the notice icon display area 285B. That is, the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in each of the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon second display area YA2, and the notice icon I7 of the shuriken is displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3. .. At the timing shown in FIG. 49(c3), since the number of reservations is one, the special reservation 1 second reservation number display H1 displays "1" to that effect.

FIG. 49(c4) shows a state when the notice icon I7 of the shuriken is digested. In other words, it is notified that the notice of the chance eye is given by digesting the notice icon I7 of the shuriken. At this time, the effect display in which the notice icon is consumed is performed from the first decorative symbol display device 208C to the second decorative symbol display device 208D.

After that, when the variable display of the special figure 1 ends, as shown in FIG. 49(c5), the second decorative symbol display device 208D stops at the combination of "decoration 7-decoration 1-decoration 1" which is the result of the loss. it's shown. However, the combination of the results of this loss is an opportunity, and it is notified that the symbol variation display, which is highly likely to be a big hit, is being held. That is, the pre-reading advance notice is given by displaying this chance opportunity.

FIG. 49(c6) shows a state when the notice icon I6 of the second hat has been digested after the symbol variation of the special figure 1 has started. That is, it announces that the second pseudo-announcement will be made. As the notice icon I6 of the second hat is consumed, no notice icon is displayed in the notice icon display area 285B.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 49(c7), the notice icon display area 285B displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208C is erased, and the second decorative symbol display device 208D rises and returns to the initial position. ..

Then, as shown in FIG. 49(c8), the decorative symbol is displayed from the first decorative symbol display device 208C to the second decorative symbol display device 208D, and the background display is also the first decorative symbol display device 208C. And, it will be displayed on the entire two screens of the second decorative symbol display device 208D.

After that, as shown in FIG. 49(c9), the bancho character BC appears outside the lower right frame of the first decorative symbol display device 208C in response to the completion of the second hat notice icon I6, and the stop display is displayed. The effect display that pushes up the right pattern being displayed is performed, and the player is informed that the second pseudo continuous effect may be started. At this time, the length-long character BC is displayed in a large size from the first decorative symbol display device 208C to the second decorative symbol display device 208D. Further, in the example shown in FIG. 49(c9), when the decorative design is displayed large, for example, a large design in which the numerical design and the character image are integrated is displayed, and the notice icon display area 285B is displayed. When a small decorative design is displayed, a small design consisting only of numerical designs is displayed, and a large design and a small design are displayed in different display modes, but a large design and a small design are displayed. It is also possible to make the display modes the same by changing only the size.

In addition, in this effect example, when the notice icon display area 285B is displayed, only the second decorative symbol display device 208D is movable, but the first decorative symbol display device 208C may be movable. Alternatively, both the first decorative symbol display device 208C and the second decorative symbol display device 208D may be movable. In this case, the first decorative symbol display device 208C and the second decorative symbol display device 208D may be moved in respective directions in which they are separated from each other, and in this case, the first decorative symbol display device 208C and the second decorative symbol display. When the device 208D is separated, it may be configured such that the character objects arranged on the back side thereof can be visually recognized, and further, the character objects can be moved so as to project forward. You may. You may make it maintain such a state until all the notice icons are exhausted.

FIG. 49D shows an example in which three decorative symbol display devices are arranged in a row. That is, in FIG. 49(d), a first decorative symbol display device 208E arranged in the center of the three decorative symbol display devices and a second decorative symbol display arranged on the left side of the first decorative symbol display device 208E. Display is performed by the device 208F and the third decorative symbol display device 208G arranged on the right side of the first decorative symbol display device 208E. The second decorative symbol display device 208F and the third decorative symbol display device 208G have the same height as the first decorative symbol display device 208E, but have a slightly smaller width. The three decorative pattern display devices may have the same size.

The variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 are displayed at the lower end of the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208E. On the other hand, the notice icon display area 285C is displayed across three screens of the second decorative symbol display device 208F, the first decorative symbol display device 208E, and the third decorative symbol display device 208G. In the example shown in FIG. 49D, the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in each of the notice icon first display area YA1 and the notice icon second display area YA2, and particularly, the notice icon second display area YA2. The hat notice icon I6 displayed at is displayed across the second decorative symbol display device 208F and the first decorative symbol display device 208E. In addition, a notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3, and a fan notice icon I10 is displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4. Further, the decorative symbols are displayed on one decorative symbol display device for each symbol column. That is, the left symbol display area 208a is displayed on the second decorative symbol display device 208F, the middle symbol display area 208b is displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208E, and the right symbol display area 208c is the third decorative symbol display. It is displayed on device 208G. Note that there may be a decorative pattern display device in which the notice icon display area 285C is not displayed. Further, there may be a decorative pattern display device in which the effect display related to the notice icon is not displayed. This is applicable to the embodiments described so far as well as the embodiments described below.

FIG. 50 shows an example in which three decorative symbol display devices are arranged in a row. That is, in FIG. 50, a first decorative symbol display device 208H arranged in the center of the three decorative symbol display devices and a second decorative symbol display device 208I arranged on the left side of the first decorative symbol display device 208H. , And the third decorative symbol display device 208J arranged on the right side of the first decorative symbol display device 208H. Compared to the first decorative symbol display device 208H, the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J have the same display area in the vertical direction, but are slightly shorter in the horizontal direction. Then, the second decorative symbol display device 208I is provided with protruding frame portions at the upper end side, the lower end side and the left end side, respectively, and the third decorative symbol display device 208J has the upper end side, the lower end side and the right end side. A frame portion is provided so as to project from each of them. Further, the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J are respectively configured to be slidable along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208H, and when they are in positions closest to each other, It is possible to display as if one screen is being displayed on the two display screens of the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J, and further, the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208H. The whole can be coated.

Further, the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J can rotate integrally along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208H when they are in the state of being closest to each other. It is configured to be able to.

FIG. 50(e1) is a display corresponding to FIG. 22(47) and covers the entire display screens of the first decorative symbol display device 208H, the second decorative symbol display device 208I, and the third decorative symbol display device 208J. Swordsman reach is being performed. That is, in FIG. 50(e1), while the swordsman reach is being executed, the 1,000-box icon I9 displayed in the notice icon third display area YA3 is consumed, and a notice is given that the production will shift to a more reliable production. Is shown.

Then, as shown in FIG. 50(e2), the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J start moving in the directions in which they approach each other. At this time, since both end portions of the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208H are covered by the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J, the display state is difficult to visually recognize. As described above, in the present embodiment, the operation of the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J may be started by digesting the notice icon.

As shown in FIG. 50(e3), when the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J move to the positions closest to each other, the display state of the first decorative symbol display device 208H is almost invisible. It becomes a state. Then, at this time, the reach transition effect as shown in FIG. 22 (49) and described above is performed by the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J. That is, the reach effect display that has been executed over the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J becomes slightly darker, and the lord's character appears in the cut-in display, and the reach effect being performed. The display is cut. This display is a display rotated 90 degrees to the right. At this time, the decorative pattern and the notice icon display area 285 are not displayed.

Then, as shown in FIGS. 50(e3) to (e5), the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J are integrally formed on the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208H. Rotate counterclockwise along. That is, it can be said that the display of the reach transition effect is started before the rotation of the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J.

Then, as shown in FIG. 50(e6), a button image 136a is displayed together with a button reception time meter over the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J to accept the operation of the effect button 136. Is notified that the player can operate the effect button 136. At this time, the variable display of the reduced decorative symbol is displayed in the lower right corner of the second decorative symbol display device 208I.

After that, when the production button 136 is operated by the player, as shown in FIG. 50(e7), "decoration 1-decoration 2" is displayed across the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J. The left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c are enlarged and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 1".

Then, as shown in FIGS. 50(e8) to (e9), all are once hidden, and in that state, the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J are integrated. And rotates 90 degrees clockwise along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208H.

Then, when the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J move in the directions away from each other and return to the initial position, the first decorative symbol display device 208H, at the timing shown in FIG. 50 (e10). Over the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J, the display of the fluctuation fluctuation (temporary symbol stop display) of the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1" is started. At this time, the display of the notice icon display area 285 is also restarted.

Then, as shown in FIG. 50 (e11-1), the fan notice icon I10 displayed in the notice icon display area 285 is erased, and the decoration of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1" that has fluctuated. The combination of symbols is stopped and displayed, and is displayed as a result of the loss.

On the other hand, in the case of a big hit, the display in which the fan advance notice icon I10 displayed in the advance notice icon fourth display area YA4 is exhausted is started at the timing shown in FIG. 50 (e11-2). That is, display is performed in which the fan notice icon I10 displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4 moves from the notice icon fourth display area YA4 to the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208H. In this way, the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J may not operate even if the notice icon is consumed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 60 (e12-2), an effect display in which the princess character dances with a fan is performed and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c. The decorative pattern is reduced and displayed on the first decorative pattern display device 208H and the third decorative pattern display device 208J, and the variable display is performed again, and then a combination of the decorative patterns of the big hit (for example, "decoration 1-decoration A combination of decorative patterns of "1-decoration 1" is derived and displayed.

FIG. 50(e7′) shows an example in which a combination of large-scale decorative symbols is derived and displayed when the player operates the effect button 136 after the display shown in FIG. 50(e6) is performed. It is a figure. That is, when the player operates the effect button 136, the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J move in a direction away from each other. In the example shown in FIG. 50(e7′), the second decorative symbol display device 208I moves downward and the third decorative symbol display device 208J moves upward. Then, the first decorative symbol display device 208H appears, and the background display including the grandfather character is displayed over the third decorative symbol display device 208J, the first decorative symbol display device 208H, and the second decorative symbol display device 208I. At the same time, a combination of decorative patterns "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is displayed over the third decorative symbol display device 208J, the first decorative symbol display device 208H, and the second decorative symbol display device 208I. That is, it is possible to derive the jackpot display result without rotating the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J to the original position (for example, the initial position).

FIG. 50 (e7″) is configured such that when the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J rotate integrally, the first decorative symbol display device 208H can also rotate together. The example of production when it is performed is shown. That is, as shown in FIGS. 50(e3) to (e5), when the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J rotate integrally, the first decorative symbol display device 208H also has these. It is also possible to rotate together with. In this case, for example, a mechanism for driving the first decorative symbol display device 208H and a mechanism for driving the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J may be integrally configured, or separately. It may be configured as a body and configured to be driven and controlled by each. According to such a configuration, for example, the first decorative symbol display device 208H may be rotated in a state where it is difficult to visually recognize the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display device 208J. is there. Further, according to such a configuration, when the player operates the effect button 136 after the display shown in (e6) of the same figure is performed, the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third decorative symbol display are displayed. The devices 208J move in directions away from each other. Then, the first decorative symbol display device 208H appears in a state of being rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees, and unlike FIG. 50 (e7′), the first decorative symbol display device 208H, the second decorative symbol display device 208I and the third. The decorative pattern display device 308J can be displayed in a state where the horizontal widths of the respective display screens are aligned.

FIG. 51 is a diagram showing, in stages, another modified example of the increase effect and the digest effect of the notice icon applicable to the present embodiment. In the effect example shown in FIG. 51, a transparent light guide plate IL is arranged on the front surface side of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the player can visually recognize the display state of the decorative symbol display device 208 through the light guide plate IL. ing. The light guide plate IL is formed by stacking two layers of panels in the depth direction, and a predetermined lens cut is made in each of the transmission regions of each layer. A light emitting means such as an LED is provided at an appropriate position near the side end of each layer of the light guide plate IL, and the light from the light emitting body is reflected forward at the lens cut portion, so that the transmissive region has a predetermined pattern. It is configured so that it can appear as if it is emitting light. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 51, the first layer panel disposed on the front side is provided with a lens cut having the same pattern as the hat icon I6, and is disposed on the back side of the first layer panel. The second layer panel is provided with a lens cut having a pattern imitating a predetermined effect image. Note that in FIG. 51, the light guide plate IL is surrounded by a broken line. Further, the number of layers of the panel of the light guide plate IL is not limited to two layers, and may be one layer or three or more layers. Here, in the case of being configured by one layer, for example, the pattern formed on the light guide plate when light is emitted may be configured to be different by changing the pattern of lens cut. Further, in FIG. 51, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the general figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Further, in FIG. 51, the hold icon in the hold icon display area 281 which is the target of the prefetching notice is hatched for preparation of understanding, but the display mode is the default display mode.

As shown in FIG. 51(f1), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable symbol display region 280 and the hold icon display region 281 are displayed while the decorative symbol variable display is being performed, and the variable icon display region 280 and In the hold icon display area 281, the variable icon h0 and the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed, respectively. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the notice icon display area 285 is displayed on the upper part of the display screen, and the chance roulette display area 287 is displayed on the lower right corner of the display screen. The content displayed in the chance roulette display area 287 is as described above with reference to FIG. 45, and thus the description thereof is omitted here. As shown in FIG. 51(f1), when the hat notice icon I6 is derived and displayed in the chance roulette display area 287, as shown in FIG. 51(f2-1), the decorative pattern display device 208 displays a dark display. At the same time, the light emitting means corresponding to the second layer panel of the light guide plate IL emits light to form a pattern imitating an effect image. That is, in FIG. 51(f2-1), a dark effect display and a stock effect of the notice icon by the light emission of the light guide plate IL are performed. After that, the light emission of the light guide plate IL ends (lights off), and the dark display in the decorative symbol display device 208 ends. The dark display of the decorative symbol display device 208 may be ended after the light guide plate IL is turned off, or the light guide plate IL may be turned off after the dark display of the decorative symbol display device 208 is ended. ..

Further, as shown in FIG. 51 (f2-2), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the notice icon I6 of the hat derived and displayed in the chance roulette display area 287 is the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. While displaying the movement toward, the light emitting means corresponding to the panel of the second layer of the light guide plate IL emits light to form a pattern imitating an effect image, thereby performing the stock production of the notice icon. You may want to be told.

Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 51(f2-3), the light guide plate IL is configured to be rotatable along the display surface of the decorative symbol display device 208, and in the decorative symbol display device 208, dark display is performed and guidance is performed. Stock production of the notice icon is performed by rotating the light plate IL counterclockwise by 90 degrees to cause the light emitting means corresponding to the panel of the second layer of the light guide plate IL to emit light to form a pattern imitating an effect image. You may do it. Here, the light guide plate IL may be configured to be separated into a first layer panel and a second layer panel, and in this case, for example, only the second layer panel is rotated and the first layer panel is rotated. The layer panel may not be rotated, or the first layer panel may be rotated together with the second layer panel.

After that, as shown in FIG. 51(f3), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the notice icon I6 of the thrown hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, thereby making it pseudo-future. It announces that continuous production will be executed.

FIG. 51G shows a state in which the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 has been consumed. As shown in FIG. 51(g), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 is moved to the center of the display screen and then deleted, at that timing. The notice icon digesting effect is performed by causing the light emitting means corresponding to the first layer panel of the light guide plate IL to emit light to form a pattern imitating the notice icon I6 of the hat.

In FIG. 51(h), the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area 285 is displayed before the notice icon is displayed in the notice icon display area 285 (before the stock effect of the notice icon is executed). It shows the situation of giving advance notice. As shown in FIG. 51(h), in the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of symbols is performed in the chance roulette display area 287 displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen. At this time, the light emitting means corresponding to the first layer panel of the light guide plate IL is caused to emit light to form a pattern imitating the notice icon I6 of the hat, and as a result of the variable display of the symbols in the chance roulette display area 287, Of the notice icon I6 is announced.

FIG. 51(i) shows another example of the notice icon digesting effect. As shown in FIG. 51(i), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the hat notice icon I6 displayed in the notice icon display area is moved to the center of the display screen and then deleted, and at that timing, the light guide plate. A pattern imitating the effect image is formed by causing the light emitting means corresponding to the panel of the first layer of the IL to emit light to form a pattern imitating the notice icon I6 of the hat, and also causing the light emitting means corresponding to the panel of the second layer to emit light. The notice icon is being digested as well. At this time, if the emission color of the light emitting means corresponding to the panel of the first layer and the emission color of the light emitting means corresponding to the panel of the second layer are made different, the pattern formed on the panel of the first layer and the second layer In some cases, the pattern formed on the panel and the pattern formed on the panel can be conspicuous.

FIG. 51(j) shows another example of the notice icon digesting effect. As shown in FIG. 51(j), in the decorative pattern display device 208, after moving the notice icon I6 of the hat displayed in the notice icon display area 285 to the center of the display screen, the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed. The screen is enlarged and displayed, and at this timing, the light emitting means corresponding to the second layer panel of the light guide plate IL is caused to emit light to form a pattern imitating the effect image, thereby performing the notice icon digesting effect. At this time, the notice icon display area 285 is erased, but it may be displayed.

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing, in stages, another example of the notice icon digestion effect. 52(1) to (11) except that the notice icon displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4 is changed to the notice icon I10 for the fan and changed to the notice icon I31 for the drink. 22(44) to FIG. 54(54), only the parts different from the above description with reference to FIG. 22 will be described in detail, and the description of the common parts will be omitted. In addition, in this effect example, the effect button 136 can be projected upward by an actuator such as a motor, and the position thereof can be displaced in accordance with the effect content. That is, the effect button 136 can be changed between a normal position (default position) and a protruding position.

As shown in FIG. 52(1), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the notice icon I31 of the drink is displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4 in the notice icon display area 285. The notice icon I31 for this drink is a notice icon for giving a notice that the content to be rendered is changed by digestion.

At the timing shown in FIG. 52(11), the effect button 136 is in the default position as shown in FIG. 52(12). Then, as shown in FIG. 52(13), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the drink notice icon I31 displayed in the notice icon fourth display area YA4 in the notice icon display area 285 is digested, and the drink notice icon is displayed. I31 moves toward the center of the display screen.

Then, as shown in FIG. 52(14), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the notice icon I31 of the drink is enlarged and displayed, and the effect display of sprinkling the content of the drink on the button image 136a is displayed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 52(15), the decorative symbol display device 208 performs an effect display in which the liquid spilled from the drink container spreads and the button image 136a is hidden.

Then, as shown in FIG. 52(16), on the decorative symbol display device 208, after the liquid image disappears, a protrusion button image 136b indicating that the effect button 136 is in the protrusion position is displayed. At this time, it is in a state before the start of operation reception of the effect button 136.

Then, after the effect button 136 is displaced from the default position to the projecting position at the timing shown in FIG. 52(17), as shown in FIG. 52(18), the decorative symbol display device 208 has a reduced button reception time meter. Then, it is notified that the operation reception of the effect button 136 has started. The timing at which the effect button 136 is displaced from the default position to the protruding position may be the same as the timing at which the protruding button image 136b is displayed, as shown in FIG. 52(16), or the protruding button image 136b. The timing may be before the display of, or may be the timing after the projection button image 136b is displayed. Further, as shown in FIG. 52(13), the effect button 136 may be displaced from the default position to the protruding position with the start of the digestion effect of the notice icon I31 of the drink. Further, in this example of performance, the chance button lamp 138 may be turned off during a period other than the operation acceptance period of the production button 136. In addition, during the period other than the operation acceptance period of the effect button 136, for example, it is turned on in a manner of notifying that it is a period other than the operation acceptance period (for example, lights in blue). You may make it light in the mode which alerts to that effect (for example, lights in red).

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing, step by step, an effect example using the movable means applicable to the present embodiment.

53(a1) to (a3), when the notice icon is stocked, the effect movable body 224C is moved to a position overlapping the front side of the decorative pattern display device 208 to notify the stock of the notice icon. There is. FIG. 53(a1) shows a display similar to that of FIG. 41(1), but the production movable body 224C imitating a placard with the character display of "STOCK" on the right side of the decorative pattern display device 208 is a production device. It is arranged so as to be hidden behind the 206.

FIG. 53(a2) shows that the effect movable body 224C has moved from the initial position hidden by the effect device 206 to the visible position which is a position overlapping the front side of the decorative symbol display device 208. As a result, a notice is given that one of the plurality of types of notice icons will be stocked. At this time, the type of the notice icon to be stocked may be notified, for example, the type of the notice icon may be displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208, or a notification may be given by voice or a lamp. A plurality of effect movable bodies 224C may be prepared according to the type of the notice icon, and the type of the notice icon stocked depending on the type of the effect movable body 224C that appears may be notified.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 53(a3), when the effect movable body 224C returns from the visible position to the initial position, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the stocked notice icon. In FIG. 53(a3), the state in which the hat notice icon I6 is stocked is shown.

In FIG. 53(b), effect movable bodies 224Da to 224Df that are rotatable around the depth direction as rotation axes are arranged in the upper and lower neighborhoods of the decorative symbol display device 208, respectively. More specifically, in the vicinity of the upper part of the decorative symbol display device 208, the first effect movable body 224Da with the character "large", the fifth effect movable body 224De with the asterisk symbol, and the "board" are provided. The second effect movable bodies 224Db to which the characters are attached are arranged side by side in the lateral direction, and in the vicinity of the lower portion of the decorative pattern display device 208, the third effect movable bodies 224Dc to which the characters “shake” are attached, A sixth effect movable body 224Df marked with an asterisk and a fourth effect movable body 224Dd marked with the word “Mai” are arranged side by side in the lateral direction. The first effect movable body 224Da to the sixth effect movable body 224Df rotate according to the number of the notice icons displayed (stocked) in the notice icon display area 285. For example, as shown in FIG. 53B, when four notice icons are displayed in the notice icon display area 285, four effect movable bodies of the first effect movable body 224Da to the fourth effect movable body 224Dd. Rotates. In addition, when the notice icon is exhausted, the rotation of the effect movable bodies of the exhausted number may be stopped, or the effect movable bodies of the number corresponding to the total number of the notice icons stocked may be rotated. Good.

FIG. 53(c1) to FIG. 53(c6) show a state in which the effect movable body 224 is informed that the prefetch mode has been entered. In this example of performance, a special notice icon I41 as a notice icon may be displayed. When the special training notice icon I41 is exhausted, the mode shifts to a pre-reading mode for notifying that the variable display of the special map which is likely to be a big hit is suspended.

FIG. 53(c1) shows a state in which the special notice icon I41 has been digested. That is, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the special training notice icon I41 displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 is consumed and moved to the center of the display screen. An effect movable body 224 simulating an arm is arranged on the right side of the decorative symbol display device 208. The production movable body 224 is configured by an upper arm portion 224a and a forearm portion 224b, and the base end portion of the upper arm portion 224a is rotatably attached to the production device 206 via the rotation axis ax1. .. Further, the forearm portion 224b is rotatably attached to the tip end portion of the upper arm portion 224a via the rotation axis ax2.

When the special training notice icon I41 is digested and the prefetch mode is started, as shown in FIG. 53(c2), the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the character display “special training in preparation” on the right in the strip-shaped scroll display area. Is scrolled from to the left. As a result, the player is notified that the read-ahead mode has been entered. On the other hand, in the production movable body 224, an initial position in which the upper arm portion 224a does not overlap the front surface side of the decorative symbol display device 208, and a position (first position) that covers the front surface side of the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. A reciprocating operation (prefetch operation) is performed between the two. The pre-reading operation by the effect movable body 224 is made to return to the initial position once during the stop display of the symbol, but the operation may be continued even during the stop display of the symbol. Further, during execution of the prefetch operation, only the upper arm 224a operates and the forearm 224b does not operate, but the forearm 224b may operate in addition to the upper arm 224a, or the upper arm 224a does not operate and the forearm does not operate. Only the part 224b may operate.

FIG. 53(c3) shows a state in which two "decorations 1" are aligned to form a reach state during the variable display of the special figure 1 which is the target of prefetching. The read-ahead operation is still being performed here.

FIG. 53(c4) shows that special training reach as a super reach effect has started. That is, on the decorative symbol display device 208, the scroll display of “preparing for special training” is finished, and the character display of “starting special training” indicating that special training reach has started is displayed. In addition, after the production movable body 224 once returns to the initial position, the upper arm 224a moves from the initial position to the maximum movement position as shown in FIG. 53(c5), and then as shown in FIG. 53(c6). Then, the forearm 224b moves from the initial position to the maximum movement position. At this time, on the decorative symbol display device 208, a predetermined effect image is displayed to notify that the reliability of the big hit is high.

FIG. 54 is a diagram showing stepwise an example of an effect centered on the decorative symbol display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, and is a figure showing stepwise another effect example of the notice icon increasing effect. Is. In FIG. 54, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Also, in FIG. 54, the second hold icon h12 in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched to indicate that it is the hold that is the target of the prefetching notice, but the display mode is, for example, 1 Similar to the second hold icon h11, it has a default display mode.

Since FIG. 54(1) shows the same display as FIG. 41(1), detailed description thereof will be omitted.

At the timing shown in FIG. 54(2), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the lord's effect is started. Here, the lord's character YM possesses the hat notice icon I6.

In this example of performance, at the timing shown in FIG. 54(3), the lord's character YM is moved to the predetermined throwing position and displayed, but the notice icon I6 of the hat he is carrying has not been thrown yet, and FIG. 54(4) is displayed. As shown in, while the lord's character YM is standing by at the throwing position, it is stopped and displayed with the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2", and the display result of the deviation is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

Thereafter, the variable display of the symbols on the first special figure display device 212 is started, and as shown in FIG. 54(5), on the decorative symbol display device 208, the holding icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 are moved by moving animations. The displayed hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the change icon h0, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 changes to the special figure 1 Becomes the first hold icon h11. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started. The lord's character YM still stands by at the throwing position.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 54(6), an effect display in which the notice icon I6 of the possessed hat is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 is displayed. In other words, in this effect example, when the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended, the notice icon is announced during the symbol variation display being executed, but the notice icon is not stocked. Instead, the notice icon is stocked after the symbol variable display ends and the next symbol variable display starts. In addition, when the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended, a notice is displayed that the notice icon will be displayed during the symbol variation display that is being executed, but a so-called gaze notice that does not display the notice icon is given. May be. In this case, for example, the lord's character YM may be terminated before the variable display of the symbols to be read ahead is started, for example, one symbol before the symbol variable display to be read ahead is displayed. The display may be ended at the timing when the result of the symbol variation display to be performed is derived. Further, the display of the lord's character YM may be terminated before the symbol variation display which is the target of prefetching is terminated, for example, the super reach which is performed during the symbol variation display which is the target of prefetching is started. The display of the lord's character YM may be ended before. Further, when the notice icon is stocked, the lord's character YM may be continuously displayed even after the notice icon is stocked. Also, in the state where the character of Tonosama is on standby, when a big hit is made in the symbol variation display performed before the symbol variation display that throws the notice icon, the timing of deriving the jackpot symbol after super reach (for example, , While the swing fluctuation is being displayed), the lord's character may continue the standby display with the notice icon, or may be deleted.

After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 54(7) to (10) are performed, but the effects shown in FIGS. 54(7) to (10) are shown in FIGS. 19(9) to 19(9). Since it is the same as (12) except that the variable display of the second decorative symbol is displayed, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 54(11) shows a state in which the result of the symbol variable display that is performed immediately before the symbol variable display that is the target of prefetching is derived. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 54(11), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a combination of decorative symbols "decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed, and the display result of the outlier is confirmed. There is. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

In FIG. 54 (12), the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is moved and displayed by the moving animation, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and changes to the variable icon h0. Become. After that, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started.

Then, for example, when 4 seconds have elapsed after the variable display of the decorative symbol has started, as shown in FIG. 54(13), the decorative symbol display device 208 displays it in the notice icon first display area YA1. The notice icon digestion of the hat notice icon I6 is performed.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing, in stages, another example of the notice icon increase effect. 55, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the general figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Further, in FIG. 55, the second hold icon h12 in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched to indicate that it is the hold of the symbol variable display that is the target of prefetching, but the display mode is For example, like the first hold icon h11, it has a default display mode.

FIG. 55(a1) to FIG. 55(a6) show a situation in which the notice icon is stocked after the effect of giving notice that the notice icon is stocked is performed.

FIG. 55(a1) shows a state in which the boring effect which is performed during the symbol variation display being executed is started when the symbol variation display which is the target of prefetching is suspended. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 55(a1), in the decorative symbol display device 208, an explanation display unit 288 is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen, and the mission and its success reward are shown. In the explanation display unit 288 shown in FIG. 55(a1), when a strike is obtained in the bowling game, the character display of "Strike item Get" indicates that the item can be obtained as a reward. In this example of performance, when a strike is won in the bowling game, a notice item is stocked. On the other hand, in the decorative pattern display device 208, bowling effect by the lord's character is started. The contents of the mission and the success reward displayed in the explanation display unit 288 are related to the stock of the notice item, for example, the pending display is related to the change to the display mode of the prefetch notice, and It may be related to a notice about the symbol variable display. Further, the content displayed on the explanation display unit 288 may be a special effect display that is displayed only for the notice regarding the stock of the notice icon. In this example of production, it can be said that the notice of stocking of the notice icon is given by performing the bowling effect as shown in FIG. 55(a1). In addition, this bowling effect may be a special effect that is performed only for the advance notice regarding the stock of the advance notice icon, may be used in the advance notice effect in the symbol variation display that is being executed, or may be used as another prefetch advance notice. May be

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 55(a2), in the decorative symbol display device 208, a combination of decorative symbols "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed, and the display result of the outlier is confirmed. At this time, the bowling effect is not finished, and the character display of "following the next change" is displayed, which indicates that it is continuously performed in the symbol change display to be executed next. It is to be noted that the “Strike item Get” showing the mission and the success reward thereof is also displayed on the upper portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 55(a3), the decorative symbol display device 208 shows that the ball thrown by the lord's character rolls on the lane toward the ten aligned bowling pins. , Is fueling the expectation that the notice icon may be stocked.

Then, as shown in FIG. 55(a4), on the decorative pattern display device 208, the image of the scene from which the strike has been taken is displayed together with the character display of “strike”, and it is assumed that the mission has been achieved, and as shown in FIG. 55(a5). As shown in the figure, the character display of "GET" is displayed together with the enlarged notice icon I6 of the hat to notify that the notice icon I6 of the hat is stocked.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 55(a6), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the hat notice icon I6 is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285, and the hat notice icon I6 is displayed. It is reported that stock has been made. In this way, in this effect example, the notice item is not displayed (stock) and the notice item is displayed during the symbol variation display that is being executed when the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended. Has been announced.

As shown in FIG. 55(b), a wipe display area WP1 may be displayed in the lower right corner of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the above-mentioned bowling effect may be performed in the wipe display area WP1.

Further, as shown in FIG. 55(c), in addition to the decorative symbol display device 208, the sub display device 208K is arranged side by side on the right side of the decorative symbol display device 208, and wiped to the upper half of the display screen of the sub display device 208K. The display area WP2 is displayed, and the notice icon display area 285C that displays the notice icon in the lower half is displayed to perform the above-described bowling effect in the wipe display area WP2 and the notice icon to be stocked is displayed in the notice icon display area 285C. You may make it display on.

In the effect example shown in FIG. 55, when a big hit occurs during the bowling effect, when the bowling effect is started at the timing of displaying the big hit symbol derived after the super reach (for example, during swing fluctuation display). Background display may be displayed, or a background display different from this may be displayed, and for example, the state shown in FIG. 55(a2) may be displayed.

Also, in the effect example shown in FIG. 55(b), when a big hit occurs during the bowling effect, the display of the wipe display area WP1 may be ended, but the display may be continued as it is. .. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 55(c), if a big hit occurs during the bowling effect, the display of the bowling effect on the sub display device 208K may be ended, but the display is continued as it is. May be.

FIG. 56 is a diagram showing, in stages, another modified example of the effect of increasing the number of advance notice icons applicable to the present embodiment. In the above-described embodiment, the one in which the variation display of the special figure 2 is preferentially displayed over the special figure 1 has been described, but in this effect example, either the special figure 1 variation game or the special figure 2 variation game is prioritized. Nonetheless, the special figure variation game according to each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is applied to the variation of the starting mouth winning order in which the starting mouth winning order is started. It should be noted that this production example can also be applied to the case where the special figure 2 priority variation is performed. Further, in FIG. 56, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the general figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Further, in FIG. 56, the fifth hold icon h13 in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched to indicate that it is the hold that is the target of the prefetching notice, but the display mode is, for example, 1 Similar to the second hold icon h11, it has a default display mode. Further, among the hold icons displayed in the hold icon display area 281, the first hold icon h11, the third hold icon h12, and the fifth hold icon h13 are displayed in the first special figure starting port 230. The second holding icon h21 and the fourth holding icon h22 are the holding icons indicating the variable display of the special figure 1 that is won and held, and the second special figure starting port 232 is won and held. It is a hold icon showing a variable display of special figure 2.

The effect shown in FIG. 56 is an effect that may be started after the symbol variable display, which is the target of prefetching, is suspended, and the character SB of Sabohani moves on the line according to the rule of the midaduji and reaches the destination. It is a production (Amida production) for acquiring a notice item.

First, as shown in FIG. 56(a1-1), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of decorative symbols of "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed. It is reported that the result is a loss. On the other hand, in the decorative pattern display device 208, the Amida effect has been started. Specifically, when the Amida effect is started, as shown in FIG. 56(a1-1), the character SB of the sabotani is placed at any one of the starting points of the three horizontal lines extending in the horizontal direction. And a notice icon I6 for a hat, a notice icon I10 for a fan, and an icon IX for a loss are placed for each end point of the three horizontal lines. In addition, an appropriate number of vertical lines connecting adjacent horizontal lines are set, and the central portion of these vertical lines is hidden by smoke. The number of vertical lines to be set is determined according to, for example, the number of holdings at the time when the Amida effect is started, but is not limited to this. In this Amida production, when the character of Sabohani moves on the line according to the rule of Mida and reaches the end point where the notice icon I6 of the hat or the notice icon I10 of the fan is arranged, the notice icon is stocked. Then, when the end point where the lost icon IX is arranged is reached, it is notified that the notice icon is not stocked. Then, every time the symbol variable display is started, the character SB of the sabotani moves to the position where the vertical line is arranged. It should be noted that the character SB of the sabotani may be moved to the position where the vertical line is arranged each time the pseudo-repeating is performed. For example, when the pseudo-repeating occurs, the character SB advances to the next vertical line. You may do the same. Further, it is also possible to proceed to a vertical line two or more ahead with one symbol variation display. The effect as shown in FIG. 56 can be performed in the wipe display area WP1 or the sub display device 208K, for example, as described above with reference to FIGS. 55(c) and 55(d). is there. In this case, for example, it is possible to continue displaying the mami production even during execution of the super reach. Then, for example, in some cases, the effect of increasing the number of notice icons during the super reach can be performed in parallel.

Then, when the variable display of the special figure 1 is started, as shown in FIG. 56(a2-1), the hold icons h11, h21, h12, h22, and h13 are moved by the moving animation, respectively, and the first hold icon is displayed. The hold icon at the display position of h11 moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the change icon h0, and the other hold icons move one by one to the right. On the other hand, the decorative pattern starts variable display. Further, as shown in FIG. 56(a2-1), when the symbol variation display is started, the character SB of Sabohani starts to move from the starting point of the upper horizontal line of the three horizontal lines, and the first vertical line. When the line is reached, the smoke hiding the vertical line is erased, and a state in which the upper horizontal line and the middle horizontal line are connected by the vertical line is displayed, and the character SB of Sabohani moves on the vertical line. At the timing shown in FIG. 56(a2-1), the middle horizontal line is reached halfway.

After that, when the variable display of the special map 1 is finished, the variable display of the special map 2 is continuously started, and the four hold icons h21, h12, h22, and h13 displayed in the hold icon display area 281 are moved by the moving animations. To be done. Then, as shown in FIG. 56(a3-1), when the character SB of the sabotani reaches the second vertical line connecting the horizontal line in the middle row and the horizontal line in the lower row, the smoke hiding the vertical line is erased. .. As a result of the smoke being erased, it was found that this vertical line was cut in the middle, and the vertical line cannot move from the horizontal line in the middle row to the horizontal line in the lower row. Therefore, the character SB of Sabohani is in the middle row. Continue straight on the horizontal line toward the end point.

Then, when the variable display of the special map 2 is finished, the variable display of the special map 1 is continuously started, and the three hold icons h12, h22, and h13 displayed in the hold icon display area 281 are moved by the moving animations. .. Then, as shown in FIG. 56(a4-1), when the character SB of the sabotani reaches the third vertical line connecting the horizontal line in the middle row and the horizontal line in the upper row, the smoke hiding the vertical line is erased. .. As a result of the smoke being eliminated, this vertical line is connected to the horizontal line in the middle row and the horizontal line in the upper row. Therefore, the character SB of Sabohani follows the horizontal line from the middle row to the upper row by the vertical line according to the rule of Amida Lottery. Move to the horizontal line. As a result, the character SB of the sabotani reaches the end point of the upper horizontal line where the hat notice icon I6 is arranged, and as shown in FIG. 56(a5), the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the hat notice icon I6. After the display indicating the acquisition is performed, the Amida effect is finished, and the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 as shown in FIG. 56(a6). To be done.

In addition, in this example of performance, as shown in FIG. 56(a1-1) and as described above, one of the plurality of different types of notice icons is selected, but, for example, FIG. 56(a1-) As shown in 2), the notice icon I6 of the hat is arranged at all the end points of the horizontal line, or the notice icon I10 of the fan is arranged at all the end points of the horizontal line as shown in FIG. 56(a1-3). Good. In this way, by arranging the same type of the notice icon at all the end points of the horizontal line, it is possible to notify the player that it is confirmed that the displayed notice icon will be stocked. In particular, as shown in FIG. 56(a1-3), the fan advance notice icon I10 is, as described above, the advance notice icon indicating that the effect of giving an advance notice that the big hit will be settled is performed, so the player It may be possible to further increase the expectation of a big hit. The effect shown in FIG. 56(a1-3) is a type of premier effect that rarely appears.

Further, as shown in FIG. 56(a1-4), without the loss icon IX, the notice icon I6 for the hat, the notice icon I10 for the fan, and the notice icon I9 for the thousand boxes are placed at the end points of the horizontal lines. It may be determined that one of the notice icons is always stocked. According to this, the player may be able to enjoy the Amida production at ease.

Further, as shown in FIG. 56(a1-5), the sabotani character SB is arranged at all the starting points of the horizontal lines, and the notice icons (the hat notice icon I6 and the fan notice icon I10) arranged at the end points of the respective horizontal lines. Alternatively, it may be determined that all the notice icons I9) of the thousand boxes are stocked. Moreover, in the example shown in FIG. 56(a1-5), since the fan advance notice icon I10 is included, it is assured that an effect for giving advance notice that the big hit will be settled is performed, so the player makes a big hit. It may be possible to further increase the expectation of.

Further, as shown in FIG. 56(a1-6), the notice icon of the lord whose type of notice icon is not clear at the end of each horizontal line (the notice icon I1 of the first lord, the notice icon I2 of the second lord, The notice icon I3) of the Lord 3 may be arranged. In this way, the player does not know what kind of notice icon will be stocked until the end point is reached. In some cases, expectations can be improved. Also, the notice icon of the lord is different in color depending on the type as described above, and the reliability of the big hit is different depending on the color. Therefore, the player may be able to increase the sense of expectation for the notice icon after the change from the notice icon of the lord, depending on which color the notice icon of the lord is acquired. For example, the third palace's notice icon I3, which is a red lord's notice icon, is more likely to be changed to a "pseudo-ren's" notice icon than a "pseudo-ren's" notice icon, and is also a white lord's notice icon. The notice icon I1 of the first lord, which is the notice icon of, can be changed to a notice icon in which “pseudo-ream” is not fixed.

Further, in this effect example, as shown in FIG. 56(a3-1) and as described above, it is difficult to specify the traveling route of the character SB of the sabotani by hiding the central portion of the vertical line with smoke, but for example, FIG. As shown in (a3-2), the vertical line may not be hidden by smoke, and the traveling route of the character SB of Sabohani may be specified at the time when the Amida effect is started. As a result, the player can recognize in advance which of the notice icons will be stocked, and thus may be able to enjoy the Amida production with peace of mind. Furthermore, in this case, a roulette effect for determining the starting point of the horizontal line on which the character SB of the sabotani is arranged may be performed to further enhance the effect.

Further, in this example of production, as described above with reference to FIG. 56(a2-1), the notice icon that may be stocked at the start of the Amida production is displayed in a recognizable manner. As shown in FIG. 56(a2-2), during execution of the Amida effect, the areas in which the notice icons respectively arranged at the end points of the horizontal lines are displayed are hidden by smoke, and then, shown in FIG. 56(a2-2a). ), the notice icons respectively arranged at the end points of the horizontal lines may be changed. In the example shown in FIG. 56(a2-2a), the lost icon IX is changed to the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes, and the content of the Amida effect is promoted. Note that, for example, some or all of the notice icons placed at the end points of the horizontal lines are changed to the missing icon IX or the notice icon of a lower rank, so that the contents of the Amida production are demoted. You may

Further, in this effect example, as shown in FIG. 56(a4-1), the central portion of the vertical line is hidden by smoke so that the traveling route of the character SB of the sabotani can be predicted to some extent. As shown in a4-2), the smoke that hides a part of the vertical line extends in the vertical direction during execution of the Amida effect, and the smoke disappears as shown in FIG. 56 (a4-2a). The vertical line may increase or decrease before and after. In the example shown in FIG. 56(a4-2a), before the smoke is extended, it is suggested that either the hat notice icon I6 or the fan notice icon I10 may be acquired. Then, it is assured that the third vertical line is deleted and the fan advance notice icon I10 is stocked.

Further, in this effect example, as shown in FIG. 56(a4-1), since the second vertical line is cut midway, the icon IX with the loss is not selected. As shown in FIG. 56(a4-3), the second vertical line is not cut, and therefore, after the icon IX of the loss is selected and the production of the amida is completed, FIG. 56(a4-3a). As shown in FIG. 5, it may be notified that no notice icon is stocked in any display area of the notice icon display area 285.

In addition, in the above-mentioned Amida effect, it is possible to give a pre-reading notice about the symbol variable display which is the pre-reading target depending on the type of the notice icon arranged at the end point of the horizontal line.

FIG. 57 is a diagram showing stepwise an example of the production centering on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, and is a diagram showing stepwise another production example of the notice icon increasing production. is there. In FIG. 57, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the general figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. In addition, in FIG. 57, the third hold icon h13 in the hold icon display area 281 is a hold of the symbol variable display that is the target of the prefetch, and the hold display is the display mode of the prefetch notice (the hold icon of Sabohani). The present embodiment is different from the above-described embodiment in that

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 57(1), the above-mentioned notice icon display area 285 is displayed at the top. In FIG. 57(1), no notice icon is displayed in any of the notice icon display regions 285. Further, as shown in FIG. 57(1), the first special symbol display device 212 is performing variable display of the symbols, and accordingly, the decorative symbol display device 208, the first decorative symbol and the second ornament. The variable display of the symbols is being performed.

In addition, in FIG. 57(1), the variable icon h0 is displayed in the variable icon display area 280, and two hold icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1. Therefore, all of the two holding icons h11 and h12 and the variation icon h0 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the default display mode (circular unpatterned and white display mode).

Subsequently, at the timing shown in FIG. 57(2), when a game ball wins the first special figure starting port 230, a third hold icon h13 of special figure 1 is displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of special figure 1. It is displayed to inform that the number of holdings has become three. Here, the third hold is a hold that is a target of prefetching. In this effect example, the hold icon h13 of the third special figure 1 is displayed in the display mode of the prefetching notice (the display mode of Sabohani) instead of the default display mode.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 57(3), the decorative pattern display device 208 stops and displays the combination of the decorative patterns "decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 1", and the display result of the deviation is determined. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

Then, when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 57(4), the hold icons h11, h12, h13 of the special figure 1 are moved and displayed by a moving animation, respectively. The hold icon at the display position of the hold icon h11 is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the change icon h0, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 is the first hold of the special figure 1. It becomes the icon h11, the hold icon at the display position of the third hold icon h13 becomes the second hold icon h12 of the special figure 1, and the variable display of the decorative symbol is started. FIG. 57(5) shows that the symbol variable display is being continued.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 57(6), on the decorative pattern display device 208, the lord's character YM appears from outside the lower right frame of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, and the lord's effect is started. Here, the lord's character YM possesses the hat notice icon I6. In this way, in this effect example, the notice icon is displayed (stock) in the symbol variation display started next to the symbol variation display that is performed at the time when the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended. The production of a certain lord has started.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 57(7), the lord's character YM is moved and displayed to a predetermined throwing position, and then at the timing shown in FIG. 57(8), the notice icon I6 of the possessed hat is displayed as a notice icon. An effect display that is thrown toward the area 285 is performed.

Then, the notice icon I6 of the thrown hat is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285 at the timing shown in FIG. 57(9), and thereafter, as shown in FIG. 57(10). On the decorative pattern display device 208, an effect display in which the lord's character YM succeeds in displaying the notice icon and has a happy expression is performed.

After that, as shown in FIGS. 57(11) to 57(12), a display in which the lord's character YM is framed out toward the lower side of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208 is displayed. Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 57 (13), the decorative symbol display device 208 is stopped and displayed with the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 2", and the display result of the deviation is determined. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

After that, when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 57 (14), the hold icon that has been moved and displayed by the moving animation, and is at the display position of the first hold icon h11 is displayed. It moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the variable icon h0, the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 becomes the first hold icon h11 of the special figure 1, and the variable display of the decorative pattern is started. ..

After that, when the variation time of the special figure 1 has passed, at the timing shown in FIG. 57 (15), the decorative pattern display device 208 is stopped and displayed with the combination of the decorative patterns of “decoration 7-decoration 6-decoration 2”, and is lost. The display result of is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted.

After that, when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 57 (16), the hold icon which is moved and displayed by the moving animation and which is at the display position of the first hold icon h11 is displayed. It moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the variable icon h0, and the variable display of the decorative pattern is started. That is, the variable display of the symbols that have been pre-read is started.

Then, for example, when 4 seconds have passed after the variable display of the decorative pattern has started, as shown in FIG. 57 (17), the decorative pattern display device 208 displays it in the notice icon first display area YA1. The notice icon digestion of the hat notice icon I6 is performed. As described above, according to this effect example, it is possible to say that the pre-reading notice using the notice icon and the pre-reading notice using the hold icon are simultaneously performed.

FIG. 58 is a diagram showing step by step an example of the effect centered on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, and stepwise by way of another effect example of the notice icon increasing effect and the digestion effect. FIG. 58, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the general figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. In addition, in FIG. 58, the third hold icon h13 in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched to indicate that it is the hold of the symbol variable display that is the target of prefetching, but the display mode is For example, like the first hold icon h11, it has a default display mode.

FIG. 58(a1) to FIG. 58(a3-1) show a situation in which a notice effect for notifying in advance that the notice icon is stocked is performed. As shown in FIG. 58(a1), in the decorative symbol display device 208, both the first decorative symbol and the second decorative symbol are stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 1", and the display is out of order. The result is confirmed and displayed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. Further, in the notice icon display area 285, the notice icon is not displayed in any display area.

After that, when the symbol variation on the first special figure display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 58(a2-1), it is moved and displayed by the moving animation, and the hold is at the display position of the first hold icon h11. The icon moves to the variable icon display area 280 and becomes the variable icon h0, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 becomes the first hold icon h11 of special figure 1 and the third hold icon h13. The hold icon at the display position becomes the second hold icon h12 of the special figure 1, and the variable display of the decorative pattern is started. After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 58(a2-1), the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the placard PL1 for notifying that the notice icon will be stocked in the symbol variation display to be started next. Specifically, on this placard PL1, a notice icon I6 of a hat is displayed following "at the next fluctuation", and further, a notice icon I6 of a hat is displayed following this, and the notice icon I6 of a hat is displayed. Has announced that it will be stocked during the next symbol fluctuation display.

After that, when the variable time of the special figure 1 elapses and the variable display is ended, and the next variable display of the special figure 1 is started, for example, a hall effect is performed during the execution of the symbol variable display, As shown at 58 (a3-1), the notice icon I6 of the hat is stocked in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. As a result, the player can recognize in advance that the notice icon I6 of the hat will be stocked, so that the player may enjoy the game at ease.

In the above-described production example, the placard PL1 is displayed to notify that the notice icon is always stocked. However, for example, a placard PL2 as shown in FIG. 58(a2-2) is displayed. It may be displayed to notify that the notice icon may not be stocked. Specifically, on this placard PL2, the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed following "In the next change", and further, "ga stock" is displayed following this, but the question mark is added. In this case, the notice icon I6 of the hat may be stocked during the next symbol variation display.

When the notice icon I6 of the hat is not stocked during the next symbol variation display, no production is performed regarding the stock of the notice icon, as shown in FIG. 58(a3-2). It should be noted that, although production related to the stock of the notice icon (for example, lord's presentation etc.) may be performed, in this case, a so-called gasse stock production in which the notice icon is not stocked is performed.

FIGS. 58(b1) to (b3) show that the look-ahead mode, which is one of the look-ahead notices, is being performed during the design change display being executed at the time when the design change display that is the target of the read-ahead is suspended. It is shown.

As shown in FIG. 58(b1), the game ball is won in the first special figure starting port 230, and the variable display of the symbol that is the target of the prefetch is suspended, and the prefetch notice is displayed as the display mode of the third suspension icon h13. The hold icon in the display mode of Sabohani as the display mode of is displayed. In the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the first decorative symbol and the second decorative symbol is performed corresponding to the variable display of the special figure 1.

Then, as shown in FIG. 58(b2), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the look-ahead mode, which is an effect of notifying that the symbol variable display that is likely to be a big hit is being held, is started. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 58(b2), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the characters "intense heat approaching" scroll from the right to the left in each of the two strip-shaped scroll display areas. Is displayed.

After that, when the variable time of the special figure 1 elapses and the variable display is ended, and the next variable display of the special figure 1 is started, as shown in FIG. 58(b3), during the execution of the symbol variable display. The lord's presentation is performed, and the notice icon I6 of the hat is stocked in the notice icon display area 285. As described above, according to this effect example, it is possible to give a pre-reading notice by changing the background display, in addition to the pre-reading notice by the stock of the notice icon and the pre-reading notice by the change in the display mode of the hold icon.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 58(c1) to (c2), while the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended, the design effect is performed while the symbol variation display is being executed, and the notice icon is displayed. May be stocked.

FIG. 58(d1) to FIG. 58(d3) show a state in which the notice icon is stocked and consumed while the same symbol variation display is being executed. That is, the stocking and digesting of the notice icon relating to the notice effect being performed during the variable display of the symbol is also executable.

As shown in FIG. 58(d1), when the notice icon I6 of the hat is thrown toward the notice icon display area 285 by the lord's effect, the notice icon I6 of the hat displays the notice icon as shown in FIG. 58(d2). It is temporarily stocked in the notice icon first display area YA1 in the area 285. Then, after a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) has passed, as shown in FIG. 58(d3), the notice icon digesting effect is performed and the notice icon I6 of the hat is digested.

As shown in FIGS. 58(e1) to 58(e2), the hat notice icon I6 is thrown to the notice icon display area 285 by the production of the lord, but is digested without being stocked in the notice icon display area 285. You may do it.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing, step by step, an example of an effect centered on the decorative pattern display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, and shows the notice icon increase effect and the digestion effect applicable to the present embodiment. It is a figure which shows the modification of this in steps. In FIG. 59, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the general figure display device 210, the first special figure holding lamp 218, the second special figure holding lamp 220, the general figure holding lamp 216, and Illustration of the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Further, in FIG. 59, the second hold icon h12 in the hold icon display area 281 is hatched to indicate that it is the hold of the symbol variable display that is the target of prefetching, but the display mode is For example, like the first hold icon h11, it has a default display mode.

FIG. 59(a1) to FIG. 59(a3) show that the notice icon display area is also used as the area for displaying the stage name for explaining the background display.

As shown in FIG. 59(a1), in the decorative pattern display device 208, a stage display area 289 indicating the current stage is provided in the lower right corner of the display screen, and the current stage is “castle town”. There is. In this stage display area 289, in addition to displaying the current stage name, for example, a tutorial display such as the details of the notice or the explanation of the appearing characters may be performed, or the notice may be displayed. Good. In this way, it can be said that the stage display area 289 functions as the explanation display area. Then, as shown in FIG. 59(a1), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the above-mentioned hall effect is performed and the notice icon I6 of the hat is thrown.

Then, as shown in FIG. 59(a2), in the decorative pattern display device 208, the notice icon I6 of the hat is enlarged and displayed, and the notice of "stock" is additionally added, and the notice icon I6 of the hat is stocked. Is notified.

Then, as shown in FIG. 59(a3), the stage display area 289 displayed at the lower right of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208 is changed to the notice icon display area 285D, and the notice in the notice icon display area 285D is changed. A hat notice icon I6 is displayed in the first icon display area YA1.

As shown in FIG. 59(b1) to FIG. 59(b3), the stage display area 289 is not changed to the notice icon display area 285D, and the notice icon I6 of the hat that appears due to the lord's effect is not stocked and is kept as it is. It may be digested. As a result, the notice effect of the notice icon relating to the notice that is being displayed in the pattern change display can be performed.

59(c1) to FIG. 59(c2) show that a plurality of notice icon display areas are provided and the notice icon display area for displaying the notice icon is selected according to the type of the notice icon.

As shown in FIG. 59(c1), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the first notice icon display area 285E is provided at the left end portion of the display screen, and the second notice icon display area is provided at the right end portion of the display screen. 285F is provided. In this effect example, the first notice icon display area 285E is an area in which notice icons other than the button notice icon are displayed, and the second notice icon display area 285F is a display area dedicated to the button notice icon. However, it is not limited to this. The first notice icon display area 285E is provided with four display areas (a notice icon first display area YAL1, a notice icon second display area YAL2, a notice icon third display area YAL3, and a notice icon fourth display area YAL4). The notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in each of the notice icon first display area YAL1 and the notice icon second display area YAL2, and the notice icon I7 of the shuriken is shown in the notice icon third display area YAL3. It is displayed. Further, the second notice icon display area 285F also has four display areas (a notice icon first display area YAR1, a notice icon second display area YAR2, a notice icon third display area YAR3, and a notice icon fourth display area YAR4). Is provided, and the notice icon is not displayed in any of the display areas. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208, two second button notice icons I11 are enlarged and displayed side by side substantially at the center of the display screen, and a state in which these second button notice icons I11 are stocked is shown. ing.

Then, as shown in FIG. 59(c2), the second button notice icon I11 is displayed in each of the notice icon first display area YAR1 and the notice icon second display area YAR2 of the second notice icon display area 285F. In this example of performance, the second button notice icon I11 is displayed in each of the notice icon first display area YAR1, the notice icon second display area YAR2, the notice icon third display area YAR3, and the notice icon fourth display area YAR4. That is, that is, when the second button notice icon I11 is exhausted after the second button notice icon I11 is full in the second notice icon display area 285F, and when the number is smaller than that. Even if the second button notice icon I11 is displayed in the second notice icon display area 285F and the second button notice icon I11 is exhausted, the reliability of the jackpot may be different. Well, for example, the larger the number of the second button notice icons I11 in stock, the more likely it is to be a big hit. It should be noted that all of the stocked button notice icons I11 may not be consumed, and for example, four button notice icons I11 may be displayed or only two may be consumed. In this case, In, the remaining two button notice icons I11 may be kept in stock until the next symbol variation display, or may be erased without being consumed. The first notice icon display area 285E may also be configured so that the reliability of the big hit varies depending on the number of notice items stocked.

59(d1) to FIG. 59(d3) show another example of the effect of increasing the notice icon.

As shown in FIG. 59(d1), the hat notice icon I6s is displayed in a small size so as to overlap the change icon h0 and the second hold icon h12, respectively, and the shuriken notice icon I7s is displayed as the first hold. It is displayed in a small size overlaid on the icon h11. That is, in this effect example, an example in which the notice icon is included in the hold icon and may be displayed is shown.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 59(d2), the notice icon I6s of the reduced hat displayed on the variable icon h0 pops out and moves toward the center of the display screen. Then, as shown in FIG. 59(d3), the notice icon I6 of the hat is enlarged and the word "stock" is additionally displayed, and the notice icon I6 of the hat is stocked in the notice icon display area 285. To be done. In addition, in this effect example, the effect of stocking the notice icon displayed in the change icon h0 is performed every time the suspension of the variable display of the symbol is exhausted, but the timing of stocking the notice icon is set to this. Not limited.

Further, in this effect example, as shown in FIG. 59(e1), the notice icon may not be displayed on all of the variable icons and the hold icons, but may be displayed on only some of the variable icons or the hold icons.

59(f1) to FIG. 59(f3) show examples in which the advance notice icon may not be stocked even though the advance notice icon is displayed on the variable icon h0.

59(f1) is the same as that shown in FIG. 59(d1), and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.

In this effect example, thereafter, the erasing animation of the variable icon h0 is started at the timing when the first decorative symbol is temporarily stopped at the timing shown in FIG. 59(f2), and then, as shown in FIG. 59(f3), the variable icon is displayed. Although h0 is deleted, at this time, the notice icon I6s of the hat displayed on the change icon h0 is also removed together with the change icon h0, and it is notified that the notice icon I6 of the hat is not stocked. In this way, even if the notice icon is displayed on the variable icon or the hold icon, the displayed notice icon may not be stocked.

FIG. 59(g1) to FIG. 59(g3) show how, when a certain notice icon is consumed, an effect is obtained in which the same effect as when a plurality of notice icons are consumed is obtained.

As shown in FIG. 59(g1), in the decorative pattern display device 208, a bouquet notice icon I51 as a notice icon is displayed in the notice icon first display area YA1 of the notice icon display area 285. The notice icon I51 of this bouquet includes two or more icons of the plurality of types of notice icons described above with reference to FIG. 18B. Regarding which notice icon is included, It is difficult to specify.

Then, as shown in FIG. 59(g2), when the bouquet notice icon I51 is consumed, the bouquet notice icon I51 moves from the notice icon first display area YA1 to the center of the display screen and then is enlarged and displayed. It

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 59(g3), the notice icon I51 of the bouquet changes to the notice icon I6 of the hat and the notice icon I8 of the ribbon, and the kind of the notice icon included in the notice icon I51 of the bouquet is changed. Can be recognized. Therefore, the player may be able to have a sense of expectation as to which type of the notice icon is included, while having the pleasure of stocking the notice icon.

In the embodiments described so far and in the embodiments described below, the notice icon may be continued to be displayed even after the symbol is stopped and displayed. Not only when the symbol is stopped and displayed in a certain state, but when the notice icon is stocked when the symbol is stopped and displayed while the symbol variable display is not held, the stock status is displayed even during the demo display. May be maintained. Further, the stock state may be maintained as long as the notice icon is stocked, regardless of whether the variable display of symbols is held or not.

Further, it may be possible to give a notice of the time until the notice icon is displayed.

In addition, the stocked notice icon may be changed or promoted (leveled up). For example, the stocked notice icon I6 of the hat may be changed to the fan notice icon I10. , When the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed due to a combination of chances while the hat notice icon I6 is stocked, the notice icon I6 of the hat may be changed to the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes. .. On the contrary, the stocked notice icon may be demoted (downgraded).

Further, the effect display that is performed when the notice icon is consumed may be changed or promoted (leveled up). For example, the effect that the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed is performed. The production may be changed to the notice icon I10 of the fan during the time, or the number of pseudo consecutive times may be increased in the pseudo consecutive production executed by digesting the notice icon I6 of the hat. Good. In addition, conversely, an effect of degrading (leveling down) the effect display performed when the notice icon is consumed may be performed.

Even when the button notice icon is displayed, the button holding icon may be displayed, but may not be displayed.

When the button notice icon is displayed, the button notice may be displayed, or may not be displayed.

Further, depending on the length of the symbol variation display time, whether or not to give a notice of stocking the notice icon may be determined.

The length of the variable display time when the notice of stocking the notice icon is not given may be the same or different between the symbol variation display that is a big hit and the symbol variation display that is a loss.

Further, as the variation display time of the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 2 which is executed by interrupting the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1, a variation time of a length in which the notice icon is not stocked may be selected.

Further, when the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is interrupted and the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is executed, the notice of stocking the notice icon may be controlled in a controlled manner.

Further, when the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is interrupted and the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is executed, the effect data table may be set so as not to give the notice of stocking the notice icon.

In addition, when the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 is interrupted and the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is executed, the varying time of the length of stocking the notice icon may be selected. Here, the stocked notice icon may be consumed in the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 that has been interrupted, or may be consumed during the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 that has been interrupted.

Further, when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is executed by interrupting the symbol variation display of special figure 1, the symbol variation display before the symbol variation display of special figure 1 before the interruption is stocked in the symbol variation display. The notice icon may be kept in stock and not digested, or may be configured to be digested.

Further, the types of the notice icons are not limited to those described above or those described below, and various types can be adopted.

For example, as a notice icon, an item for customization may be displayed. When the item for customization is consumed, for example, the number of selectable BGMs, the number of selectable backgrounds, and the player's selection are increased. The number of possible effect modes (for example, one-shot notification mode) may be increased.

Further, for example, an item for effect selection may be displayed, and when the item for effect selection is exhausted, for example, the BGM can be changed, the effect mode can be changed, the volume can be set, and the like. The brightness may be settable.

Further, for example, a user setting clearing item may be displayed, and when this user setting clearing item is consumed, for example, the user setting may be made clear, or the user setting may be cleared. It may be possible to clear after confirming whether or not to do it.

Further, for example, the effect mode end item may be displayed, and when the effect mode end item is consumed, for example, it is possible to end the prefetch mode or the effect mode. Alternatively, the end of the prefetch mode or the end of the effect mode may be confirmed before the end.

Also, for example, points-acquiring items and level-up gift items may be displayed, and when these items are consumed, for example, points may be gifted or the level may be increased. You may

Further, for example, the reach effect corresponding to the notice icon may be started, and, for example, when the lord's icon is consumed, the lord's VS swordsman reach may be performed.

Further, for example, the notice effect corresponding to the notice icon may be started. For example, when the present icon is exhausted, the icon "next notice" is displayed, and the notice effect for "next notice" is displayed. May be started.

Further, for example, there may be an icon (divination icon) in which fortune-telling is started when digested. In this case, the fortune-telling icon may be displayed only during the customer waiting demonstration production, or may be displayed outside the customer waiting demonstration production.

In addition, for example, there may be an icon that, when digested, displays information regarding the island simultaneous production. For example, the countdown to the island simultaneous production start may be started, the time until the island simultaneous production may be displayed, or the content of the next island simultaneous production may be displayed. Good.

Further, for example, there may be an icon that allows the store side customization when it is consumed. For example, even if it is possible to set the effect of producing an effect related to the area of the installed game shop (for example, setting of the Tohoku region mode or the Chubu region mode) or the name of the installed game shop. Good. For example, depending on the setting, the group notice character that appears in the Tohoku region mode (for example, Namahage group) can be different from the group notice character that appears in the Chubu region mode (for example, Shachihoko group). There are cases.

Further, for example, there may be an icon for which the tutorial display is started when it is consumed.

Further, for example, there may be an icon for which the roulette effect is started when it is consumed. In the roulette effect, for example, a result indicating that the promotion effect of the display mode of the hold icon is performed, a result indicating that a notice about the symbol variable display is given, and the like are displayed.

Further, for example, there may be an icon that changes the display mode of the symbol or returns to the original state when it is consumed.

Next, a modified example of the above-described embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 60 and 61. Here, FIG. 60 is a diagram showing stepwise an example of an effect that can be executed in the decorative symbol display device 208 of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, and FIG. 61 is a diagram illustrating a notice item related lottery table. Is.

In FIG. 60, a decorative symbol display device 208, a first special figure display device 212, a second special figure display device 214, a first special figure reservation lamp 218 and a second special figure reservation lamp 220 are shown. The illustration of the universal figure display device 210, the universal figure holding lamp 216, and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 60(a), the reserved icon display area 281A of the special symbol 1 and the reserved icon display area 282A of the special symbol 2 are adjacent to the left and right below the display region of the decorative symbol display device 208. It is displayed as if. In FIG. 60( a ), the number of reservations is 0 in both Toku-zu 1 and Toku-zu 2. Then, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the display is stopped and displayed as "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" which is a combination of decorative symbols corresponding to the deviation. Further, a notice icon display area 285A is arranged above the reserved icon display area 282A of the special figure 2, and the notice icon Ih of the princess is displayed. Although the notice icons are displayed in the left-justified manner in the notice icon display area 285A, the display position of the notice icon is not limited to this. Further, the notice icon display area 285 may be always displayed, or may not be displayed as needed.

In FIG. 60(b), a state where two game balls have won the first special figure starting port 230 is shown. In the hold icon display area 281A of the special figure 1, a hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold and a hold icon h12 corresponding to the second hold are displayed side by side in the left alignment. Both of these hold icons h11 and h12 have default display modes.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 60(c), the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is started. In the hold icon display area 281A of the special figure 1, since the first hold has been exhausted, the hold icon h12 corresponding to the second hold moves to the left and becomes the hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold. Is displayed. In addition, at this time, since the game ball has won the second special figure starting port 232, the hold icon h21 corresponding to the first hold is displayed in the left-justified manner in the hold icon display area 282A of the special figure 2. This hold icon h21 has a default display mode.

Then, when the timing shown in FIG. 60(d) is reached, the display mode of the hold icon h11 corresponding to the first hold in FIG. 1 is the display mode of the prefetching notice (the display mode in which “heat” is displayed). ) Changes to.

After the display mode of the hold icon h11 is changed, at the timing shown in FIG. 60(e), the notice icon It of the lord and the notice icon Ih of the princess are additionally displayed in the notice icon display area 285A. It That is, a display in which the number of advance notice icons increases is displayed.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 60(f), "decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, and the princess notice icon Ih increased after the two princess notice icons Ih is consumed. Then, the princess character HI accompanied by the balloons of "Atari" and "Question mark" is displayed. The appearance timing of the princess character HI may be before, after, or simultaneously with the stop display timing of the left symbol.

After that, as shown in FIG. 60(g), "decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the right symbol display area 208c, and then "decoration 3" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, which means that the result is off. Is notified.

In the present embodiment, the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 2 is executed prior to the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1, so at the timing shown in FIG. 60(h), the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 2 is started. It In the present embodiment, when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is executed by interrupting the symbol variation display of the special figure 1, if the result of the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is out of order, the notice icon Will not be digested and the notice icon will not be displayed. Therefore, the notice icon may not be displayed or the notice icon display area 285A may not be displayed while the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 is being performed. In addition, when the result of the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a big hit, it is possible not to perform both the advance notice icon exhaustion and the increase display, or when the advance notice icon exhaustion and the increase display is performed. There may be On the other hand, the hold icon display areas 281A and 282A may be continuously displayed, or any of the hold icon display areas 281A and 282A may be hidden, or the hold icon display of special figure 2 may be displayed. Only the area 282A may be displayed. When the symbol variable display of special figure 2 is interrupted and performed, the background may be changed to a dedicated background. When the dedicated background is displayed, the notice icon display area 285A may be hidden and only the hold icon display areas 281A and 282A may be displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 60(i), stop display is performed with a combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3", and it is informed that the result of the symbol variable display of special figure 2 is out of alignment. ..

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 60(j), after the suspended variable display of the special figure 1 is started, the notice icon It of the lord is digested, and “Atari” and “Question mark” are displayed. A lord's character YI appears with a balloon of characters. The appearance timing of the lord's character YI may be before, after, or simultaneously with the start of the symbol variable display of the decorative symbol. Further, in FIG. 60(j), the notice icon Id of the evil officer is additionally displayed in the notice icon display area 285A. That is, a display in which the number of advance notice icons increases is displayed. Here, the timing of additionally displaying the notice icon Id of the evil officer may be before or after the display display of the lord's notice icon It is started, or at the same time. May be

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 60(k), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol of "decoration 3" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a, and the princess's notice icon Ih and the evil representative's notice icon are displayed. Id is digested, and the princess character HI and the evil protagonist character DI appear. The appearance timing of the princess character HI may be before, after, or simultaneously with the stop display timing of the left symbol. Moreover, the timing of appearance of the princess character HI may be before, after, or at the same time as the timing of the appearance of the evil proxy character DI.

Then, at the timing of FIG. 60(m), in the decorative symbol display device 208, after "decoration 3" is stopped and displayed in the right symbol display region 208c, "decoration 3" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display region 208b. , It is reported that the big hit.

Next, the configuration of the lottery table relating to the notice icon for determining whether to execute the increase display and the exhaustion display of the notice icon in this production example will be described.

As shown in FIG. 61(A), when the big hit determination result executed with the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a big hit, regardless of the result of the prefetch of the hold of the special figure 1, 4 There is a 50% chance of displaying the increase of the Lord's notice icon, a 3/50 chance of increasing the princess notice icon, and a 2/50 chance of increasing the evil notice notice icon. .. On the other hand, 40/50 has a probability of executing the notice display of the Lord's notice icon, 35/50 has a possibility of executing the princess notice icon's digest display, and has a probability of 25/50 the evil prominent notice icon. The digest display of is executed. In addition, since the execution lottery of the increase display and the exhaustion display is performed for each notice icon, when the increase display is performed for two or more notice icons at the same time, or when the digest display is performed for two or more notice icons at the same time. There is.

Further, when the result of the big hit determination executed with the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is out of alignment, as a result of the prefetch of the hold in FIG. 1, when the symbol variation display of the big hit is suspended Has a 3/50 chance of displaying the increase of the Lord's notice icon, a 2/50 chance of increasing the indication of the Princess notice icon, and a 1/50 chance of increasing the evil prominent notice icon. Execute the display. Also, on the other hand, there is a 1/50 chance to execute the display of the Lord's notice icon, a 10/50 chance to execute the display of the Princess notice icon, and a 15/50 chance to show the evil representative notice icon. The digest display of is executed.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 61(B), when the jackpot determination result executed along with the start of the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 2 is a jackpot, regardless of the result of the prefetch of the reservation of Toku-zu 1 , With a probability of 25/50, the increase display of the Lord's notice icon is executed, with a probability of 20/50, the increase display of the princess notice icon is executed, and with a probability of 7/50, the increase display of the evil prominent notice icon. Execute. On the other hand, there is a 20/50 chance of executing the digest display of the Lord's notice icon, a 15/50 probability of executing the princess notice icon, and a 5/50 chance of the evil representative notice icon. The digest display of is executed. In addition, for example, in a normal game state (non-electric power support state), in a pachinko machine which is not supposed to win the second special figure starting port 232, even if the big hit determination result is a big hit, It is also possible not to increase the display of the notice icon and to display the notice of none of the notice icons.

Further, if the jackpot determination result executed with the start of the variable display of special figure 2 is out of alignment, regardless of the result of the prefetch of the hold of special figure 1, an increase display is displayed for any notice icon. Not performed, and the digest display is not performed for any of the notice icons.

In addition, for example, when the electric power support state is finished and one or more suspensions of the symbol variation display of the special map 2 are left, the notice icon is not displayed as a prefetch notice for the special figure 2 suspension. Alternatively, the notice display may be increased and the display may be reduced according to the result of the big hit determination that is executed with the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 2.

Next, another specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 62 to 74.

62 to 74 are diagrams showing, in a step-by-step manner, modification examples of effects centered on the decorative pattern display device of the pachinko machine 100 applicable to the present embodiment. 62 to 74, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the public figure display device 210, the first special figure hold lamp 218, the second special figure hold lamp 220, the general figure hold. Illustration of the lamp 216 and the fourth symbol display device 284a is omitted. Further, FIGS. 62 to 74 show an example in which three decorative symbol display devices are arranged side by side in a row. That is, the first decorative pattern display device 208L arranged in the center of the three decorative pattern display devices, the second decorative pattern display device 208M arranged on the left side of the first decorative pattern display device 208L, and the first decoration The display is performed by the third decorative symbol display device 208N arranged on the right side of the symbol display device 208L. The first decorative symbol display device 208L may be a main display device, the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N may be a sub display device, and a second decorative symbol display device. 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N are shorter in length in the width direction than the half of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and are also slightly shorter in height. Further, the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the right edge portion thereof overlaps the front side of the left edge portion of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and the third decorative symbol display device 208N has its left edge portion the first. 1 The decorative pattern display device 208N is overlapped on the front side of the right end portion. Further, the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N are configured to be slidable along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208L in the directions close to each other. Further, the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N can rotate integrally along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208L when they are in the state of being closest to each other. It is configured to be able to. The names of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the second decorative symbol display device 208M, and the third decorative symbol display device 208N are not necessarily variable display of the decorative symbols for each display device, and are named for convenience. However, it is added here to make sure that the interpretation of the display device is not narrowed. Further, these decorative symbol display devices (the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the third decorative symbol display device 208N) are summarized as effect display means, and the effect display means is the decorative pattern. It is also possible to perform variable display of, and perform multiple types of effect display. In addition, a transparent light guide plate is arranged on the front side of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and the player can visually recognize the display state of the first decorative symbol display device 208L through the light guide plate. .. The light guide plate has a predetermined lens cut in the transmissive region. A light-emitting body such as an LED is provided at an appropriate position near the side end portion of the light guide plate, and light from the light-emitting body is reflected forward at the lens cut portion, so that the transmissive region emits light in a predetermined pattern. It is configured so that it can appear as if In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 62 to 74, the light guide plate is provided with a lens cut having a pattern imitating a predetermined effect image. In addition, the light guide plate is configured such that the thickness of the region where the light is refracted toward the player side is thinner than the thickness of the light irradiation. Therefore, the display state of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the second decorative symbol display device 208M, and the third decorative symbol display device 208N may be easily visible. Further, the light guide plate may be movable. Further, the light guide plate may be provided on the front side of at least one display device of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N. 62 to 72 and 74, the appearance of the speaker 120 and the effect button 136 is shown.

FIG. 62: is a figure which shows in stepwise another example of the notice icon increase production|generation and digestion production which can be applied to this embodiment, and FIG. 63 is a figure which shows the continuation of the example of the production shown in FIG. 62 in stages. Is.

As shown in FIG. 62(a), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a user interface (UI) unit is arranged at the bottom of the display screen, and in this UI unit, the variable icon h0 is located at the center thereof. It is displayed in a state of being placed on the pedestal, and on the left side of the variable icon h0, a hold icon display area in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed is formed. At the timing shown in FIG. 62(a), since two variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, two suspension icons h11 and h12 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0 and the two hold icons h11 and h12 have default display modes. Further, on the right side of the variation icon h0, a tutorial display section TT1 as an explanation display section is arranged, and various information related to games and effects is displayed (tutorial display), and the content is updated at an appropriate timing. To be done. In the tutorial display section TT1 shown in FIG. 62(a), "The lord is the Yatsushiro Shogun" is displayed, and the explanation about the lord's character is given. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed. The UI section is displayed with priority during the variable display of the first decorative pattern, and is provided in an area that does not overlap the display area of the first decorative pattern, but is displayed as the display area of the first decorative pattern. May overlap. Here, the explanation display part (or the explanation display area) may be a place where a certain thing is displayed, in addition to the pattern of the place itself. Specifically, in a configuration in which the stage name is displayed and it is hot when moving to a certain stage, when the stage name is displayed in red, the display may be an explanation display instead of a notice. Conversely, when displaying a normal stage name in white, it is not as hot as displaying a red stage name, so this may also be a kind of notice.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, a stage name display portion ST1 as an explanation display portion for displaying the currently performed stage name and reach name is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 62(a), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

The third decorative symbol display device 208N shows that the lord's character is on the stage, and performs various actions according to the progress of the game. Further, in the upper portion of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are displayed. The lord's character may or may not always be displayed.

Further, a family crest accessory 224E, which is one of the effect movable bodies, is arranged below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and is configured to be movable in the vertical direction according to the effect contents. ing. In addition, the family crest accessory 224E has a light emitting means such as a full-color LED built therein, and can emit light in various light emitting modes according to the contents of the effect. In addition, above the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the Yashiro character 224Fa and the general character 224Fb, which are one of the effect movable bodies, are arranged and can be moved in the vertical direction according to the effect contents. It is configured to be able to. In addition, the Yatsushiro 224Fa and the general officer 224Fb each have a light emitting means such as a full-color LED built therein, and can emit light in various light emitting modes according to the contents of the effect.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 62(b), when a game ball wins the first special figure starting port 230, the third hold icon h13 (third hold icon) of the special figure 1 is displayed in the hold icon display area. ) Is displayed to notify that the number of holdings has become three. Here, the third hold is hold of the variable display of symbols that is the target of prefetching. In this effect example, the third hold icon h13 is displayed not in the default display mode but in the display mode of the prefetching notice (for example, the display mode with a blue circle). At this time, the speaker 120 outputs a sound "Pong" to notify that the pre-reading notice is displayed by the hold display.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 62(c), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the first decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 3-decoration 4-decoration 1", and the result of the display is off. Is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. Further, also in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 3-decoration 4-decoration 1".

Then, when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 62(d), the hold icons h11, h12, h13 are respectively moved and displayed by the movement animation, and the first hold icon h11 is displayed. The hold icon at the display position of is placed on the pedestal on which the change icon is displayed to be the change icon h0, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 is the first hold icon h11. , The hold icon at the display position of the third hold icon h13 becomes the second hold icon h12, and moves to the corresponding pedestal. Further, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L shown in FIG. 62(d), the variable display of the first decorative symbol is started, and in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is started. To be done. In the tutorial display section TT1, the text "Tonosama is Yatsushiro Shogun" is still displayed. In this way, the explanation display on the tutorial display unit TT1 may be performed across a plurality of symbol variable displays.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 62(e), in the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 by the lord's character is started, and the lord's character sets the bomb-like icon (bomb icon) I61. It is shown trying to throw. The bomb icon I61 is an icon that, when thrown by the lord's character, has various effects on the effect. Note that the throwing of the bomb icon I61 may be displayed in an animation in which the displayed notice icon can be specified or cannot be specified. In this case, it may be identifiable from the middle of throwing or may be identifiable from the beginning. In addition, there is an animation related to the notice icon with high jackpot expectation when digested (high expectation notice icon) and an animation related to the notice icon with lower expectation of jackpot when digested than the high expectation notice animation. The animation display modes may be the same or different.

At the timing shown in FIG. 62(f), the appearance of the lord's character throwing the bomb icon I61 is shown.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 62(g), the bomb icon I61 is displayed so as to move from the third decorative symbol display device 208N to the first decorative symbol display device 208L. At this time, in the tutorial display section TT1, what was displayed as "The Lord is the Yatsushiro Shogun" has been changed to "Due to the notice icon being exhausted..." There is an explanation of what will happen. Note that the display of the tutorial display unit TT1 may be changed at the same time as the bomb icon I61 moves from the third decorative symbol display device 208N to the first decorative symbol display device 208L, or the bomb icon I61. The timing may be before the movement from the third decorative symbol display device 208N to the first decorative symbol display device 208L, or the third decorative symbol display device 208N to the first decorative symbol display device 208L of the bomb icon I61. The timing may be after the movement to. As described above, in the tutorial display unit TT1, a plurality of types of explanation display may be displayed in one symbol variable display.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 62(h), after the bomb icon I61 thrown by the lord's character bursts, the burst bomb icon I61 changes to a swordsman's notice icon I62 at the timing shown in FIG. 62(i). .. The swordsman's notice icon I62 is an icon for giving a notice to shift to the swordsman reach, as will be described later. Further, when the swordsman's notice icon I62 appears, the speaker 120 outputs a sound "Don" to inform that effect. Here, the notice icon may have a combination of 1 to 1 to many to many (for example, N to N).

Then, as shown in FIG. 62(j), the swordsman's notice icon I62 is reduced and displayed at a position overlapping the left end of the tutorial display section TT1. Then, the speaker 120 outputs a voice "paquin" to notify that the swordsman's notice icon I62 has been stocked, and thereafter, as shown in FIG. 62(k), the character's character throws the bomb icon I61. The animation ends. In this way, since the swordsman's notice icon I62 is arranged at a position overlapping the front side of the tutorial display section TT1, at least a part of the characters displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 may be difficult to see. Here, it is difficult to visually recognize that it is more difficult to visually recognize than when the notice icon is not in a position overlapping the front surface side of the tutorial display section TT1. To put it another way, the swordsman's notice icon I62 overlaps the front side of the tutorial display section TT1 to make it easier for the player to draw attention to the display of the tutorial display section TT1 and the swordsman's notice icon I62. May be possible. In addition, it may be possible to notice the existence of the tutorial or to concentrate on the symbol variation display rather than the presentation explanation that may occur in the future.
The position of the swordsman's notice icon I62 may be arranged not only at the position on the front side of the tutorial display section TT1 but also at a position near the tutorial display section TT1. Sometimes you can get. Further, the content indicated by the character display displayed on the tutorial display portion TT1 may be, for example, the content related to the swordsman's notice icon I62, or the content not related to the swordsman's notice icon I62 at all. The content may be the content related to the current performance, or the content not related to the current performance. In FIG. 62(j), the content of the character display displayed in the tutorial display section TT1 is a display relating to the notice icon, and is a display related to the notice icon I62 of the swordsman, but the notice icon I62 of the swordsman is displayed. Although it is not displayed in connection with, but is related to the content of the explanation by accident, the content of the character display displayed in the tutorial display section TT1 is determined in accordance with the display of the swordsman's notice icon I62. It may be configured to be performed. When displaying the tutorial display along with the notice icon, the tutorial display may be displayed before the notice icon, the notice icon may be displayed before the tutorial display, or the tutorial display and the notice icon may be displayed. You may display simultaneously. The swordsman's notice icon I62 arranged so as to overlap the tutorial display portion TT1 is digested in the pattern variation display which is the target of prefetching, as described later. In addition, the swordsman's notice icon I62 may be consumed in the symbol variation display performed before the symbol variation display of the prefetch target. As a result, the overlap with the tutorial display section TT1 is resolved before the pattern variation display, which is the target of prefetching, is started. It should be noted that, in this example of performance, the one in which the notice icon is stocked in the tutorial display portion TT1 has been described, but the notice icon may be stocked in the stage name display portion ST1.

After that, when the variation time of the special figure 1 elapses, at the timing shown in FIG. 62(l), in the first decorative pattern display device 208L, the first decorative pattern is the decorative pattern of "decoration 6-decoration 2-decoration 2". The combination is stopped and displayed, and the display result of the outlier is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. Further, also in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 6-decoration 2-decoration 2". Further, as shown in FIG. 62(l), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the display of the tutorial display portion TT1 is changed from "The notice icon is exhausted..." to "Panda is the master of the lord". , The relationship between the lord's character and the panda character is explained. That is, in this effect example, the display of the tutorial display section TT1 may be changed to a new content while the swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed overlapping the tutorial display section TT1. In other words, it can be said that a new explanation display is started in a state where the swordsman's notice icon I62 overlaps the tutorial display section TT1. Note that the display change timing of the tutorial display portion TT1 may be the same as the timing at which the decorative design is stopped and displayed, or may be the timing before the timing at which the decorative design is stopped and displayed, The timing may be later than the timing at which the decorative pattern is stopped and displayed. If the timing of changing the display on the tutorial display section TT1 is earlier than the timing at which the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed, the tutorial display section TT1 displays a plurality of explanatory displays in one symbol variable display. It can be said that it may be started.

FIG. 62(m) shows a state in which the symbol variation display that is performed immediately before the symbol variation display that is the target of the prefetching is completed. That is, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the first decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 1-decoration 5-decoration 6", and the display result of the deviation is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. Further, also in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 1-decoration 5-decoration 6". Further, as shown in FIG. 62(m), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the display of the tutorial display portion TT1 is changed from "Panda is the master of the lord" to "When the Yatsushiro general moves...". It is explained that something happens when the Yatsushiro 224Fa and the general 224Fb operate.

Then, when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 62(n), the hold icon h11 is moved and displayed by the moving animation, and is displayed at the display position of the first hold icon h11. The suspended icon is placed on the pedestal on which the variable icon is displayed to become the variable icon h0. In addition, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L shown in FIG. 62(n), the variable display of the first decorative symbol is started, and in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is started. To be done.

Then, as shown in FIG. 62(o), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the decorative symbol of "decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed. To be done.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 62(p), the swordsman's notice icon I62 starts swinging, which fuels an expectation as to whether or not the swordsman's notice icon I62 will be consumed. By doing so, it may be possible to make the player long for the notice icon to be used soon. At this time, the effect display is performed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L in accordance with the swing of the swordsman's notice icon I62. The effect display may not be performed. This effect display depends on the character display portion of the tutorial display section TT1, and therefore the explanation display may be able to be focused on.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 62(q), the first decorative symbol display device 208L shows that the swinging swordsman's notice icon I62 has moved upward and is being digested. At this time, the speaker 120 outputs a sound “paquin” to notify that the notice icon has been consumed. As a result, the overlapping state of the swordsman's notice icon I62 on the tutorial display section TT1 is resolved, and the player may easily see the explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 63(a) subsequent to FIG. 62(q), the first decorative symbol display device 208L performs a display notifying that the super reach (swordsman reach) will be developed. That is, in this example of production, the development of the swordsman reach is announced by the digestion of the swordsman's notification icon I62. At this time, the first decorative symbol displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is displayed small above the third decorative symbol display device 208N.

Then, as shown in FIG. 63(b), the light emitting means corresponding to the light guide plate emits light to form a pattern imitating an effect image, which shows that the swordsman reach has high reliability for the big hit. Here, the pattern formed on the light guide plate overlaps the tutorial display section TT1, and the explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 may be difficult to visually recognize.

FIG. 63(c) shows that a swordsman reach is being performed. That is, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the second decorative symbol display device 208M, and the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the background display is changed from the background of the castle town to the background dedicated to Swordsman Reach, and the second decorative symbol display. In the stage name display portion ST1 of the device 208M, the characters "Swordsman Reach" are displayed. Then, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, an animation of a duel scene is performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 63(c), a state in which the lord's character and the swordsman character face each other is displayed. In the swordsman reach, the UI part is framed out downward, and therefore the display position of the variable icon h0 is moved downward. At this time, the UI unit may frame out after the hold icon is erased, or the UI unit may frame out together with the hold icon. In addition to the hold icon, when the explanation display is being performed, the UI may be framed out after the hold icon and the explanation display are erased at the same time. Here, the timing at which the hold icon and the explanation display are deleted may be different.

In FIG. 63(d), the animation of the duel scene continues, and at the timing shown in FIG. 63(e), the button image 136a is displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L together with the button reception time meter. It notifies that the acceptance of the operation of the effect button 136 has started, and prompts the player to operate the effect button 136. At this time, the chance button lamp 138 built in the effect button 136 emits light in a light emission mode (for example, light emission in red) indicating that it is in the operation acceptance state. The timing at which the light emission mode of the chance button lamp 138 is changed may be the same as the timing at which the effect button image 136a is displayed, or may be before the timing at which the effect button image 136a is displayed. Alternatively, it may be after the timing at which the effect button image 136a is displayed.

Then, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 63(f), as shown in FIG. 63(g), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the player goes up with "Iku". The cut-in image to which the character display of "ze" is added is displayed over the animation display of the duel scene.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 63(h), the hero's lord is defeated by an enemy swordsman, and in FIG. 63(i), both the first decorative pattern and the second decorative pattern are “decorative 2-decorative 3-decorative 2”. The combination of decorative patterns is derived and the swing fluctuation is started.

After that, when the variation time of the special figure 1 elapses, the first decorative symbol displayed on the third decorative symbol display device 208N is displayed as “decoration 2” on the first decorative symbol display device 208L at the timing shown in FIG. 63(j). -Decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed with the combination of the decorative patterns, and the display result of the off is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. Further, also in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 2". In addition, when a notice icon (for example, the above-mentioned notice icon I10 of the fan) is displayed in stock for displaying the lost image and then performing a revival effect, the background display is changed from the background of the swordsman reach to the background of the castle town, which is the normal background. It may be digested after returning.

64: is a figure which shows in stepwise another example of the notice icon increase production|generation and digestion production applicable to this embodiment, and FIG. 65 is a figure which shows the continuation of the example of the production shown in FIG. 64 stepwise. Is. Since FIGS. 64(a) to 64(l) are similar to FIGS. 62(a) to 62(l), the description thereof is omitted here.

FIG. 64(m) shows a state in which the symbol variable display that is performed immediately before the symbol variable display that is the target of prefetching is being performed. At the timing shown in FIG. 64(m), the notice icon pattern CS (may be referred to as “decoration C”) displayed as “C” in the middle symbol display area 208b is stopped and displayed, and “decoration 1-decoration C-decoration” The temporary stop display is made by the combination of the decorative patterns of "6". When this notice icon pattern CS is displayed in a derived manner, it has a function of notifying that a chance-up notice icon I63 described later is stocked. It should be noted that when the notice icon design CS is displayed, the chance-up notice icon I63 may be always stocked, or the chance-up notice icon I63 may not be stocked. Further, the notice icon design CS may include an image (including the enlarged/reduced image itself) imitating the notice icon I63 for increasing the chance, and it may be moved to the notice icon display area. That is, unlike the throwing animation, the notice icon acquisition animation based on the pattern may be any noticeable display of the notice icon. In addition, the notice icon pattern CS and the chance increase notice icon I63 may not correspond to each other. Further, the types of notice icons displayed as symbols may be larger or smaller than the types of notice icons not displayed as symbols. The type of the notice icon displayed at the moment of the animation related to the lord's character (for example, throwing animation) is the notice displayed at the moment of the animation related to the symbol (for example, the animation performed by displaying the notice icon symbol CS). It may be different from the type of icon, and at least some of the notice icons may be icons that are displayed when both animations are triggered. A certain notice icon may be displayed as both a design and a mini character. For example, the pseudo-announcement notice icon may be displayed at two occasions, and one variation may be stocked at two different occasions, or may not be stocked. Further, in the second decorative symbol, the variable display of the decorative symbol is performed in any symbol row. The variable icon h0 is erased here, but may be displayed. Further, the display of the tutorial display section TT1 is changed from "Panda is master of lord" to "When General Yatsushiro moves...".

As described above, when the notice icon design CS is derived and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, as shown in FIG. 64(n), the notice up icon I63 of the chance up pops out from the notice icon design CS, and FIG. ), it is moved to the right side of the swordsman's notice icon I62 at a position overlapping the front side of the tutorial display section TT1 and arranged (stock). Then, the speaker 120 outputs a voice "Paquine" to notify that the chance-up notice icon I63 has been stocked. At the timing when the chance-up notice icon I63 pops out, the notification by voice output is not particularly performed. This is because it is possible for the player to easily recognize that the advance notice icon I63 for increasing the chances of being stocked is derived by deriving the advance notice icon design CS, but the notification may be performed by voice. As described above, in this effect example, it may be possible to make it difficult to visually recognize at least a part of the characters displayed in the tutorial display section TT1 by using the plurality of notice icons. Further, according to this effect example, a plurality of notice icons can be stocked. Further, in this example of performance, the swordsman's notice icon I62 and the chance up notice icon I63 have different triggers for stocking, and therefore, the contents of production until stocking are different.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 64(p), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the first decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 1-decoration C-decoration 6", and the result of the display is off. Is confirmed. Further, also in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in a combination of decorative symbols of "decoration 1-decoration C-decoration 6".

Then, when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, the hold icon h11 is moved and displayed by the moving animation as shown in FIG. 64(q), and is displayed at the display position of the first hold icon h11. The suspended icon is placed on the pedestal on which the variable icon is displayed to become the variable icon h0. Further, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L shown in FIG. 64(q), the variable display of the first decorative symbol is started, and in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is started. To be done.

Then, as shown in FIG. 65(a) following FIG. 64(q), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the decorative symbol of “decoration 2” is stopped in each of the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c. It is displayed and the reach state is formed.

After that, the swordsman's notice icon I62 starts swinging at the timing shown in FIG. 65(b). At this time, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the effect display displayed in accordance with the swing of the swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed on the right side of the swordsman's notice icon I62 in addition to the character display portion of the tutorial display section TT1. In some cases, it can be noted that the chance-up notice icon I63 is stocked in addition to the explanation display.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 65(c), the first decorative symbol display device 208L shows that the swinging swordsman's notice icon I62 has moved upward and is being digested. At this time, the speaker 120 outputs a sound “paquin” to notify that the notice icon has been consumed. In this example of performance, the overlapping state of the swordsman's notice icon I62 on the tutorial display section TT1 is eliminated, but the chance-up notice icon I63 is still overlapping the tutorial display section TT1. Further, when the swordsman's notification icon I62 is consumed, a predetermined effect display is displayed around the swordsman's notification icon I62 to make the swordsman's notification icon I62 stand out. As shown, this effect display is on the tutorial display section TT1 and the chance-up notice icon I63, and it may be possible to draw attention to the explanation display and the chance-up notice icon I63.

At the timing shown in FIG. 65(d), the first decorative symbol display device 208L performs a display notifying that the swordsman reach will develop. At this time, the first decorative symbol displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is displayed small above the third decorative symbol display device 208N.

Then, as shown in FIG. 65(e), the light emitting means corresponding to the light guide plate emits light to form a pattern imitating an effect image. Here, the pattern formed on the light guide plate overlaps the tutorial display section TT1, and the explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 may be difficult to visually recognize. In addition, the pattern formed on this light guide plate also overlaps with the chance-up notice icon I63 that was not digested by the time the super-reach (swordsman reach) transitioned, and the chance-up notice icon I63 was displayed. May be difficult to see. That is, in the effect example shown in FIG. 65(e), a part of the explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 is hidden by the pattern formed on the light guide plate and the chance-up notice icon I63. There is. Here, since a predetermined space is provided between the light guide plate and the decorative pattern display device, it is possible to avoid the overlap due to the pattern formed on the light guide plate depending on the position viewed by the player. In some cases, it may be possible to make the advance notice icon I63 of the chance up easily visible.

FIG. 65(f) shows that a swordsman reach is being performed. That is, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the second decorative symbol display device 208M, and the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the background display is changed from the background of the castle town to the background dedicated to Swordsman Reach, and the second decorative symbol display. In the stage name display portion ST1 of the device 208M, the characters "Swordsman Reach" are displayed. Then, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, an animation of a duel scene is being performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 65(f), a state in which the lord's character and the swordsman character confront each other is displayed. In the swordsman reach, the UI part is framed out downward, and therefore the display position of the change icon h0 is moved downward, but the advance notice icon I63 of chance up is not affected by it, and the display position is Not changed.

In FIG. 65(g), the animation of the duel scene continues, and at the timing shown in FIG. 65(h), the button image 136a is displayed together with the button reception time meter on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. .. At this time, the chance button lamp 138 emits light in a light emission mode (for example, red light emission) indicating that it is in the operation acceptance state. Here, the chance-up notice icon I63 starts oscillating, which fuels an expectation as to whether or not the chance-up notice icon I63 is consumed. At this time, the effect display is performed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L in accordance with the swing of the advance icon I63 of the chance up.

Thereafter, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 65(i), as shown in FIG. 65(j), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the player goes up with "Iku". The cut-in image (first cut-in image) to which the character display of “ze” is added is displayed so as to be superimposed on the animation display of the duel scene.

Then, as shown in FIG. 65(k), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the swinging chance up notice icon I63 is moved upward and is being digested.

Then, as shown in FIG. 65(l), the second cut-in image in which the display image extends in the upper right direction is displayed in a superimposed manner on the first cut-in image due to the difference in the angle of the lord's face, and the big hit. Has been informed that the reliability of That is, it is shown that the notice by the cut-in image is ranked up by digesting the notice icon I63 of the chance up. The first cut-in image may be deleted when the second cut-in image is displayed, that is, the first cut-in image may be replaced with the second cut-in image for display. May be. Further, when another notice icon is stocked when the second cut-in image is displayed, the second cut-in image may be overlapped with the stocked notice icon. , The second cut-in image may be overlapped with the stocked notice icon, or the second cut-in image may not be overlapped with the stocked notice icon, The second cut-in image may not be overlapped with the stocked notice icon. In the embodiment described so far and the embodiment described below, the timing at which the digested notice icon is erased is the same as the timing at which execution of the effect corresponding to the notice icon is started. It may be the timing before the execution of the effect corresponding to the notice icon is started, or the timing after the execution of the effect corresponding to the notice icon is started. Further, in this effect example, the notice icon overlaps with the tutorial display section TT1 when the tutorial display section TT1 is displayed, but is displayed when the tutorial display section TT1 is not displayed. However, they do not overlap. That is, the stocked notice icon has a predetermined area to be displayed and may overlap with another image at one trigger, but may not overlap with another image at one trigger. You can When the chance-up notice icon I63 is used for promotion of the button display shown in FIG. 65(h), the notice icon is consumed and disappeared before the start of the cut-in display which is another promotion target. It may or may not disappear.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 65(m), the main character wins over the enemy swordsman, and in FIG. 65(n), both the first decorative pattern and the second decorative pattern are "decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2". The combination of the decorative patterns is derived and the fluctuation of the swing is started.

After that, when the variation time of the special figure 1 elapses, at the timing shown in FIG. 65(o), the first decorative symbol displayed on the third decorative symbol display device 208N is displayed as “decoration 2” on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. -Decoration 2-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed with a combination of decorative patterns, and the jackpot display result is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. Further, also on the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2".

FIG. 66 is a diagram showing, in stages, another example of the notice icon increase effect applicable to the present embodiment. In FIG. 66, after the notice icon is displayed on the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the third decorative symbol display device 208N is slid so that the displayed notice icon is conveyed to the stock position. It shows how they are doing.

As shown in FIG. 66(a1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a UI section is arranged at the lower part of the display screen, and in this UI section, the variable icon h0 is placed on the pedestal. The hold icon display area in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed is formed on the left side of the variable icon h0. At the timing shown in FIG. 66(a1), since two variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, two suspension icons h11 and h12 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0 and the first hold icon h11 of the two hold icons are in the default display mode, but the second hold icon h12 is displayed in the prefetch advance notice display mode. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the stage name display portion ST1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 66(a1), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

In the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the treasure chest image TR is displayed above the display screen, and as will be described later, an effect display in which the notice icon appears from the treasure chest image TR may be displayed. In addition, in this effect example, the tutorial display section TT1 is arranged below the third decorative symbol display device 208N, and is displayed as "The notice icon is exhausted...". Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

Further, the family crest actor 224E described above is arranged below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and the above-mentioned Yatsushiro actor 224Fa and general actor 224Fb are disposed above the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Has been done.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 66(a2), in the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the lid of the treasure chest image TR is opened, and the bomb icon I61 is shown protruding downward from the inside. In the tutorial display section TT1, the explanation display has been changed from "Due to the announcement of the notice icon..." to "Swordsman is Lord's nemesis." The timing of changing the explanation display on the tutorial display unit TT1 may be the same as the timing at which the bomb icon I61 pops out from the treasure chest image TR, or may be the timing before the timing at which the bomb icon I61 pops out from the treasure chest image TR. It may be present, or it may be a timing later than the timing at which the bomb icon I61 pops out from the treasure chest image TR.

Then, as shown in FIG. 66(a3), the bomb icon I6 that pops out of the treasure chest image TR bursts. This burst effect display overlaps the front side of the tutorial display section TT1, and it may be difficult to visually recognize at least a part of the characters displayed on the tutorial display section TT1. Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 66(a4), the exploded bomb icon I61 changes to the swordsman's notice icon I62. At this time, since the swordsman's notice icon I62 overlaps the front side of the tutorial display section TT1, at least a part of the characters displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 may be difficult to see. Then, when the swordsman's notice icon I62 appears, the speaker 120 outputs a voice "PAKINE" to notify that effect, indicating that the swordsman's notice icon I62 is stocked.

Then, as shown in FIG. 66(a5), the third decorative symbol display device 208N slides leftward along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 66(a6), the third decorative symbol display device 208N heads toward the initial position so that the display of the swordsman's notice icon I62 is maintained on the display coordinates on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Slide to the right. That is, an aspect as if the notice icon I62 of the swordsman is not moving at a certain position on the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208L (that is, the notice icon I62 of the swordsman is placed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. The swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed while moving the third decorative symbol display device 208N in a manner (as if going forward). At the timing shown in FIG. 66(a6), the state in which the swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed across the third decorative symbol display device 208N and the first decorative symbol display device 208L is shown. When the swordsman's notice icon I62 completely moves from the third decorative symbol display device 208N to the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the overlap of the swordsman's notice icon I62 on the tutorial display portion TT1 is eliminated. Even after that, the third decorative symbol display device 208N continues to slide rightward toward the initial position and returns to the initial position as shown in FIG. 66(a7).

Next, with reference to FIGS. 66(b1) to 66(b8), another example of the notice icon increasing effect performed across a plurality of decorative symbol display devices will be described.

As shown in FIG. 66(b1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a UI unit is arranged at the bottom of the display screen, and in this UI unit, the variable icon h0 is placed on the pedestal. The hold icon display area in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed is formed on the left side of the variable icon h0. At the timing shown in FIG. 66(b1), since two variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, two suspension icons h11 and h12 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0 and the first hold icon h11 of the two hold icons are in the default display mode, but the second hold icon h12 is displayed in the prefetch advance notice display mode. In addition, in this example of production, the tutorial display section TT1 is arranged in the lower right portion of the first decorative pattern display device 208L, and "Swordsman is the Lord's nemesis enemy" is displayed as the explanation display. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the stage name display portion ST1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 66(b1), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

In the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the treasure box image TR is displayed below the display screen, and an effect display in which the notice icon appears from the treasure box image TR may be displayed. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

Further, the family crest actor 224E described above is arranged below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and the above-mentioned Yatsushiro actor 224Fa and general actor 224Fb are disposed above the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Has been done.

As shown in FIG. 66(b2), in the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the lid of the treasure chest image TR is opened, and the bomb icon I61 is projected upward from the inside.

Then, as shown in FIG. 66(b3), the bomb icon I6 jumping out of the treasure box image TR is changed to the enlarged swordsman notice icon I62, and thereafter, as shown in FIG. 66(b4). Is erased. At this time, the speaker 120 outputs a sound "PAKINE" for notifying that, and notifies that the swordsman's notice icon I62 is stocked. The timing of voice output from the speaker 120 may be the same as the timing of changing from the bomb icon I6 to the swordsman's notice icon I62, or more than the timing of changing from the bomb icon I6 to the swordsman's notice icon I62. It may be the previous timing, the timing later than the timing of changing from the bomb icon I6 to the swordsman's notice icon I62, or the timing before the treasure chest image TR is erased. The timing may be the same as the timing when the treasure chest image TR is erased, or may be the timing after the treasure chest image TR is erased.

Then, as shown in FIG. 66(b5), the third decorative symbol display device 208N slides leftward along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. At this time, the lower end portion of the third decorative symbol display device 208N overlaps with the UI portion on the front surface side of the tutorial display portion TT1 displayed in the lower right portion of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. At this time, in the third decorative symbol display device 208N, as shown in FIG. 66(b5), the portion overlapping the UI portion displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is displayed, and the tutorial display portion TT1 is not displayed. Therefore, the tutorial display section TT1 displayed on the first decorative pattern display device 208L is overlapped by the third decorative pattern display device 208N, so that at least a part of the characters displayed on the tutorial display part TT1 is difficult to see. May be

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 66(b6), the third decorative symbol display device 208N is heading toward the initial position so that the display of the swordsman's notice icon I62 is maintained on the display coordinates on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Slide to the right. That is, an aspect as if the notice icon I62 of the swordsman is not moving at a certain position on the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208L (that is, the notice icon I62 of the swordsman is placed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. The swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed while moving the third decorative symbol display device 208N in a manner (as if going forward). At the timing shown in FIG. 66(b6), the state in which the swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed across the third decorative symbol display device 208N and the first decorative symbol display device 208L is shown. Even after that, the third decorative symbol display device 208N continues to slide rightward toward the initial position and returns to the initial position as shown in FIG. 66(b7). When the third decorative symbol display device 208N returns to the initial position, the overlap by the third decorative symbol display device 208N on the tutorial display portion TT1 displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 108L is eliminated, and the player is The explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 may be easily visible.

Then, as shown in FIG. 66(b8), the swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed in a reduced size while being arranged at a position overlapping the left end of the tutorial display section TT1. Then, the speaker 120 outputs a voice "Paquine" to notify that the swordsman's notice icon I62 has been stocked. In this way, since the swordsman's notice icon I62 is arranged at a position overlapping the front side of the tutorial display section TT1, at least a part of the characters displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 may be difficult to see.

In addition, in this effect example, as shown in FIG. 66(b5′), for example, as shown in FIG. 66(b5′), the heights of the lower edges of the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N are at least the first decorative symbol display device. If the tutorial display section TT1 displayed on 208L is set higher than the displayed position, even if the third decorative symbol display device 208N slides and overlaps the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the tutorial display section TT1 is displayed. On the other hand, since it is possible to create a state in which they do not overlap, for example, the third decorative symbol display device 208N displaying the notice icon is in the vicinity of the tutorial display part TT1 displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Since the slide movement is performed with, the effect by the third decorative symbol display device 208N may be viewed while visually checking the display state of the tutorial display section TT1.

In the effect example shown in FIG. 66, when the notice icon is displayed in the tutorial display section TT1, after the third decorative symbol display device 208N is slid, the notice icon is displayed as the third decorative symbol display device 208N. May be overlapped with each other, and an effect display may be performed in which the notice icon displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is moved to the third decorative symbol display device 208N and carried. As a result, when the notice icon is carried by the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the overlapping state of the notice icon on the tutorial display section TT1 is resolved, and the explanation display may be easily visible.

FIG. 67 is a diagram showing, in stages, another example of the notice icon increasing effect applicable to the present embodiment. In FIG. 67, the tutorial display unit TT1 is normally framed out, and when the explanation display is performed, it is shown that the tutorial display unit TT1 is framed in from below.

As shown in FIG. 67(a1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a UI unit is arranged at the lower part of the display screen, and in this UI unit, the variable icon h0 is placed on the pedestal. In this mode, a hold icon display area in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed is formed on the left side of the variable icon h0. At the timing shown in FIG. 67(a1), since three variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, three suspension icons h11, h12, and h13 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0, the first hold icon h11, and the second hold icon h12 are all in the default display mode, but the third hold icon h13 is displayed in the read-ahead notice display mode. There is. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the stage name display portion ST1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 67(a1), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

In the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the appearance of the lord's character on the stage is shown. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

Further, the family crest actor 224E described above is disposed below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and above the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the above-mentioned Yashiro actor 224Fa and general actors 224Fb. Are arranged. At the timing shown in FIG. 67(a1), the tutorial display portion TT1 is not displayed on any of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the second decorative symbol display device 208M, and the third decorative symbol display device 208N. ..

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 67(a2), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the frame-in of the tutorial display unit TT1 is started from below the right frame of the display screen, and then shown in FIG. 67(a3). The tutorial display section TT1 is arranged at a predetermined display position at a timing, and “Torama is Yatsushiro Shogun” is displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 at a timing shown in FIG. 67(a4).

After that, when the display by the tutorial display section TT1 is performed for a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds), the tutorial display section TT1 moves downward as shown in FIGS. 67(a5) to (a6), and the first decorative pattern. Frame out from the display device 208L. The explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 may be erased before the frame-out animation is started, may be erased at the timing when the frame-out animation is started, or may be frame-out. It may be deleted at a timing after the animation starts, or may be displayed until the frame out of the tutorial display section TT1 is completed.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 67(a7), for example, after the swordsman's notice icon I62 is stocked in the manner described above with reference to FIGS. As shown, the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 by the lord's character ends.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 67(a9), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the frame-in by the tutorial display unit TT1 is restarted from below the right frame of the display screen, and then in FIG. 67(a10). At the timing shown, the tutorial display section TT1 is arranged at a predetermined display position. At this time, the tutorial display section TT1 is arranged on the back side of the stocked swordsman's notice icon I62, and as a result, is overlapped with the swordsman's notice icon I62.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 67(a11), the tutorial display section TT1 displays the explanation display "Due to the notice icon being exhausted..." Therefore, at least a part of the explanation display is hidden, which makes it difficult to see.

After that, when the display by the tutorial display section TT1 is performed for a predetermined time, an animation in which the tutorial display section TT1 is framed out starts, and thereafter, as shown in FIG. The overlap condition with TT1 is eliminated. If the explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 is maintained until the tutorial display section TT1 is framed out, the explanation display may be easily visible due to the elimination of the overlap state. Then, as shown in FIG. 67(a13), when the tutorial display unit TT1 completely frames out from the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the frame-out animation ends.

Further, also in this effect example, as shown in FIG. 67(b1) to FIG. 67(b2), even if the notice icon is consumed and rises during the period in which the tutorial display section TT1 is displayed, the notice icon is used. The overlapped state on the tutorial display section TT1 is eliminated. 67(b1) to FIG. 67(b2) are the same as those shown in FIG. 62(p) to FIG. 62(q), and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 68 is a diagram showing, in stages, another effect example of the notice icon increasing effect applicable to the present embodiment. In FIG. 68, in addition to the tutorial display on the tutorial display section TT1, the tutorial display is also shown in the character dialogue production.

As shown in FIG. 68(a1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a UI unit is arranged at the lower part of the display screen, and in this UI unit, the variable icon h0 is placed on the pedestal. The hold icon display area in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed is formed on the left side of the variable icon h0. At the timing shown in FIG. 68(a1), since three variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, three suspension icons h11, h12, h13 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0, the first hold icon h11, and the second hold icon h12 are all in the default display mode, but the third hold icon h13 is displayed in the read-ahead notice display mode. There is. In addition, a tutorial display section TT1 is arranged on the right side of the variation icon h0, and the tutorial display section TT1 shown in FIG. 68(a1) indicates that “Dono is the Yatsushiro Shogun”. In this rendering example, the tutorial display section TT1 may be referred to as a first tutorial display section. Furthermore, in this example of performance, a balloon portion TT2 as a second tutorial display portion (explanation display portion) is displayed on the left side of the display screen of the first decorative pattern display device 208L together with the princess Chibi character CH1. The princess Chibi character CH1 and the balloon portion TT2 are displays that may be displayed when a conversation effect (or a dialogue effect) is performed, such as a tutorial display (explanation display) or a notice display. At the timing shown in FIG. 68(a1), the balloon section TT2 displays the explanation that “gold is hotter than red”, and the explanation about the advance notice to be given in the pachinko machine 100 is given. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed. The blowing portion TT2 may overlap the first decorative pattern in some cases, but may be arranged at a position where they do not overlap. Further, the hold icon is not displayed in the balloon section TT2 or the balloon section TT3 described later. Further, the same display as the display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 is not displayed on the balloon sections TT2 and TT3. Further, the tutorial display section TT1 may have a larger display area or a smaller display area than the balloon sections TT2 and TT3. In the tutorial display section TT1, the font of characters may be larger or smaller than that of the balloon sections TT2 and TT3. Also, the fonts may be the same or different between the tutorial display section TT1 and the balloon sections TT2 and TT3. Although the balloons TT2 and TT3 may overlap with the decorative pattern, the decorative pattern is configured not to overlap in the display area for performing other description display, but may overlap. In the tutorial display section TT1, the frequency of explanation display may be lower or higher than that in the balloon sections TT2 and TT3. Further, both the tutorial display section TT1 and the balloon sections TT2 and TT3 may be display areas partitioned by lines, or one or both of them may be display areas not partitioned by lines.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the stage name display portion ST1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 68(a1), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

In the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the appearance of the lord's character on the stage is shown. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

Further, the family crest actor 224E described above is disposed below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and above the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the above-mentioned Yashiro actor 224Fa and general actors 224Fb. Are arranged.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 68(a2), the balloon portion TT2 is erased together with the Chibihime character CH. Further, the decorative pattern is still in variable display. Thus, unlike the tutorial display section TT1, the balloon section TT2 is configured not to be displayed across a plurality of symbol variable displays. The balloon section TT2 may also be configured to be able to be displayed across a plurality of symbol variable displays.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 68(a3), the first decorative symbol display device 208L displays the first decorative symbol as a stop in the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 3-decoration 4-decoration 1", and the result of the display is off. Is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is also deleted. Further, also in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 3-decoration 4-decoration 1". The tutorial display section TT1 still displays "Tonosama is the Yatsushiro Shogun".

Then, when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 68(a4), the hold icons h11, h12, h13 are moved and displayed by the moving animation, respectively, and the first hold icon h11 is displayed. The hold icon at the display position of is placed on the pedestal on which the change icon is displayed to be the change icon h0, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 is the first hold icon h11. , The hold icon at the display position of the third hold icon h13 becomes the second hold icon h12, and moves to the corresponding pedestal. Further, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L shown in FIG. 68(a4), the variable display of the first decorative symbol is started, and in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is started. To be done. In the tutorial display section TT1, the text "Tonosama is Yatsushiro Shogun" is still displayed. In this way, the explanation display on the tutorial display unit TT1 may be performed across a plurality of symbol variable displays.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 68(a5), in the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 by the lord's character is started, and the state that the lord's character tries to throw the bomb icon I61 is shown. Has been done. On the other hand, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the Chibihime character CH1 is displayed again together with the balloon portion TT2 on the left side of the display screen, and the conversation effect is started. At the timing shown in FIG. 68(a5), an explanation display "Swordsman reach is hot" is displayed in the balloon portion TT2, and an explanation regarding a specific super reach is given. The timing at which the balloon portion TT2 is displayed may be the timing before the throwing animation is started, the timing at which the throwing animation is started, or the timing after the throwing animation is started. It may be.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 68(a6), the appearance of the lord's character throwing the bomb icon I61 is shown. Further, as shown in FIG. 68(a6), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a balloon portion TT3 as a third tutorial display portion (explanation display portion) is displayed on the right side of the display screen together with the grandfather character GY1. ing. The grandfather character GY1 and the balloon portion TT3 are displays that may be displayed when a conversation effect (or dialogue effect) is performed, and a tutorial display (description display), a notice display, or the like is performed. At the timing shown in FIG. 68(a6), an explanation display "When pandas intrude" is displayed in the balloon section TT3, and the notice effect is explained. Here, the blowing portion TT3 overlaps on the front surface side of the first decorative pattern, but may be arranged at a position that does not overlap. The timing at which the balloon portion TT3 is displayed may be the same as the timing at which the lord's character throws the bomb icon I61, or the timing before the timing at which the lord's character throws the bomb icon I61. Alternatively, the timing may be later than the timing at which the lord's character throws the bomb icon I61. Further, the conversation effect by the princess Chibi character CH1 and the grandfather character GY1 may be performed by operating the effect button 136.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 68(a7), the bomb icon I61 is displayed so as to move from the third decorative symbol display device 208N to the first decorative symbol display device 208L. At this time, in the tutorial display section TT1, what was displayed as "The Lord is Yatsushiro Shogun" is changed to "Due to the notice icon being exhausted...". Here, at the timing shown in FIG. 68(a7), the bomb icon I61 is at a position overlapping the front side of the balloon TT3, and it may be difficult to visually recognize at least a part of the characters displayed in the balloon TT3. Therefore, it may be possible to make it easier for the player to draw attention to the display of the balloon TT3 and the bomb icon I61. The timing at which the explanation display in the tutorial display section TT1 is changed may be the same as the timing at which the bomb icon I61 overlaps the front side of the balloon section TT3, or the bomb icon I61 overlaps at the front side of the balloon section TT3. The timing may be earlier than the timing or may be later than the timing when the bomb icon I61 overlaps with the front surface side of the balloon portion TT3.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 68(a8), the bomb icon I61 thrown by the lord's character bursts. At this time, the effect image indicating that the bomb icon I61 has exploded may be located at a position overlapping the front side of the balloon TT3, and at least a part of the characters displayed in the balloon TT3 may be difficult to visually recognize.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 68(a9), the exploded bomb icon I61 changes to the swordsman's notice icon I62. At this time, the swordsman's notice icon I62 may be located at a position overlapping the front side of the balloon TT3, and at least part of the characters displayed in the balloon TT3 may be difficult to see. Further, when the swordsman's notice icon I62 appears, the speaker 120 outputs a sound "Don" to inform that effect. As described above, in this effect example, there is a case where only one of the two displayed conversation effect displays (the speech balloon TT2 and the speech balloon TT3) is overlapped by another image. It is configured.

Then, as shown in FIG. 68(a10), the notice icon I62 of the swordsman is reduced and displayed, and is arranged at a position overlapping the left end portion of the tutorial display portion TT1. Then, the speaker 120 outputs a voice "Paquine" to inform that the swordsman's notice icon I62 has been stocked. At this time, the swordsman notice icon I62 overlaps at a position overlapping the front side of the tutorial display section TT1. As described above, the swordsman's notice icon I62 may overlap with the plurality of display parts (the tutorial display part TT1 and the balloon part TT3) on which the explanation is displayed.

68(a1) to FIG. 68(a10), an explanation display (tutorial display) for explaining the effect is displayed in the balloon (the balloon section TT2 and the balloon section TT3) displayed together with the character. However, for example, as shown in FIG. 68(b), the display mode of the balloon TT2 is changed (for example, the background color of the balloon TT2 is changed to red), and the word "intense heat" is displayed. In some cases, such as displaying, a notice display or a prefetch notice display in the symbol variation display may be performed.

68(c1) to 68(c3) show another example of the contents displayed in the tutorial display section TT1.

As shown in FIG. 68(c1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the decorative symbol of “decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display region 208a and the right symbol display region 208c, respectively, and the reach state is formed. It is shown that the swordsman's notice icon I62 has started rocking. Further, in the tutorial display section TT1, the explanation display "Panda is master of lord" is displayed.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 68(c2), the first decorative symbol display device 208L shows that the swinging swordsman's notice icon I62 has moved upward and is being digested. Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 68(c3), the display on the tutorial display section TT1 has been changed from "Panda is Master of the Lord" to "Development into Swordsman Reach", and an explanation display of the event that will occur (live commentary) Is displayed). With such a configuration, the player may be able to easily understand what happens when the swordsman's notice icon I62 is digested. Note that at the timing of FIG. 68(c3), the speaker 120 outputs the sound of “paquine” to notify that the notice icon has been consumed.

In addition, in the above-described production example, the tutorial display unit TT1 has been described as having a function of performing an explanation display of the production, but, for example, as shown in FIG. 68(d), the display mode of the tutorial display unit TT1 is changed. While changing (for example, making the background color of the tutorial display section TT1 red) and displaying the character "intense heat", a notice display or a look-ahead notice display in the symbol variation display may be performed. Good.

FIG. 69 is a diagram showing, in stages, another effect example of the notice icon increasing effect applicable to the present embodiment. In FIG. 69, the UI section is displayed with the variable icon display area, the hold icon display area, the tutorial display section TT4, and the stage name display section ST2 being integrally displayed on the lower portion of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Has been done. Further, when the notice icon is stocked, it is shown that the explanation display in the tutorial display section TT4 or the stage name display section ST2 is erased. Even in this example of performance, when the super reach is reached, the UI portion is framed out below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, but is displayed without being framed out even when the super reach is reached. You can leave it alone.

As shown in FIG. 69(a1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a UI portion surrounded by a rectangular frame is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. The UI section shown in FIG. 69(a1) has a hold icon display area formed in the center thereof. The hold icon display area is divided into four frames, and one hold icon is displayed in each frame. Further, a variable icon display area is formed in the upper center of the UI section, and the variable icon is displayed in such a manner that it is placed on the frame formed by the UI section. Note that at the timing shown in FIG. 69(a1), since two variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, two suspension icons h11 and h12 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0 and the two hold icons h11 and h12 have default display modes. A tutorial display section TT4 as an explanation display section is arranged on the right side of the hold icon display area, and a stage name display section ST2 is arranged on the left side of the hold icon display area. Since the functional configurations of the tutorial display section TT4 and the stage name display section ST2 are the same as those of the tutorial display section TT1 and the stage name display section ST1 described above, description thereof will be omitted here. Note that the tutorial display section TT4 shown in FIG. 69(a1) displays “Due to the notice icon being exhausted... ”, and the stage name display section ST2 displays “Castle town stage”. It is reported that the current stage is a castle town. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed on the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M.

The third decorative symbol display device 208N shows that the lord's character is on the stage, and performs various actions according to the progress of the game. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

Also, below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the above-mentioned family crest actor 224E is arranged, and above the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the above-mentioned Yatsushiro actor 224Fa and the general actor symbol. 224Fb is arranged.

Subsequently, at the timing shown in FIG. 69(a2), when the game ball wins the first special figure starting port 230, the third hold icon (third hold icon h13 of FIG. 1) is displayed in the hold icon display area. ) Is displayed to notify that the number of holdings has become three. Here, the third hold is hold of the variable display of symbols that is the target of prefetching. In this effect example, the third hold icon h13 is displayed not in the default display mode but in the display mode of the prefetching notice (for example, the display mode with a blue circle).

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 69(a3), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the first decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 3-decoration 4-decoration 1", and the result of the display is off. Is confirmed. At this time, the variable icon h0 is not erased, but it may be erased. Further, also in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 3-decoration 4-decoration 1".

Thereafter, the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 is started, and as shown in FIG. 69(a4), the throwing animation is performed in the third decorative symbol display device 208N. This throwing animation is the same as the throwing animation shown in FIGS. 62(e) to 62(k) and described above.

In FIG. 69(a5), after the bomb icon I61 thrown by the lord's character ruptures, the blasted bomb icon I61 changes to the princess's notice icon I64, and while being reduced, it moves to the stage name display portion ST2. 69(a5), although it overlaps with the stage name display portion ST2 at the timing shown in FIG. 69(a5), it does not reach the predetermined display position (stock position). .. In this case, since the princess's notice icon I64 is not yet displayed on the stage name display portion ST2, the explanation display of the "castle town stage" is displayed, and at least a part of the princess' notice icon I64 is displayed. It is difficult to see. Note that the explanation display may be erased before the notice icon overlaps the stage name display portion ST2. Further, in the case of the notice icon related to the notice icon pattern CS (see FIG. 64), the explanation display is erased based on the opportunity of acquisition of the notice icon, such as the explanation display being erased before overlapping with the stage name display portion ST2. May be configured so that the timing of erasing is different. The throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 may be an animation in which the bomb icon moves to the stage name display section. Further, a pattern (so-called gasse) in which the notice icon is not acquired may be provided after the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61. For example, the bomb icon I61 may not pass through the stage name display portion ST2 and the notice icon may not be acquired. In this case, the explanation display may not be erased even when the bomb icon I61 overlaps with the stage name display portion ST2 (that is, in the case of a gasse pattern, the explanation display is not erased. In the true pattern in which the notice icon is obtained, for example, the explanation display may be erased when the bomb icon I61 overlaps the stage name display portion ST2. When the UI part is hidden during the darkening effect, at least part of the process from the start of the bomb icon throwing animation to the acquisition of the notice icon and the gasse are executed when the darkening effect is being executed. Specifically, when the darkening effect starts after the bomb icon I61 throwing animation is started, and the darkening effect ends and the UI unit is redisplayed, a notice is given. It may be configured such that the icon is acquired (a state where the explanation display is disappeared from a state where the explanation display is displayed), in which case at least one of sound and lamp effect is performed. It may be in a state of being performed, or in a state of not performing both.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 69(a6), when the princess notice icon I64 is displayed at a predetermined display position on the stage name display portion ST2, the “castle town” that has been displayed until now on the stage name display portion ST2. The explanation display of “Stage” is deleted, and it functions as an area for displaying the notice icon. Therefore, the characters "STOCK" are displayed above the stage name display portion ST2. That is, according to this effect example, when the notice icon is stocked in the stage name display portion ST2, the stage name is not displayed. Note that the scene in which the notice icon is consumed and the execution of the above-described darkening effect may be configured to overlap. Further, when the notice icon is acquired, the movable means (for example, the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the third decorative symbol display device 208N, or the like) moves, so that the movable means acquires the notice icon. Or configured to overlap with at least a part of the already-obtained notice icons (at least one notice icon among a plurality of notice icons, or a part of one notice icon, etc.) You may. Further, the movable means is moved for at least a part of the period from the start to the end of the bomb icon I61 throwing animation, and at least part of the explanation display is overlapped by the movable means. Good. That is, the visibility of the explanation display may be changed by the movable means before the notice icon is displayed, and the visibility of the explanation display may be changed by the notice icon after the notice icon is displayed.

After that, when the variation time of the special figure 1 has elapsed, at the timing shown in FIG. 69(a7), the first decorative pattern is the decorative pattern of "decoration 6-decoration 2-decoration 2" in the first decorative symbol display device 208L. The combination is stopped and displayed, and the display result of the deviation is confirmed. Further, also in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the second decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the combination of the decorative symbols "decoration 6-decoration 2-decoration 2".

Then, when the symbol variation in the first special figure display device 212 is started, as shown in FIG. 69(a8), the hold icons h11 and h12 are moved and displayed by a moving animation, respectively, and the first hold icon h11 is displayed. The hold icon at the position becomes the change icon h0 in the change icon display area, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h12 becomes the first hold icon h11. Further, in the first decorative symbol display device 208L shown in FIG. 69(a8), the variable display of the first decorative symbol is started, and in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is started. To be done. Further, in this effect example, as shown in FIG. 69(a8), the stage is changed at the same time as the variable display of the decorative pattern is started, and the background display is changed from the castle town to the coast. That is, in this example of performance, the stage can be changed even when the stage name display portion ST2 is in the non-display state, and when the stage name display portion ST2 is in the non-display state, the stage name after the change is displayed. No display is made. When the stage is changed, the changed stage name may be displayed for a predetermined time on the stage name display portion ST2, and then the stage name may be deleted and the notice icon may be displayed.

FIG. 69(a9) shows that five notice icons are stocked. That is, up to three notice icons can be displayed on the stage name display portion ST2, but when the fourth notice icon is stocked, it is also displayed on the tutorial display portion TT4. In this case, the explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT4 is erased, and it functions as an area for displaying the notice icon exclusively. That is, according to this effect example, when the notice icon is stocked in the tutorial display section TT4, the tutorial display (explanation display) is not performed. In the first decorative pattern display device 208L shown in FIG. 69(a9), the princess notice icon I64 and the two pseudo-repeated notice icons I65 are first stocked in the stage name display portion ST2, and then the tutorial display portion is displayed. In TT4, a swordsman notice icon I62 and a chance up notice icon I63 are stocked.

In this example of performance, when the notice icons are sequentially consumed from the left side, for example, an animation for changing the display position of the notice icons other than the digested notice icons may be performed. Specifically, for example, in the case shown in FIG. 69(a9), when the princess's notice icon I64 is exhausted, the two pseudo-repeated notice icons I65 move to the left one by one, and the tutorial display The swordsman notice icon I62 displayed on the left side of the section TT4 moves to the rightmost side of the stage name display section ST2, and the chance up notice icon I63 displayed on the tutorial display section TT4 moves to the left side. To do. When the notice icon displayed on the tutorial display section TT4 moves to the stage name display section ST2, it may be moved momentarily so as not to affect the visibility of other displays.

Then, when all the notice icons displayed on the tutorial display section TT4 have been consumed, the explanation display is resumed on the tutorial display section TT4 and all the notice icons displayed on the stage name display section ST2 have been consumed. In this case, the display of the stage name is restarted on the stage name display portion ST2. The explanation display and the display of the stage name may not be restarted. The restart of the explanation display may be restarted within the same variable display as the symbol variable display in which the notice icon has been exhausted (for example, restarted after the super reach). Further, when the explanation display is restarted, the exact same display may be restarted, or the display may be restarted from a different portion of the telop type (scroll type) display.

Further, the type of the notice icon displayed on the tutorial display section TT4 and the type of the notice icon displayed on the stage name display section ST2 may be predetermined. In this case, when the notice icon is consumed, other notice icons may not be moved.

The execution time of the animation for changing the display position of the notice icon may be the same as the execution time of the moving animation of the hold icon, may be shorter than the execution time of the moving animation of the hold icon, or may be It may be longer than the execution time of the moving animation of the icon.

Also, in this example of performance, when the notice icon is stocked, it is first stocked in the stage name display section ST2, and when the number of stocked icons is three, the notice icon to be stocked after that is displayed in the tutorial display section. Although it is configured that up to 3 more can be stocked in TT4, if the number of stocks in the tutorial display section TT4 is first 3 and the number of stocks becomes 3, the notice icon to be stocked after that is further 3 in the stage name display section ST2. It may be configured such that up to three can be stocked.

Further, in this example of performance, before the notice icon completely fits in the stage name display portion ST2 or the tutorial display portion TT4 (a part of the notice icon is displayed in a part of the stage name display portion ST2 or the tutorial display portion TT4. In the (state), the explanation display may or may not be displayed. Immediately after the notice icon is completely set in the stage name display portion ST2 or the tutorial display portion TT4, the explanation display may or may not be displayed. Immediately after the notice icon has begun to move upward when the notice icon is consumed, the explanation display may or may not be displayed. Further, the explanation display is displayed before the notice icon completely fits in the stage name display portion ST2 and the tutorial display portion TT4, and immediately after the notice icon starts moving upward, the explanation display is displayed. You may not be allowed to.

Further, in this example of production, the above-mentioned one shown in FIG. 62 is referred to as an example of the throwing animation, but it goes without saying that it is also possible to combine the modes shown in other figures.

Further, in the embodiments described above and the embodiments described below, for example, there may be a display area dedicated to the notice icon to be consumed, such as the variable icon display area.

Further, the notice icons do not have to be displayed in the order in which they are digested. For example, a plurality of notice icons are digested in a toothless manner, and other notice icons may be moved so as to be filled in the empty space. You don't have to move.

In addition, a so-called MAX8 machine (8 which can be divided into a first special prize winning opening and a second special prize winning opening per starting opening, and which can hold eight symbol variation displays in a normal gaming state (8 (In some cases, it is called a maintenance order machine), the hold icon display area has a display area for four reservations in advance, and when the number of reservations reaches four, the display area expands to five. It may be enlarged or expanded to eight. At this time, for example, the enlarged hold icon display area may be displayed in the tutorial display area TT4 or the stage name display portion ST2, and the explanation display may be hidden.

FIG. 69(b1) to FIG. 69(b2) show a situation where the stocked notice icon is consumed.

As shown in FIG. 69(b1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a chance-up notice icon I63 is displayed in the stage name display portion ST2. Both the first decorative pattern and the second decorative pattern are being variably displayed.

Then, after that, at a timing when the chance-up notice icon I63 is consumed, as shown in FIG. 68(b2), the chance-up notice icon I63 moves upward. In this example of performance, even when the chance-up notice icon I63 moves from the display position in the stage name display portion ST2, at least a part of the notice icon overlaps the stage name display portion ST2, the explanation display is displayed. The display of stage names has not been resumed. The same applies to the tutorial display section TT4. The display of the stage name may be restarted immediately after the advance notice icon moves from the display position on the stage name display portion ST2.

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing, in stages, another effect example according to the present embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 70(a1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a UI unit is arranged at the lower part of the display screen, and in this UI unit, the variable icon h0 is placed on the pedestal. The hold icon display area in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed is formed on the left side of the variable icon h0. At the timing shown in FIG. 70(a1), since two variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, two suspension icons h11 and h12 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0 and the first hold icon h11 are both in the default display mode, but the second hold icon h12 is displayed in the read-ahead notice display mode. Further, a tutorial display section TT1 is arranged on the right side of the variation icon h0, and the tutorial display section TT1 shown in FIG. 70(a1) displays “Due to the announcement of the notice icon... ”. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the stage name display portion ST1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 70(a1), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

In the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the appearance of the lord's character on the stage is shown. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

Further, the family crest actor 224E described above is disposed below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and above the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the above-mentioned Yashiro actor 224Fa and general actors 224Fb. Are arranged.

70(a1) to 70(a3) show how the display mode of the UI unit changes depending on the stage.

FIG. 70(a1) shows a state of the castle town stage. Note that the display mode of this castle town stage is the same as the mode shown in FIG.

FIG. 70(a2) shows a state of the space stage. The first decorative symbol display device 208L on the space stage is different from the castle town stage described above in that the UI portion is formed on the lower left side of the display screen. That is, in the UI section on the space stage, the variation icon display area is arranged in the lower center of the display screen, and the variation icon h0 is displayed on the pedestal, and the hold icon is displayed on the left side of the variation icon display area. The area and the tutorial display area TT1 are arranged side by side vertically. The display position of the stocked notice icon is the same as the display position of the notice icon on the castle town stage shown in FIG. 62 and described above. The hold icon display area has a display mode in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 70(a2), since three variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, three suspension icons h11, h12, h13 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. In addition, the display mode of the fluctuation icon h0 and the hold icons h11, h12, and h13 on the space stage is a pentagon, unlike the display modes of the change icon and the hold icon on the castle town stage, and in the default display mode, for example, The white pentagonal display mode, and the look-ahead notice display mode is, for example, a blue pentagonal display mode. At the timing shown in FIG. 70(a2), the variable icon h0, the first hold icon h11, and the second hold icon h12 are in the default display mode, and the third hold icon h13 is the display mode of the prefetch notice. Is becoming In the tutorial display area TT1 arranged below the hold icon display area, "Panda is master of lord" is displayed. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed. As described above, since the display position of the notice icon and the display position of the tutorial display area TT1 are different on the space stage, the tutorial display area TT1 is not overlapped by the notice icon.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed on the upper part of the display screen.

The third decorative symbol display device 208N shows that the lord's character is on the stage, and performs various actions according to the progress of the game. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

FIG. 70(a3) shows a state immediately after shifting from another stage to the castle town stage. As shown in FIG. 70(a3), in the tutorial display area TT1, the explanation display is hidden immediately after shifting to the castle town stage, and remains hidden until a new explanation display is performed. To be done. As shown in FIG. 70(a3), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the swordsman's notice icon I62 overlaps the tutorial display area TT1 in the non-display state. Note that the explanation display may be displayed in the tutorial display area TT1 immediately after the stage transition. Further, when the tutorial display area TT1 is hidden in a certain stage (for example, a castle town stage), if the stage is moved to another stage (for example, a space stage), an explanation is displayed in the tutorial display area TT1 in the stage after the transition. May be displayed.

70(b1) to 70(b2) show that the tutorial display area TT1 is arranged in the third decorative pattern display device 208N and the tutorial display area TT1 is deleted when the notice icon is stocked. Has been done.

As shown in FIG. 70(b1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a UI section is arranged at the lower part of the display screen, and in this UI section, the variable icon h0 is placed on the pedestal. The hold icon display area in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed is formed on the left side of the variable icon h0. At the timing shown in FIG. 70(b1), since two variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, two suspension icons h11 and h12 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0 and the first hold icon h11 of the two hold icons are in the default display mode, but the second hold icon h12 is displayed in the prefetch advance notice display mode. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the stage name display portion ST1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 70(b1), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

In the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the tutorial display section TT1 is arranged below the display screen and is displayed as "Due to the announcement of the notice icon...". Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

In such a configuration, for example, as shown in FIG. 70(b2), when the button icon IBT is stocked, it is displayed on the third decorative symbol display device 208N, but in this case, the third The tutorial display section TT1 displayed on the decorative pattern display device 208N is deleted. Here, a plurality of button icons IBT can be stocked, and, for example, are icons that preliminarily notify the number of times of the effect of operating a button during a specific effect, and for example, the number of times of the button operation effect is high. It can be said that the higher the reliability of the big hit is, that is, the larger the stock number of the button icon IBT is, the more the big hit is likely to occur.

As described above, according to this effect example, when the notice icon is displayed, it can be said that another display is sacrificed.

71. FIG. 71 is a diagram showing, in stages, another example of the notice icon increase effect applicable to the present embodiment. FIG. 71 shows another example of the effect using the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 by the character of the lord.

FIGS. 71(a1) to 71(a6) show how the notice icon already stocked changes due to the throwing animation.

As shown in FIG. 71(a1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, a UI unit is arranged at the lower part of the display screen, and in this UI unit, the variable icon h0 is placed on the pedestal. In this case, a hold icon display area in which four pedestals are arranged so that four hold icons can be displayed is formed on the left side of the variable icon h0. At the timing shown in FIG. 71(a1), since two variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, two suspension icons h11 and h12 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0 and the first hold icon h11 are both in the default display mode, but the second hold icon h12 is displayed in the read-ahead notice display mode. In addition, a tutorial display section TT1 is arranged on the right side of the variation icon h0, and the tutorial display section TT1 shown in FIG. 71(a1) displays that "Dendai is Yatsushiro Shogun". Further, as shown in FIG. 71(a1), the notice icon I66 of Hatena is displayed (stock) so as to overlap the front side of the tutorial display section TT1. Hatena's notice icon I66 is an icon that may change to another notice icon before the timing to be digested, but it does not change to another notice icon and nothing happens even if it is digested, so-called gasse. May also function as a notice icon. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the stage name display portion ST1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 71(a1), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

In the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the appearance of the lord's character on the stage is shown. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

Further, the family crest actor 224E described above is disposed below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and above the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the above-mentioned Yashiro actor 224Fa and general actors 224Fb. Are arranged.

After that, as shown in FIG. 71(a2), in the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 by the lord's character is started, and the state that the lord's character tries to throw the bomb icon I61 is shown. Has been done.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 71(a3), a state in which the lord's character has thrown the bomb icon I61 is shown.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 71(a4), the bomb icon I61 is displayed so as to move from the third decorative symbol display device 208N to the first decorative symbol display device 208L. At this time, in the tutorial display section TT1, what was displayed as "The Lord is Yatsushiro Shogun" is changed to "Due to the notice icon being exhausted...".

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 71(a5), the bomb icon I61 thrown by the lord's character reaches the notice icon I66 of Hatena and explodes. At this time, an effect image indicating that the bomb icon I61 has exploded overlaps the front side of the Hatena's notice icon I66, and at least part of the Hatena's notice icon I66 is difficult to visually recognize. The size of the effect image of the exploded bomb icon I61 is such that it at least covers the notice icon I66 of Hatena. That is, the effect image is applied only to the notice icon that is the change target.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 71(a6), the effect image of the exploded bomb icon I61 is erased, and Hatena's notice icon I66 is changed to a swordsman's notice icon I62. Then, the speaker 120 outputs the sound "Paquine" to notify that the Hatena's notice icon I66 has been changed to the swordsman's notice icon I62. At this time, since the swordsman's notice icon I62 overlaps at a position overlapping the front side of the tutorial display section TT1, at least a part of the explanation display of the tutorial display section TT1 may be difficult to view. Further, in the tutorial display portion TT1 shown in FIG. 71(a6), what was displayed as "Due to the notice icon being exhausted..." is changed to "Swordsman is the Lord's nemesis." The timing of changing the explanation display of the tutorial display section TT1 may be the same as the timing at which the display of the swordsman's notice icon I62 is started, or may be changed from the timing at which the display of the swordsman's notice icon I62 is started. May be before the timing, or may be after the timing when the display of the swordsman's notice icon I62 is started. In this way, it can be said that a part of the stock effect of the notice item is the same as at least a part of the change effect of the notice icon that has been stocked.

FIGS. 71(b1) to 71(b3) show how the notice icon already stocked changes due to the throwing animation. 71(b1) is the same as FIG. 71(a4), and FIG. 71(b3) is the same as FIG. 71(a6), and therefore description of these drawings will be omitted. In the tutorial display portion TT1 in FIG. 71(b3), "Due to completion of notice icon..." is displayed.

After the effect shown in FIG. 71(b1) is performed, as shown in FIG. 71(b2), the bomb icon I61 thrown by the lord's character reaches the notice icon I66 of Hatena and bursts. At this time, an effect image showing that the bomb icon I61 has exploded is displayed overlapping the front surface of the tutorial display section TT1 so as to cover substantially the entire tutorial display section TT1. As a result, at least a part of Hatena's notice icon I66 and the tutorial display portion TT1 are difficult to see, and the overlapping range is larger than the effect image shown in FIG. 71(a5). When a plurality of notice icons are stocked, they may be overlapped with all the notice icons. In this way, it can be said that a part of the stock effect of the notice item is the same as at least a part of the change effect of the notice icon that has been stocked.

FIG. 71(c1) to FIG. 71(c3) show that the notice icon already stocked changes due to the throwing animation. 71(c1) is the same as FIG. 71(b1), and FIG. 71(c2) is the same as FIG. 71(b2), and therefore description of these drawings will be omitted.

After the bomb icon I61 bursts at the timing shown in FIG. 71(c2), as shown in FIG. 71(c3), the effect image of the exploded bomb icon I61 is erased, and Hatena's notice icon I66 informs the swordsman. The icon I62 and the chance up notice icon I63 have changed. That is, one notice icon is changed to two notice icons. In other words, it can be said that the change of the notice icon and the stock of the new notice icon are simultaneously performed by one throwing animation. In this way, it can be said that part of the stock production of the notice item is the same as at least part of the production of changing the stocked notice icon and stocking the new notice icon.

71(d1) to 71(d3) show how the display mode of the hold icon changes due to the throwing animation. Since FIG. 71(d1) is the same as FIG. 71(a4), description of this drawing is omitted.

After the effect shown in FIG. 71(d1) is performed, as shown in FIG. 71(d2), the bomb icon I61 thrown by the lord's character becomes the second hold icon h12 which is the display mode of the prefetching notice. Reach and burst. At this time, the effect image showing that the bomb icon I61 has exploded overlaps the front side of the second holding icon h12, and at least a part of the second holding icon h12 is difficult to visually recognize. The size of the effect image of the exploded bomb icon I61 is such that it at least covers the second hold icon h12. That is, the effect image is applied only to the hold icon that is the change target.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 71(d3), the effect image of the exploded bomb icon I61 is erased, and the display mode of the second hold icon h12 changes (for example, from the blue display mode to the red display mode). )doing. Then, the speaker 120 outputs a sound "Pong" to notify that the display mode of the hold icon h12 has changed. In this way, it can be said that a part of the stock effect of the notice item is the same as at least a part of the change effect of the display mode of the hold icon.

As described above, in the effect example shown in FIG. 71, at least a part of the animation when the notice icon is acquired is the same as a part of the other animation. For example, when the display is performed across a plurality of decorative symbol display devices (for example, the first decorative symbol display device 208L and the third decorative symbol display device 208N), a certain decorative symbol display device (for example, the third decorative symbol) The same applies to the animation performed on the display device 208N).

FIG. 72 is a diagram showing, in stages, another effect example of the notice icon increasing effect applicable to the present embodiment.

FIG. 72(a1) to FIG. 72(a7) show that a specific notice icon has been stocked, and by displaying that fact, notification that the mission has been accomplished is shown. Since FIG. 72(a1) to FIG. 72(a3) are the same as FIG. 62(h) to FIG. 62(j), description of these drawings will be omitted.

After the effect shown in FIG. 72(a3) is performed, as shown in FIG. 72(a4), the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 by the lord's character ends. Further, as shown in FIG. 72(a4), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, an achievement display unit KM1 as an explanation display unit for notifying that a specific effect has been performed is provided above the tutorial display unit TT1. It is displayed. The achievement display section KM1 displays "Swordsman Stock", which indicates that the swordsman notice icon I62 has been stocked. That is, when a mission to acquire the swordsman's notice icon I62 is imposed, and if the swordsman's notice icon I62 is stocked, the fact is displayed in the achievement display section KM1 to notify the achievement of the mission. be able to. Alternatively, for example, the achievement display section KM1 is displayed in order to explicitly notify that the swordsman's notification icon I62 for predicting that a performance with an extremely high expectation for a big hit will be performed. Good. The timing at which the achievement display section KM1 is displayed may be the same as the end of the throwing animation, the timing before the end of the throwing animation, or the time after the end of the throwing animation. It may be timing. Since the achievement display section KM1 is displayed in the vicinity of the stocked swordsman's notice icon I62, the achievement display section KM1 may be noticeable in some cases. The notice icon to be stocked may be displayed so as to overlap the achievement display section KM1.

Then, as shown in FIG. 72(a5), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, "decoration C" as the notice icon symbol CS is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and "decoration 1-decoration C-decoration" The temporary stop display is made by the combination of the decorative patterns of "6". The variable icon h0 is erased here, but may be displayed.

As described above, when the notice icon pattern CS is derived and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, as shown in FIGS. 72(a6) to (a7), the notice icon I63 of the chance up from the notice icon pattern CS is displayed. It jumps out toward the display position to the right of the swordsman's notice icon I62 in the tutorial display section TT1. At the timing shown in FIG. 72(a6), the chance-up notice icon I63 overlaps with the front side of the achievement display section KM1, making at least a part of the explanation display on the achievement display section KM1 difficult to see.

In this example of performance, for example, when the display position of the notice icon is preset according to the type of the notice icon when the notice icon is stocked, the achievement display unit KM1 is determined according to the type of the notice icon to be consumed. May be eliminated. Further, for example, when a plurality of notice icons are stocked and the notice icons are exhausted to move the remaining notice icons to be arranged at predetermined intervals, among the notice icons, When the predetermined number of notice icons have been consumed, the overlap of the notice icons with the achievement display portion KM1 may be eliminated.

In FIG. 72(b1) to FIG. 72(b3), for example, an example of an operation mode of the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N that operates when developing into a super reach or when a big hit occurs It is shown.

FIG. 72(b1) shows a state where super reach is being performed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 72(b1), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the background screen of super reach is displayed, and the variable icon h0 is displayed in the lower center of the display screen. .. As described above, the UI unit is framed out downward during super reach. Therefore, the display position of the variable icon h0 is lower than that when the UI unit is displayed. In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed on the upper part of the display screen. In the third decorative symbol display device 208N, while the variable display of the first decorative symbol is being performed above the display screen, the second reserved number display of special diagrams 1 and 2 and the special symbols 1 and 2 of FIG. The fourth symbol is also displayed.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 72(b2), the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N slide along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208L toward each other. Moving. At this time, for example, when the tutorial display unit TT1 is displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L, at least a part of the second decorative symbol display device 208M or the third decorative symbol display device 208N is overlapped. There are cases. According to this, due to a phenomenon in which the decorative symbol display device hides the movable operation and the explanation display, it may be possible to draw attention to the explanation display while giving a sense of expectation for a big hit.

Then, as shown in FIG. 72(b3), the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N which are close to each other are integrally formed along the display surface of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. It rotates 90 degrees clockwise. In addition, the variable icon h0 displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is displayed on the left end portion of the display screen across the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N, and has a rectangular shape. The image in which the character "Holiday" is given in the frame is also displayed across the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208N. Further, in the third decorative symbol display portion 208N, in the lower right corner of the display screen, the second reserved number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are displayed. Further, as shown in FIG. 72(b3), the family crest accessory 224E disposed below the first decorative symbol display device 208L moves upward and overlies the lower center of the third decorative symbol display device 208N. The wrapping is performed, and the Yashiro actor 224Fa and the general officer 224Fb, which are arranged above the first decorative symbol display device 208L, move downward and overlap the upper end portion of the second decorative symbol display device 208M. At this time, for example, when the tutorial display unit TT1 is displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L, at least a part of the second decorative symbol display device 208M or the third decorative symbol display device 208N is overlapped. There are cases. In addition, when the tutorial display portion TT1 is displayed on the second decorative symbol display device 208M, it may be overlapped with the Yatsushiro character 224Fa or the general character 224Fb. Further, when the tutorial display section TT1 is displayed on the third decorative symbol display device 208N, it may be overlapped with the family crest monument 224E. According to this, due to the phenomenon in which the decorative pattern display device and the movable effect by the effect movable body and the explanation display are hidden, it may be possible to make the explanation display pay attention while having an expectation for the big hit.

In FIG. 72(c1) to FIG. 72(c4), in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the button image 136a is constantly or at least displayed for a certain period of time, and the display state of the button image 136a is changed, whereby the effect button 136 is displayed. It is shown that the state is notified.

FIG. 72(c1) shows the animation of the duel scene in Swordsman Reach. FIG. 72(c1) corresponds to FIG. 63(d), but the stage name display portion ST1 is displayed in the upper left corner of the first decorative symbol display device 208L instead of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, The difference is that the button image 136a is constantly or at least displayed for a certain period below the second decorative pattern display device 208M. The button image 136a displayed on the second decorative symbol display device 208M is displayed in the normal state (default display state).

In FIG. 72(c2), the animation of the duel scene continues, and at the timing shown in FIG. 72(c2), the second decorative symbol display device 208L displays a button reception time meter and a button image. The display mode of 136a is displayed in a display mode that prompts the player to press the effect button 136. This display notifies that the acceptance of the operation of the effect button 136 has been started, and prompts the player to operate the effect button 136. At this time, the chance button lamp 138 built in the effect button 136 emits light in a light emission mode (for example, light emission in red) indicating that it is in the operation acceptance state.

Thereafter, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 72(c3), as shown in FIG. 72(c4), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, "I'm going with the rise of the lord". The cut-in image to which the character display "" is added is displayed overlaid on the animation display of the duel scene. On the other hand, in the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the button image 136a is changed to the default display mode, assuming that the operation valid period of the effect button 136 has ended. In this effect example, with the above-described configuration, for example, when the operation of the above-described button notice icon (first button notice icon I4 or second button notice icon I11) is enabled, as described above. In some cases, the player can be prompted to operate the effect button 136.

FIG. 72D shows an example of the notice icon applicable in this embodiment. For example, in addition to Hatena's notice icon I66, pseudo-reminder icon I65, chance up notice icon I63, princess notice icon I64, swordsman notice icon I62, pending promotion notice icon I67, chance eye notice icon I68. , Panda notice icon I69 is prepared. Here, the hold promotion notice icon I67 is an icon for giving a notice that the display mode of the hold icon or the variable icon will be changed to a display mode with higher reliability for the big hit when it is consumed. Further, the pseudo-reminder icon is an icon for notifying that the pseudo-representative effect will be performed when it is consumed. Further, the chance eye notice icon I68 is an icon for notifying that the chance chance will be derived as a result of displaying the decorative pattern, when the notice icon I68 is consumed. Also, the princess's notice icon is an icon for notifying that the player will move to the look-ahead zone when digested. Further, the panda notice icon I69 is an icon for notifying that a panda invasion will be performed when it is digested, and that it will always be a big hit (success).

FIG. 73 is a diagram for explaining the relationship between the notice icon and the tutorial display.

FIG. 73(a1) to FIG. 73(a7) show that the explanation display (for example, “Swordsman is Lord's nemesis” display) displayed in the tutorial display section TT1 is scroll-displayed. The left side of the tutorial display area TT1 shown in FIG. 73 is overlapped with the swordsman notice icon I62.

FIG. 73(a1) shows a state before the scroll display of the explanation display is started.

Then, as shown in FIG. 73(a2), when the scrolling of the explanation display is started, the display “Swordsman is the Lord's nemesis” scrolls in sequentially from the right side of the tutorial display section TT1. At the timing shown in Fig. 73(a2), only the "Swordsman is" portion is scrolled in, and at the timing shown in Fig. 73(a3), only the "Swordsman is your lord" portion is scrolled in. There is. In these cases, since neither character overlaps the swordsman's notice icon I62, the explanation display may be clearly recognizable in some cases.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 73(a4), the entire character "Swordsman is the Lord's nemesis" is displayed. In this case, at least a part of the character “Swordsman” is overlapped with the notification icon I62 of the swordsman, and at least a part of the explanation display is in a visually difficult state.

At the timing shown in FIG. 73(a5), the "Swordsman" part scrolls out from the left side of the tutorial display part TT1, and the "I'm Lord's nemesis" part is displayed in the tutorial display part TT1. .. In this case, at least a part of the word "Tonosama" overlaps the swordsman's notice icon I62, and at least a part of the explanation display is in a visually difficult state.

At the timing shown in FIG. 73(a6), the "Swordsman is the Lord" scrolls out from the left side of the tutorial display section TT1, and the "Nemesis" section is displayed in the tutorial display section TT1. .. In this case, at least a part of the character "I'm a nemesis" overlaps the swordsman's notice icon I62, and at least a part of the explanation display is in a visually difficult state.

Subsequently, at the timing shown in FIG. 73(a7), the scroll of the explanation display ends. As described above, in this example of performance, the characters overlapped by the notice icon are continuously changed by scrolling the explanation display. Further, scrolling of the explanation display causes a period in which the notice display overlaps with the notice icon and a period in which the explanation display does not overlap. Note that when the explanation display is scrolled repeatedly, these periods also occur repeatedly.

FIGS. 73(b1) to 73(b7) show that in the tutorial display section TT1, while the scrolling display of the explanation display (for example, “Swordsman is the Lord's nemesis”) is displayed in the tutorial display section TT1. A state in which a display (for example, a notice display of "intense heat") is performed is shown. 73(b1) to FIG. 73(b3), FIG. 73(b6) to FIG. 73(b7), and FIG. 73(a1) to FIG. 73(a3) and FIG. Since it is the same as FIG. (a7), detailed description is omitted.

After the explanation display is performed in the mode shown in FIG. 73(b3), the preview display is displayed in the tutorial display section TT1 as shown in FIGS. 73(b4) to 73(b5). As the notice display, the background color of the tutorial display section TT1 is set to red, and the character "intense heat" is displayed. During the notice display, the scroll display of the explanation display is interrupted. For example, the above-mentioned notice display may be overlapped with the explanation display to make the explanation display difficult to see, or the scroll display of the explanation display may be switched to the notice display.

Then, when the notice display is finished, the scroll display of the explanation display is restarted as shown in FIG. 73(b6). The scroll display of the explanation display is in progress in the background even while the notice display is being performed, and the display mode of the explanation display when the explanation display is restarted is the display after the progress in the background. It is a mode. The display mode of the explanation display when the display of the explanation display is restarted may be the display mode at the time of interruption. Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 73(b7), the scroll display of the explanation display ends. Although the notice display is described as an example in which the scroll display of the explanation display is interrupted and displayed, the scroll display of the explanation display may be interrupted by a display other than the notice display.

FIG. 73(c1) to FIG. 73(c5) are explanatory views (for example, “Swordsman is the Lord's nemesis” display) displayed in the tutorial display section TT1 when multiple notice icons are stocked. During the display, it is shown that other notice icons move as part of the notice icons are exhausted.

In FIG. 73(c1), the chance-up notice icon I63 that is the first notice icon to be digested and the swordsman notice icon I62 that is the second notice icon to be digested are the chance-up notice icon I63. , Which are arranged side by side on the right side of, and show that the swordsman's notice icon I62 overlaps on the left side of the tutorial display section TT1. Therefore, a part of the explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 is in a visually difficult state.

Then, as shown in FIG. 73(c2), when the notice icon I63 for increasing the chance is consumed, as shown in FIGS. 73(c3) to (c5), the notice icon I62 for the swordsman increases the chance. The notice icon moving animation of moving to the position where the notice icon I63 of was displayed. As a result, after the overlap range of the swordsman's notice icon I62 with respect to the tutorial display section TT1 changes continuously, the overlap state is released, and the explanation display displayed on the tutorial display section TT1 is easy to see. May be. That is, in this effect example, the notice icon may or may not overlap the tutorial display section TT1 depending on the number of the notice icons stocked. When the explanation display is scroll-displayed in the tutorial display section TT1, the movement display of the notice icon in the movement animation of the notice icon and the scroll display of the explanation display may overlap with each other.

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing, in stages, another example of the notice icon increase effect that can be applied to the present embodiment. In the effect example shown in FIG. 74, when the notice icon is stocked, the stocked notice icon is enlarged and displayed.

As shown in FIG. 74(a), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the UI unit UI1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In this UI unit UI1, a hold icon display area in which four hold icons can be displayed in a rectangular display frame is formed on the left side, and four notice icons are displayed in a rectangular display frame on the upper right side. The notice icon display area that can be displayed in is displayed in the upper right, and the tutorial display area TT5 is formed below the notice icon display area. The variable icon display area is displayed above the UI unit UI1 and at a position close to the hold icon display area. More specifically, the variable icon display area is arranged above the display frame in which the first hold icon h11 is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 74(a), since three variable displays of Toku-zu 1 are suspended, three suspension icons h11, h12, h13 are displayed in the suspension icon display area. The variable icon h0, the first hold icon h11, and the second hold icon h12 are all in the default display mode, but the third hold icon h13 is displayed in the read-ahead notice display mode. There is. Further, in the tutorial display section TT5 shown in FIG. 74(a), "Tonosama is Yatsushiro Shogun" is displayed. Further, in the notice icon display area shown in FIG. 74(a), two pseudo-repeated notice icons I65 are stocked, and both of them are in the normal display mode (in this example of presentation, the "first display mode"). In some cases.) is displayed. In the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the variable display of the first decorative symbol is performed. Here, since the notice icon in the normal display mode displayed in the notice icon display area is located apart from the display area of the decorative design, it is not overlapped with the decorative design, and the decorative design is also included. Do not overlap. The notice icon in the normal display mode may overlap the decorative design, or the decorative design may overlap.

In the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the stage name display portion ST1 is arranged at the bottom of the display screen. In the stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 74(a), "Castle town" is displayed, and it is notified that the current stage is the castle town. In addition, a button image 136a is displayed above the stage name display portion ST1 in a default display mode, and the display mode is changed when the operation of the effect button 136 is instructed. It should be noted that this button image 136a may be displayed all the time or may be displayed for a period of time. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208M, the variable display of the second decorative symbol is performed.

The third decorative symbol display device 208N shows that the lord's character is on the stage, and performs various actions according to the progress of the game. Further, in the upper part of the display screen of the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the second hold number display of special figure 1 and special figure 2 and the fourth symbol of special figure 1 and special figure 2 are also displayed.

Also, below the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the above-mentioned family crest actor 224E is arranged, and above the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the above-mentioned Yatsushiro actor 224Fa and the general actor symbol. 224Fb is arranged.

Then, as shown in FIG. 74(b), in the third decorative symbol display device 208N, the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 by the lord's character is started, and the state that the lord's character tries to throw the bomb icon I61 is shown. Has been done.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(c), the appearance of the lord's character throwing the bomb icon I61 is shown.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(d), the bomb icon I61 is displayed so as to move from the third decorative symbol display device 208N to the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Although the bomb icon I61 overlaps the decorative pattern that is being variably displayed, the bomb icon I61 may overlap the decorative pattern that is being variably displayed.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 74(e), the bomb icon I61 thrown by the lord's character reaches the display frame where the third notice icon in the notice icon display area is stocked and explodes. At this time, the effect image showing that the bomb icon I61 bursts overlaps the display frame in which the third notice icon in the notice icon display area is stocked, and the third notice icon in the notice icon display area is stocked. At least a part of the displayed frame is difficult to see. The size of the effect image of the exploded bomb icon I61 is such that it at least covers the display frame in which the third notice icon in the notice icon display area is stocked. As a result, a notice is given that the third notice icon will be stocked. In the example shown in FIG. 74(e), the effect image of the bomb icon I61 is adjacent to part of the character display displayed in the tutorial display section TT5 or the display frame of the suspended display area in which the bomb icon I61 has exploded. When the display frame and the notice icon are stocked in this display frame, they overlap the notice icon.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(f), the effect image of the exploded bomb icon I61 expands, and the display mode changes to a flame effect EF1 that covers the entire UI unit UI1 with a flame. Therefore, the change icon h0, the hold icons h11, h12, h13, and the tutorial display unit TT5 are difficult to be visually recognized together with the notice icon displayed on the UI unit UI1. At this time, the UI unit UI1 may be in a non-display state, or the UI unit UI1 may be displayed and the entire UI unit UI1 may be overlapped by the flame effect EF1. Further, the flame effect EF1 may cover only a part of the UI part UI1 and make at least part of the change icon h0, the hold icons h11, h12, h13 and the tutorial display part TT5 visible, or the notice icon display area. Only visible may be difficult.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 74(g), the notice icon enlargement animation is started on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. That is, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(g), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the notice icon display frame YF formed by extracting the notice icon display area formed in the UI unit UI1 is a flame effect. A state of appearing from inside EF1 is displayed. At this time, in the notice icon display frame YF, the two pseudo-repeated notice icons I65 are displayed in the display frame in which the first notice icon is stocked and the display frame in which the second notice icon is stocked. A swordsman's notice icon I62 is newly displayed in the display frame in which the third notice icon is stocked to inform that the swordsman's notice icon I62 has been stocked. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(g), the notice icon display frame YF is displayed larger than the notice icon display area formed in the UI portion UI1, and the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display frame YF is , Are displayed enlarged in accordance with the size of the notice icon display frame YF with respect to the normal display mode. This may allow the player to easily recognize that the swordsman's notice icon I62 has been stocked.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(h), the notice icon display frame YF moves toward the center of the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208L and is further enlarged and displayed to display the first notice. Part of the left side of the display frame where the icons are stocked and part of the right side of the display frame where the fourth notice icon is stocked are displayed so as to be outside the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. It Further, the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display frame YF are also enlarged and displayed according to the size of the notice icon display frame YF. As a result, it is difficult to visually recognize at least part of the pseudo-repeating notice icon I65 displayed in the display frame in which the first notice icon is stocked. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(h), the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208 overlap the front side of the left and right end portions of the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208, respectively. Therefore, part of the notice icon display frame YF displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is more difficult to visually recognize. That is, it can be said that at least a part of the pseudo-repeating notice icon I65 displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is overlapped by the second decorative symbol display device 208M and is difficult to visually recognize. Further, since the notice icon display frame YF is displayed so as to overlap at least a part of the decorative pattern that is being displayed in a variable manner, it may be easier to understand that the notice icon is stocked. In other words, it can be said that the enlarged and displayed notice icon may overlap the decorative pattern. Note that the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display frame YF may be displayed so as to overlap the decorative pattern. Further, in this example of performance, when the effect of stocking the notice icon is performed, the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display frame is displayed with priority over other displays (for example, notice display) (overlap). However, the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display frame may be overlapped with another notice display.

Thereafter, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(i), the notice icon display frame YF is enlarged to the maximum size, and the notice icon enlargement animation ends. A display frame in which the third notice icon in which the notice icon I62 of the swordsman is displayed is stocked is displayed at approximately the center of the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. Further, the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display frame YF is also enlarged and displayed up to the maximum size. That is, the stocked swordsman's notice icon I62 and the already-stocked pseudo-reminder icon I65 are displayed in an enlarged display mode having a larger size than the normal display mode (first display mode). Second display mode"). At this time, part of the display frame where the second notice icon adjacent to the display frame where the third notice icon is stocked and part of the display frame where the fourth notice icon is stocked are , Each of which is displayed outside the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. This makes it difficult to visually recognize at least a part of the pseudo-announcement icon I65 displayed in the display frame in which the second notice icon is stocked. Furthermore, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(i), the second decorative symbol display device 208M and the third decorative symbol display device 208 overlap the front side of the left and right end portions of the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208, respectively. Therefore, part of the notice icon display frame YF displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is more difficult to visually recognize. That is, at least a part of the pseudo-repeating notice icon I65 in the display frame in which the second notice icon displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208L is stocked is overlapped by the second decorative symbol display device 208M, and is visually recognized. It can be said that it is difficult. In other words, it can be said that a part of the pseudo-repeated notice icon I65 which has already been stocked can be visually recognized in the state where the third notice icon is in the enlarged display mode. Note that the display frame in which the first notice icon is stocked is entirely outside the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and thus is displayed in the display frame in which the first notice icon is stocked. The pseudo-reminder icon I65 that is present is hidden.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 74(j), the notice icon reduction animation is started on the first decorative symbol display device 208L. That is, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(j), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the notice icon display frame YF is reduced and the notice icon display area formed in the UI unit UI1 is displayed. The display is moving toward you. Further, the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display frame YF are also reduced in size according to the size of the notice icon display frame YF. At this time, the entire display frame in which the second notice icon is stocked is completely displayed within the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L. That is, the pseudo-repeated notice icon I65 displayed in the display frame in which the second notice icon is stocked is completely displayed and is in a state where it is easy to view. Further, a part of the display frame in which the first notice icon is stocked is in the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and the pseudo link is displayed in the display frame in which the first notice icon is stocked. A part of the notice icon I65 is made visible. That is, in this effect example, the notice icon outside the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L is gradually visible in the notice icon reduction animation. In other words, it can be said that the number of visible notice icons is increasing due to the notice icon reduction animation.

Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 74(k), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the reduction animation of the notice icon display frame YF continues. That is, at the timing shown in FIG. 74(k), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the notice icon display frame YF is further reduced and at the position where the notice icon display area formed in the UI unit UI1 is displayed. The display is moving toward you. Further, the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display frame YF are also reduced in size according to the size of the notice icon display frame YF. At this time, the notice icon display frame YF is entirely within the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, and the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display frame YF (two pseudo consecutive notice icons I65 and The swordsman's notice icon I62) is all visible. That is, it can be said that the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display frame YF are displayed in an enlarged manner with respect to the normal display mode, but all of them are visible.

Thereafter, the notice icon reduction animation ends at the timing shown in FIG. 74(l). That is, as shown in FIG. 74(l), in the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the notice icon display frame YF is deleted, and at the same time, the flame effect EF1 overlapping the notice icon display frame YF is also deleted. , The UI unit UI1 is displayed again. At this time, in the notice icon display area, in addition to the two pseudo-reminder icons I65, a state in which a swordsman notice icon I62 is stocked is shown. Also, in the tutorial display section TT5, what was displayed as "The Lord is the Yatsushiro Shogun" has been changed to "Panda is the Master of the Lord". Here, the flame effect EF1 may be deleted after the notice icon display frame YF is deleted, or the notice icon display frame YF may be deleted after the flame effect EF1 is deleted. The icon display frame YF and the flame effect EF1 may be deleted at the same time. Further, the display change of the tutorial display section TT5 may be at the timing before the flame effect EF1 is erased or at the timing after the flame effect EF1 is erased. The display of the tutorial display section TT5 may not be changed. Further, the variable icon or the hold icon may be displayed at a timing between the timing shown in FIG. 74(k) and the timing shown in FIG. 74(l). In this case, it may be configured such that an increase in the number of holdings is reflected firmly.

It should be noted that, in this effect example, the case where the third notice icon is stocked has been described. Since the display frame in which the first notice icon in the notice icon display frame YF is stocked is the center of the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the left end portion of the notice icon display frame YF is visible, In the area on the left side of the left end of the notice icon display frame YF in the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the background display appears. Further, in this case, since there is no notice icon outside the display area of the first decorative symbol display device 208L, the notice icon that is difficult to visually recognize does not occur.

Further, in this effect example, when the notice icon is stocked, the notice icon enlargement animation and the notice icon reduction animation are performed to produce the notice icon stock. For example, the flame effect EF1 is displayed. 74(i), the preview icon display frame YF may be displayed as shown in FIG. 74(i) without performing the preview icon expansion animation. After the display as shown in i), the UI part UI1 is displayed as shown in FIG. 74(l) without passing through the notice icon reduction animation, and the notice icon stocked this time is added to the hold icon display area. It may be displayed by displaying.

Further, in this effect example, the stocked notice icon is displayed in the normal display mode by the reduction animation after being enlarged and displayed, but, for example, the notice icon is consumed in the enlarged display state. In some cases, the notice icon may be consumed without being displayed in the normal display mode.

In addition, in this example, when the notice icon is stocked, the notice icon expansion animation is performed to enlarge the notice icon that has been stocked, but when the notice icon is consumed, the procedure described above is used. The notice icon to be consumed may be enlarged and displayed (displayed in the second display mode) and then may be digested, or the notice icon may be enlarged and displayed (displayed in the second display mode) when digested. You may do it.

Further, in this example of performance, a part of the notice icon enlarged animation performed when the notice icon is stocked may be canceled due to the stocking. For example, in the stock of the notice icon by the action of the character (for example, the throwing animation of the bomb icon I61 by the lord's character, etc.), if it is performed immediately before the stop display of the decorative pattern, a part is canceled (for example, the latter half part). May be canceled), or, for example, in the stock of the notice icon due to the stop of the special symbol such as the pseudo continuous symbol, it may not be canceled.

Further, the enlarged display mode may be different depending on the number of the notice icons already stocked or the number of the notice icons stocked. Also, the enlarged display mode may be the same regardless of the number of the notice icons.

In addition, when the number of holdings increases while the notice icon is being enlarged, the effect image is displayed, the LED (for example, the LED provided at the starting opening) blinks, and the effect sound is output. And so on. This may be performed, for example, at the time of increasing the number of holdings to be prefetched at the time of starting winning. Further, even if the notice icon is enlarged and the holding is increased, the effect image is displayed, the LED (for example, the LED provided at the starting port) is blinked, and the effect sound is output. The display mode of the hold icon may be changed after completion of the enlarged display of the notice icon, etc. by doing so, and by doing so, the player becomes aware of the change of the display mode of the hold icon. Sometimes it can be easier.

Further, when the notice icon is enlarged, the variable icon and the hold icon may also be enlarged. In this case, the hold increase animation may not be performed if the hold increases during the enlarged display of the notice icon.

Further, in the above description, when the notice icon is composed of characters (for example, “chance”, “heat”, “SP”, “pseudo-ren” etc.), it may be referred to as a notice text.

In the above description,
"Image display means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
Symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display [eg, first special symbol display device 212, second special symbol display device 214, decorative symbol display device 208, etc.],
A notice means capable of executing a plurality of types of notices [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, a speaker 120, a shielding device 246, a performance movable body 224, various lamps 418, a game board lamp 532, a game underframe lamp 542, etc.] ,
A gaming machine equipped with
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a hold display [for example, a hold icon or the like],
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of notice icons,
The hold display is a display displayed in a hold display area [for example, a hold icon display area 281, a hold icon display area 281, a variable icon display area 280, etc. of the special figure 1] in the image display means,
The hold display is a display according to the number of operations of the symbol variable display (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) [for example, in the holding icon display area 281 of special figure 1]. , The number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of special figure 1 is held is displayed, etc.],
The symbol variation display is a display that can be started when the hold is exhausted,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in the notice icon display area [for example, the notice icon display area 285 or the like] of the image display means,
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold display,
The notice icon display area is an area different from the hold display area,
The notice icon display area is an area in which one or a plurality of notice icons can be displayed [for example, the notice icon display area 285 includes the notice icon first display area YA1 to the notice icon sixth display area YA6. , It is configured to display a notice icon in each area],
The notice means is means for executing, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, executing the notice of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed [eg, , When the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed, the pseudo-relation effect may be executed, and when the notice icon I9 of the thousand boxes is consumed, the reach transition effect may be executed, etc.] ,
During the period in which the symbol variable display is executed once, the first notice icon [for example, the notice icon I6 of a hat] of the plurality of types of notice icons has a first number [for example, two, etc.]. ] A second number larger than the first number [eg, three, etc.] is more likely to be a big hit when digested than when digested.
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the image display means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table characterized by the image display means.

In addition, according to this gaming table, there are cases where it is possible to increase the variation of production.

Further, according to this gaming machine, since the notice icon is displayed, it is easy to recognize that there is a change that the notice icon may be consumed, so the player pays attention to the display in the hold. , It may be possible to prevent missing the notice display corresponding to the notice icon.

Further, according to this gaming table, the player may be able to improve the interest of the game by paying attention to the increase or consumption of the notice icons.

Here, the symbol display means may be capable of executing only the variable display of symbols, or may be capable of executing other than the variable display of symbols. Further, the symbol display means may always execute the symbol variable display, or may not execute the symbol variable display.

Further, the advance notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of advance notices, or may be capable of executing other than the plurality of types of advance notices. Further, the advance notice means may execute a plurality of types of advance notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of advance notices.

Further, the image display means may be capable of displaying only the hold display, or may be capable of displaying other than the hold display. Further, the image display means may always display the hold display, or may not display the hold display in some cases.

Further, the image display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of notice icons, or may be capable of displaying other than a plurality of types of notice icons. Further, the image display means may always display a plurality of types of advance notice icons, or may not display a plurality of types of advance notice icons.

Further, the hold display may be displayed only in the hold display area of the image display means, or may be displayed other than the hold display area of the image display means.

Further, the hold display may be a hold icon or may not be the hold icon, and may be represented by letters, numbers, or symbols, for example.

Further, the hold display may display only the hold number or may display other than the hold number.

Further, the symbol variation display may be started only when the hold is exhausted, or may be started other than when the hold is exhausted. Further, the symbol variation display may be always started when the hold is exhausted, or may not be started when the hold is exhausted.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only in the notice icon display area of the image display means, or may be displayed in a region other than the notice icon display area of the image display means. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in the notice icon display area of the image display means, or may not be displayed in the notice icon display area of the image display means.

Further, the notice icon display area may be capable of displaying only one or a plurality of notice icons, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icons. Further, the notice icon display area may necessarily display one or a plurality of notice icons, or may not display one or a plurality of notice icons.

Further, the notice means may be capable of executing only the type of notice corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed when one notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed. When one notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area has been consumed, a notice other than the type of notice corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be executable. Further, the advance notice means may be a device that, when one of the advance notice icons displayed in the advance notice icon display area is exhausted, always executes an advance notice of the type corresponding to the type of the exhausted advance notice icon, When one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area has been consumed, the notice of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may not be executed.

In addition, “the notice icon is configured to be displayed in a number according to the number of times the notice may be executed [for example, the number of notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285 is equal to that of the notice icons. A notice corresponding to the displayed notice icon may be executed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it is possible to expect the number of times to execute the notice displayed from the change in which the notice icon is displayed to the change to be consumed, so that the player should not miss the notice display. It may be possible to

Here, the notice icon may be displayed only in a number according to the number of times the notice may be executed, or may be displayed in a number other than the number according to the number of times the notice may be executed. Things may also be displayed. In addition, the notice icon may always display the number according to the number of times the notice may be executed, or may not display the number according to the number of the notice may be executed. There may be

In addition, the "previous notice means" uses a false notice [for example, a pseudo continuous production or a reach transition production that is outlying] of the same form as the aspect of the preliminary announcement [for example, a pseudo continuous production or a reach transition production that is a big hit]. Is a viable means,
When the one of the notice icons (for example, the notice icon I6 for a hat, the notice icon I9 for a thousand boxes, etc.) displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, the notice means is a type of the notice icon that has been consumed. Is a means capable of executing the false notice of the type corresponding to [for example, a false consecutive notice or a reach transition effect, etc.
After the execution of the false notice, the result of the symbol variation display is configured to be off,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to give the player a sense of tension until the notice icon is consumed and the notice is executed.

Here, the notice means may be capable of executing only a fake notice in the same manner as the notice manner, or may be a means other than a false notice in the same manner as the notice manner. May be. Further, the notifying means may necessarily execute a false notice in the same manner as the notice manner, or may not execute a false notice in the same manner as the notice manner.

Further, even if the notice means is capable of executing only a false notice of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed, when one notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed. Or, if one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, it may be possible to execute something other than a fake notice of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed. .. Further, the notice means may be one that always executes a fake notice of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed when one notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed. However, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, a false notice of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may not be executed.

In addition, after the false notice is executed, the result of the variable display of symbols may be configured to be always off, or after the false notice is executed, the result of the variable display of symbols may be a big hit. It may be.

It should be noted that there may be a case in which after the false notice is executed, the notice in which the jackpot symbol is likely to be displayed on the symbol display means is executed.

In addition, “the number of the notice icons started to be displayed in the notice icon display area during the period in which the one-time symbol variable display is executed is more than the third number [for example, one, etc.] The fourth number [for example, three, etc.], which is larger than the third number, is more likely to be a big hit,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to pay attention to the number of notice icons displayed in the variable display of symbols.

In addition, “holding display means capable of executing display according to the number of holdings [for example, first special figure holding lamp 218, second special figure holding lamp 220, production holding lamp 286, etc.],
The hold display means is a display means different from the image display means,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to clearly distinguish the hold display and the display of the notice icon.

Here, the hold display means may be capable of executing only the display corresponding to the hold number, or may be capable of executing other than the display according to the hold number. Further, the hold display means may always perform display according to the number of reservations, or may not perform display according to the number of reservations.

In addition, “the holding display means is a display means including a light emitting means [for example, a lamp, an LED, or the like],
A game table characterized by that.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to clearly recognize the hold display.

Here, the hold display means may be configured to include only the light emitting means, or may be configured to include a portion other than the light emitting means (for example, an image display means).

The light emitting means may be configured to include a plurality of LEDs. Further, the light emitting means may be configured by LEDs of a plurality of colors, for example, a plurality of LEDs may be included in one package, such as a full-color LED, and may be required. Further, it may be configured by a monochromatic LED.

Further, in addition to the hold display means, the fourth symbol display means, the normal symbol display means, the firing operation informing means for informing about the operation of the firing operation means may be realized by the light emitting means.

In addition, “a pre-reading notice means capable of executing a pre-reading notice [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, a speaker 120, a shielding device 246, a performance movable body 224, various lamps 418, a game board lamp 532, a game underframe lamp 540, etc. ],
The prefetching advance notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching advance notice by displaying the advance notice icon in the advance notice icon display area,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the advance notice icon may be displayed, which may increase the expectation of a big hit.

Here, the pre-reading notice means may be capable of executing only the pre-reading notice, or may be capable of executing other than the pre-reading notice. Further, the prefetching advance notice means may always execute the prefetching advance notice, or may not execute the prefetching advance notice.

Further, the prefetch notice means may be capable of executing the prefetch notice only by displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area, or by means other than displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area. The pre-reading notice may be executable. Further, the pre-reading notice means may be one that always executes the pre-reading notice by displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area, or does not execute the pre-read notice by displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area. There may be cases.

In addition, “the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching (hereinafter, “second symbol variation display [eg, symbol variation display based on the third hold which is the target of prefetching shown in FIG. 19(2), etc.)” The notice icon may be consumed by a fifth number [for example, three, etc.] during the period in which
The symbol variation display executed before the second symbol variation display is executed (hereinafter, “first symbol variation display [eg, 3 which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(2). There is a case where the notice icon is extinguished by a sixth number [for example, one, etc.] during the period in which the “variable display of symbols based on the suspension held before the suspension of eyes, etc.”) is being executed. Yes,
The sixth number is a number different from the fifth number,
The suspension display is a display for notifying that the operation of the second symbol variation display is suspended during the period in which the first symbol variation display is being executed [for example, in FIG. 19(4) The hold icon h12 corresponding to the second hold that is the target of prefetching is displayed during the period in which the variable display of symbols based on the hold that is held before the second hold that is the target of prefetch is displayed. Displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the number of times the notice icon is consumed is different between the case where the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is being displayed and the case where the symbol variation display that is executed before the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is performed. Therefore, it may be possible to make it easy to understand the symbol variation display that the player should pay attention to.

Here, in the period in which the second symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon may be configured to be consumed only in the fifth number, or the period in which the second symbol variable display is being executed. In, there may be a case where the notice icon is consumed by a number different from the fifth number. Further, in the period when the second symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon may be configured to be surely consumed by the fifth number, or in the period when the second symbol variable display is being executed. , The advance notice icon may not be digested in the fifth number.

In the period in which the first symbol variable display is executed, the notice icon may be configured to be consumed only in the sixth number, or in the period in which the first symbol variable display is executed. , The notice icon may be consumed in a number different from the sixth number. Further, in the period when the first symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon may be configured to be always consumed by the sixth number, or in the period when the first symbol variable display is being executed. , The notice icon may not be digested in the sixth number.

Further, the hold display may be capable of notifying only that the operation of the second symbol variable display is suspended during the period in which the first symbol variable display is being executed, or the first In the period in which the symbol variable display is being executed, it may be possible to notify other than the fact that the operation of the second symbol variable display is suspended. Further, the hold display, in the period in which the first symbol variation display is being executed, may necessarily inform that the operation of the second symbol variation display is suspended, or the first symbol In the period in which the variable display is executed, there may be a case where the fact that the operation of the second symbol variable display is suspended is not notified.

Further, there is a case where the notice icon starts to be displayed during the period in which the symbol variation display in which the notice icon is consumed (hereinafter, referred to as “fourth symbol variation display”) is being executed [eg, As shown in FIG. 28(C), the digest display of the hat notice icon I6 and the increase display of the hat notice icon I6, the 1,000-box notice icon I9, and the fan notice icon I10 are displayed in one pattern variation display. Etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, since the notice icons may increase even in the pattern variation display in which the notice icons are consumed, it may be possible to make the player have expectations until the notice icons are all consumed.

Here, in the period when the fourth symbol variable display is being executed, the advance notice icon may always be displayed, or in the period when the fourth symbol variable display is being performed, the advance notice icon is displayed. The display may not be started in some cases. Further, the notice icon may start to be displayed only during the period when the fourth symbol variable display is being executed, or the notice icon may be displayed during a period other than the period when the fourth symbol variable display is being executed. May start to be displayed.

Note that the notice icon may be configured not to increase in the variable display in which the notice icon is consumed.

Further, in the period in which the "symbol fluctuation display (hereinafter, referred to as "third symbol fluctuation display") executed before the fourth symbol fluctuation display is executed" is being executed, The notice icon that is consumed during the period in which the symbol variable display is being executed may start to be displayed [for example, the notice icon I6 of the hat that is consumed at the timing shown in FIG. 28(C) is the symbol variable display. Is displayed during execution of the symbol variation display that is executed earlier than the above],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, only in the period in which the third symbol variable display is being executed, it is possible to start displaying the notice icon that is consumed in the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is being executed, Even in a period other than the period in which the third symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon that is consumed during the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is being executed may be displayed. Further, in the period in which the third symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon that is consumed during the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is being executed may be configured to always start displaying, In the period in which the third symbol variable display is being executed, it is possible that the notice icon that is consumed during the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is being executed is not started to be displayed.

Note that the notice icon that is consumed during the period when the fourth symbol variable display is executed does not have to start to be displayed during the period when the third symbol variable display is being executed.

In addition, “the holding display area is an area capable of displaying the holding display up to a seventh number [for example, four or eight],
The notice icon display area is an area capable of displaying the notice icons up to an eighth number [eg, six, etc.],
The seventh number is different from the eighth number,
It is characterized by ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, since the displayable number of the hold display and the displayable number of the notice icon are different, it may be possible to clearly distinguish the display of the notice icon.

Here, the hold display area may always display the hold display up to the seventh number, or may not display the hold display up to the seventh number.

Further, the notice icon display area may always display the notice icons up to the eighth number, or may not display the notice icons up to the eighth number.

The maximum displayable number of the hold display and the maximum displayable number of the notice icon may be the same.

Further, the maximum number of noticeable icons that can be displayed may be greater than, or at least the same as, the same as the maximum number of pending displays of special figure 1.

The maximum number of noticeable icons that can be displayed may be greater than, or at least the same as, the maximum number of pending displays of special view 2 that may be the same.

Further, the maximum displayable number of the notice icons may be larger than the total displayable maximum number of the pending displays of the special diagrams 1 and 2, and at least the same may be the same.

In addition, “a production means capable of executing a plurality of types of productions [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, a speaker 210, a shielding device 246, a production movable body 224, various lamps 418, a game board lamp 532, a game underframe lamp 542]. Etc.],
One of the plurality of types of advance notices is a first advance notice [for example, FIG. 22(49) to FIG. 22(50) or the reach transition effect shown in FIG. 34(49)],
One of the plurality of types of advance notices is a second advance notice [for example, a stage change effect shown in FIG. 29(Ac) or FIG. 29(Bb)].
The first notice is a notice different from the second notice,
One of the plurality of types of effects is the first effect [for example, the strong reach shown in FIGS. 22(51) to (57) and FIGS. 34(50-1) to (57). Production etc.],
One of the plurality of types of effects is a second effect [for example, display of a moon background],
The first effect is an effect different from the second effect,
The first notice is a notice notifying that the first effect is executed,
The second notice is a notice notifying that the second effect will be executed,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, since the contents of the effect to be executed can be known in advance, it may be possible to give the player a sense of expectation.

Here, the production means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of productions, or may be capable of executing other than a plurality of types of productions. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of effects, or may not execute a plurality of types of effects.

Further, the notice means may be capable of executing only the first notice and the second notice, or may execute notices other than the first notice and the second notice. Further, the advance notice means may execute the first advance notice and the second advance notice without fail, or may not execute the first advance notice and the second advance notice.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only the first effect and the second effect, or may be capable of executing effects other than the first effect and the second effect. .. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes the first effect and the second effect, or may not execute the first effect and the second effect.

Further, the first notice may notify only that the first effect is executed, or may notify that an effect other than the first effect is executed. .. In addition, the first notice may necessarily notify that the first effect will be executed, or may not notify that the first effect is executed.

In addition, the second notice may notify only that the second effect is executed, or may notify that an effect other than the second effect is executed. .. In addition, the second notice may necessarily notify that the second effect will be executed, or may not notify that the second effect is executed.

In addition, “the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is configured to be always consumed [for example, FIG. 19(1) to FIG. 23(66) or FIG. 31(1) to As shown in FIG. 35 (66), the increased notice icons are all consumed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, since the notice corresponding to the notice icon displayed by the notice icon being displayed is always executed, it may be possible to improve the player's expectation.

In addition, "the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],"
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
"First display means [eg, first special figure display device 212, second special figure display device 214, etc.] capable of executing symbol variable display,
Second display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, or a combination of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the first special figure holding lamp 218 and the second special figure holding lamp 220 or the production holding lamp 286],
A gaming machine equipped with
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of notice icons,
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of notice displays [for example, pseudo continuous production, freeze production, stop design notice, stage change production, reach transition production, premier notice production, re-variation production, etc.]. And
The second display means displays a display corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as a “holding number”) in which the operation of the variable display is held (for example, a holding icon display area 281 of special figure 1). , The hold icon display area of the special figure 2, the variable icon display area 280, the hold display area of the effect holding lamp 286, etc.] [for example, in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, The number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of special figure 1 is held is displayed],
The symbol variation display is a display started when the hold is exhausted,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in a notice icon display area [for example, a notice icon display area 285 or the like] on the second display means,
The notice icon is an icon that does not display the pending number depending on the number displayed,
The notice icon display area is an area different from the hold display area,
The notice icon display area is an area in which one or a plurality of notice icons can be displayed [for example, the notice icon display area 285 includes the notice icon first display area YA1 to the notice icon sixth display area YA6. , It is configured to display a notice icon in each area],
The second display means, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, a display capable of displaying the notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed. This is a means [for example, if the notice icon I6 of the hat is exhausted, the pseudo continuous effect may be executed, and if the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is exhausted, the reach transition effect is executed. Etc.],
During the period in which the symbol variable display is executed once, a second number [eg, three, etc.] that is larger than the first number is consumed than when the notice icon is exhausted by the first number. If it is done, it is structured so that it is more likely to be a big hit,
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the image display means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table characterized by the image display means.

In addition, according to this gaming table, there are cases where it is possible to increase the variation of production.

Further, according to this gaming machine, since the notice icon is displayed, it is easy to recognize that there is a change that the notice icon may be consumed, so the player pays attention to the display in the hold. , It may be possible to prevent missing the notice display corresponding to the notice icon.

Further, according to this gaming table, the player may be able to improve the interest of the game by paying attention to the increase or consumption of the notice icons.

Here, the first display means may be capable of executing only the variable display of symbols, or may be capable of executing other than the variable display of symbols. Further, the first display means may always execute the symbol variable display, or may not execute the symbol variable display.

Further, the second display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of notice icons, or may be capable of displaying other than the plurality of types of notice icons. Further, the second display means may display a plurality of types of advance notice icons without fail, or may not display a plurality of types of advance notice icons.

The second display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of advance notice displays, or may be capable of displaying other than the plurality of types of advance notice displays. Further, the second display means may always display a plurality of types of notice displays, or may not display a plurality of types of notice displays.

Further, the second display means may be capable of displaying a display according to the number of holdings only in the holding display area, or may display a display according to the number of holdings other than the holding display area. It may be. Still, the second display means may always display the display according to the number of holdings in the holding display area, or may not display the display according to the number of holdings in the holding display area. ..

Further, the symbol variation display may be one that can be started only when the hold is exhausted, or may be one that can be started even when the hold is not exhausted. Further, the symbol variation display may be always started when the hold is exhausted, or may not be started even when the hold is exhausted.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only in the notice icon display area of the second display means, or may be displayed in a region other than the notice icon display area of the second display means. Good. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in the notice icon display area of the second display means, or may not be displayed in the notice icon display area of the second display means.

Further, the notice icon display area may be capable of displaying only one or a plurality of notice icons, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icons. Further, the notice icon display area may necessarily display one or a plurality of notice icons, or may not display one or a plurality of notice icons.

Further, the second display means is capable of displaying only the type of the notice display corresponding to the type of the noticed icon that has been consumed when one notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area has been consumed. However, if one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area has been consumed, a notice display other than the notice display of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed can also be displayed. Good. In addition, the second display means, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, always displays a notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed. Alternatively, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area has been consumed, the notice display of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may not be displayed.

In addition, “the notice icon is configured to be displayed in a number according to the number of times the notice display may be displayed [for example, the number of notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285. Only the notice display corresponding to the displayed notice icon may be displayed.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it is possible to expect the number of times the notice display is displayed from the change in which the notice icon is displayed to the change to be consumed, so that the player does not miss the notice display. You may be able to

Here, the notice icon may be displayed only in the number according to the number of times the notice display may be displayed, or may be displayed in accordance with the number of times the notice display may be displayed. Other items may also be displayed. Further, the notice icon may always display a number according to the number of times the notice display may be displayed, or may display a number according to the number of times the notice display may be displayed. You may not.

In addition, "the second display means is a false notice display in the same manner as the above-mentioned notice display mode [for example, a pseudo continuous production or a reach transition production that is a big hit] [for example, a pseudo continuous production or reach that is an outlier]. Transition effect, etc.] can be displayed,
The second display means, when one of the notice icons [for example, the notice icon I6 of a hat, the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes, etc.] displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, the notice that has been consumed A display unit capable of displaying the false notice display of a type corresponding to the type of icon [for example, a false consecutive notice or a reach transition effect, etc.
After the false notice display is displayed, the result of the symbol variation display is configured to be out of alignment,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to give the player a sense of tension until the notice icon is consumed and the notice display is displayed.

Here, the second display means may be capable of displaying only a fake advance notice display in the same mode as the advance notice display, or other than a fake advance notice display in the same mode as the advance notice display. May be displayable. In addition, the second display means may necessarily display a fake advance notice display in the same mode as the advance notice display, or may not display a fake advance notice display in the same mode as the advance notice display. It may be.

Further, the second display means is capable of displaying only a fake notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed, when one notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area has been consumed. Or, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, it is possible to display other than the false notice display of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed. May be In addition, the second display means always displays a fake notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed when one notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed. It may exist, or if one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, it may not display a fake notice display of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed. ..

Further, after the fake notice display is displayed, the result of the symbol variation display may be always off, or after the fake notice display is displayed, the result of the symbol variation display is a big hit. There may be cases.

In addition, after the false notice display is displayed, there is a case where the notice display in which the jackpot symbol is highly likely to be displayed on the symbol display means is displayed.

In addition, “the number of the notice icons started to be displayed in the notice icon display area during the period in which the one-time symbol variable display is executed is more than the third number [for example, one, etc.] The fourth number [for example, three, etc.], which is larger than the third number, is more likely to be a big hit,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to pay attention to the number of notice icons displayed in the variable display of symbols.

In addition, "the second display means is a display means composed of a plurality of display means,
One display means of the plurality of display means is an image display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208 or the like],
One of the plurality of display means is a hold display means [for example, a first special figure hold lamp 218, a second special figure hold lamp 220, a production hold lamp 286, etc.],
The hold display means is a display means configured to include the hold display area,
The holding display means is a display means capable of displaying a display corresponding to the number of holdings in the holding display area [for example, turning on a number of holding lamps corresponding to the number of holdings],
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a variable display of decorative symbols,
The hold display means is a display means different from the image display means,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to clearly distinguish the hold display and the display of the notice icon.

Here, the second display means may be configured by two display means, or may be configured by three or more display means.

Further, the second display means may be configured by only the image display means and the hold display means, or may be configured by including other than the image display means and the hold display means. In addition, the second display means may necessarily include the image display means and the hold display means, or may not include at least one of the image display means and the hold display means.

Further, the hold display means may be configured to include only the hold display area, or may be configured to include other than the hold display area. Further, the hold display means may be configured to always include the hold display area, or may not include the hold display area.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying a display corresponding to the number of hold only in the hold display area, or may display a display corresponding to the number of hold other than the hold display area. Good. Further, the hold display means may always display a display corresponding to the number of hold in the hold display area, or may not display a display corresponding to the number of hold in the hold display area.

Further, the image display means may be capable of displaying only the variable display of the decorative design, or may be capable of displaying other than the variable display of the decorative design. Further, the image display means may always display the variable display of the decorative symbol, or may not display the decorative symbol display device.

In addition, “the holding display means is a display means including a light emitting means [for example, a lamp, an LED, or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to clearly recognize the hold display.

Here, the hold display means may be configured to include only the light emitting means, or may be configured to include a portion other than the light emitting means (for example, an image display means).

The light emitting means may be configured to include a plurality of LEDs. Further, the light emitting means may be configured by LEDs of a plurality of colors, for example, a plurality of LEDs may be included in one package, such as a full-color LED, and may be required. Further, it may be configured by a monochromatic LED.

Further, in addition to the hold display means, the fourth symbol display means, the normal symbol display means, the firing operation informing means for informing about the operation of the firing operation means may be realized by the light emitting means.

In addition, "the second display means is an image display means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a variable display of decorative symbols,
A hold icon is displayed in the hold display area according to the number of holds.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, since the variable display of the decorative pattern and the hold icon are displayed on the same image display means, it may be possible to easily confirm the number of holding while visually observing the variable display of the decorative pattern.

Here, the image display means may be capable of displaying only the variable display of the decorative symbol, or may be capable of displaying other than the variable display of the decorative symbol. Further, the image display means may always display the variable display of the decorative symbol, or may not display the variable display of the decorative symbol.

In addition, “a pre-reading notice means capable of executing a pre-reading notice [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, a speaker 120, a shielding device 246, a performance movable body 224, various lamps 418, a game board lamp 532, a game underframe lamp 540, etc. ],
The prefetching advance notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching advance notice by displaying the advance notice icon in the advance notice icon display area,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the advance notice icon may be displayed, which may increase the expectation of a big hit.

Here, the pre-reading notice means may be capable of executing only the pre-reading notice, or may be capable of executing other than the pre-reading notice. Further, the prefetching advance notice means may always execute the prefetching advance notice, or may not execute the prefetching advance notice.

Further, the prefetch notice means may be capable of executing the prefetch notice only by displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area, or by means other than displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area. The pre-reading notice may be executable. Further, the pre-reading notice means may be one that always executes the pre-reading notice by displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area, or does not execute the pre-read notice by displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area. There may be cases.

In addition, “the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching (hereinafter, “second symbol variation display [eg, symbol variation display based on the third hold which is the target of prefetching shown in FIG. 19(2), etc.)” The notice icon may be consumed by a fifth number [for example, three, etc.] during the period in which
The symbol variation display executed before the second symbol variation display is executed (hereinafter, “first symbol variation display [eg, 3 which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(2). There is a case where the notice icon is extinguished by a sixth number [for example, one, etc.] during the period in which the “variable display of symbols based on the suspension held before the suspension of eyes, etc.”) is being executed. Yes,
The sixth number is a number different from the fifth number,
The display according to the number of holdings is a display for notifying that the operation of the second symbol variation display is suspended during the period in which the first symbol variation display is executed [eg, FIG. 19]. Corresponding to the second hold that is the target of prefetch in the period in which the variable display of symbols based on the hold that is held before the second hold that is the target of prefetch shown in (4) is being executed. The hold icon h12 is displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the number of times the notice icon is consumed is different between the case where the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is being displayed and the case where the symbol variation display that is executed before the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is performed. Therefore, it may be possible to make it easy to understand the symbol variation display that the player should pay attention to.

Here, in the period in which the second symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon may be configured to be consumed only in the fifth number, or the period in which the second symbol variable display is being executed. In, there may be a case where the notice icon is consumed by a number different from the fifth number. Further, in the period when the second symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon may be configured to be surely consumed by the fifth number, or in the period when the second symbol variable display is being executed. , The advance notice icon may not be digested in the fifth number.

In the period in which the first symbol variable display is executed, the notice icon may be configured to be consumed only in the sixth number, or in the period in which the first symbol variable display is executed. , The notice icon may be consumed in a number different from the sixth number. Further, in the period when the first symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon may be configured to be always consumed by the sixth number, or in the period when the first symbol variable display is being executed. , The notice icon may not be digested in the sixth number.

Further, the display according to the number of hold may be able to inform only that the operation of the second symbol variable display is suspended during the period in which the first symbol variable display is being executed. In the period in which the first symbol variable display is being executed, it may be possible to notify other than the fact that the operation of the second symbol variable display is suspended. In addition, the display according to the number of holdings may be one that always informs that the operation of the second symbol variation display is suspended in the period in which the first symbol variation display is being executed, There may be a case where the fact that the operation of the second symbol variable display is suspended is not notified during the period in which the first symbol variable display is being executed.

Further, there is a case where the notice icon starts to be displayed during the period in which the symbol variation display in which the notice icon is consumed (hereinafter, referred to as “fourth symbol variation display”) is being executed [eg, As shown in FIG. 28(C), the digest display of the hat notice icon I6 and the increase display of the hat notice icon I6, the 1,000-box notice icon I9, and the fan notice icon I10 are displayed in one pattern variation display. Etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, since the notice icons may increase even in the pattern variation display in which the notice icons are consumed, it may be possible to make the player have expectations until the notice icons are all consumed.

Here, in the period when the fourth symbol variable display is being executed, the advance notice icon may always be displayed, or in the period when the fourth symbol variable display is being performed, the advance notice icon is displayed. The display may not be started in some cases. Further, the notice icon may start to be displayed only during the period when the fourth symbol variable display is being executed, or the notice icon may be displayed during a period other than the period when the fourth symbol variable display is being executed. May start to be displayed.

Note that the notice icon may be configured not to increase in the variable display in which the notice icon is consumed.

Further, in the period in which the "symbol fluctuation display (hereinafter, referred to as "third symbol fluctuation display") executed before the fourth symbol fluctuation display is executed" is being executed, The notice icon that is consumed during the period in which the symbol variable display is being executed may start to be displayed [for example, the notice icon I6 of the hat that is consumed at the timing shown in FIG. 28(C) is the symbol variable display. Is displayed during execution of the symbol variation display that is executed earlier than the above],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, only in the period in which the third symbol variable display is being executed, it is possible to start displaying the notice icon that is consumed in the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is being executed, Even in a period other than the period in which the third symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon that is consumed during the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is being executed may be displayed. Further, in the period in which the third symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon that is consumed during the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is being executed may be configured to always start displaying, In the period in which the third symbol variable display is being executed, it is possible that the notice icon that is consumed during the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is being executed is not started to be displayed.

Note that the notice icon that is consumed during the period when the fourth symbol variable display is executed does not have to start to be displayed during the period when the third symbol variable display is being executed.

In addition, “the hold display area is an area capable of displaying a display corresponding to the hold number up to a seventh number [for example, four or eight],
The notice icon display area is an area capable of displaying the notice icons up to an eighth number [eg, six, etc.],
The seventh number is different from the eighth number,
It is characterized by ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, since the displayable number of displays according to the number of holdings and the displayable number of advance notice icons are different, it may be possible to clearly distinguish the display of advance notice icons.

Here, the hold display area may always display up to the seventh number according to the hold number, or may not display up to the seventh number according to the hold number. Good.

Further, the notice icon display area may always display the notice icons up to the eighth number, or may not display the notice icons up to the eighth number.

Note that the maximum displayable number of displays corresponding to the number of holdings and the maximum displayable number of advance notice icons may be the same.

Further, the maximum displayable number of advance notice icons may be greater than the maximum displayable number of the displays corresponding to the number of reservations of special figure 1, or at least the same may be the same.

Further, the maximum number of noticeable icons that can be displayed may be greater than, or at least the same as, the maximum number of notices that can be displayed according to the number of reservations in special figure 2.

Further, the maximum displayable number of the notice icons may be greater than the total displayable maximum number of the displays corresponding to the number of holdings of the special maps 1 and 2, or at least the same or the same. Good.

In addition, “a production means capable of executing a plurality of types of productions [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, a speaker 210, a shielding device 246, a production movable body 224, various lamps 418, a game board lamp 532, a game underframe lamp 542]. Etc.],
One of the plurality of types of advance notice display is a first advance notice display [for example, FIG. 22 (49) to FIG. (50), the reach transition effect shown in FIG. 34 (49), etc.]
One of the plurality of types of notice display is a second notice display [for example, stage change effect shown in FIG. 29(Ac) or FIG. 29(Bb)],
The first notice display is a notice display different from the second notice display,
One of the plurality of types of effects is the first effect [for example, the strong reach shown in FIGS. 22(51) to (57) and FIGS. 34(50-1) to (57). Production etc.],
One of the plurality of types of effects is a second effect [for example, display of a moon background],
The first effect is an effect different from the second effect,
The first notice display is a notice display for notifying that the first effect is executed,
The second notice display is a notice display notifying that the second effect is executed,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, since the contents of the effect to be executed can be known in advance, it may be possible to give the player a sense of expectation.

Here, the production means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of productions, or may be capable of executing other than a plurality of types of productions. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of effects, or may not execute a plurality of types of effects.

Further, the second display means may be capable of displaying only the first notice display and the second notice display, or may display a notice display other than the first notice display and the second notice display. It may be possible. Further, the second display means may necessarily display the first notice display and the second notice display, or may not display the first notice display and the second notice display in some cases. Good.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only the first effect and the second effect, or may be capable of executing effects other than the first effect and the second effect. .. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes the first effect and the second effect, or may not execute the first effect and the second effect.

Further, the first notice display may notify only that the first effect is executed, or may notify that an effect other than the first effect is executed. Good. In addition, the first notice display may necessarily notify that the first effect will be executed, or may not notify that the first effect is executed.

Further, the second notice display may notify only that the second effect is executed, or may notify that an effect other than the second effect is executed. Good. In addition, the second notice display may necessarily notify that the second effect is executed, or may not notify that the second effect is executed.

In addition, “the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is configured to be always consumed [for example, FIG. 19(1) to FIG. 23(66) or FIG. 31(1) to As shown in FIG. 35 (66), the increased notice icons are all consumed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, since the notice corresponding to the notice icon displayed by the notice icon being displayed is always executed, it may be possible to improve the player's expectation.

In addition, "the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],"
A game table characterized by that.

Although the notice icon functions as a prefetch notice in the above-described embodiment, it may be displayed separately from the prefetch notice. Alternatively, the display of the notice icon may be different from that displayed in the prefetch mode. For example, the notice icon may increase or disappear even in the normal background display, and the notice icon may increase or disappear even while the special background mode for prefetching is being executed. Good.

Further, for example, when the notice icon A is displayed, the notice display a is always displayed, when the notice icon B is displayed, the notice display b or the notice display c is displayed, and when the notice icon C is displayed, If the notice display b, the notice display c, or the notice display d is displayed and the notice icon D is displayed, the notice c is always displayed when the notice c is displayed. It is a display that is displayed in the case of, and is a notice display that is not displayed even if the other notice icons (B, C, D) are exhausted, and "the notice display b, the notice display c, or the notice display d is displayed. It may be configured such that the jackpot symbol is more likely to be confirmed and displayed when the “variable display in which the notice display a is displayed” is performed rather than the “variable display”. The notice display b is a display displayed when the notice icon B or the notice icon C is consumed, and the notice display c is displayed when the notice icon B, the notice icon C, or the notice icon D is consumed. This is a display, and the jackpot symbol is more likely to be confirmed and displayed when "the symbol variable display with the notice display b" is executed than with "the symbol variable display with the notice display c" being executed. May be configured. Further, the notice display d is a display that is displayed when the notice icon C is displayed, and is a notice display that is not displayed even if the other notice icons (A, B, D) are exhausted. When digested, either the notice display b, the notice display c, or the notice display d is displayed. The jackpot symbol is fixedly displayed when the "variable symbol display in which the notice icon A, the notice icon B, or the notice icon D is consumed" is executed, rather than the "variable symbol display in which the notice icon C is consumed" is executed. It may be configured to be easy. In addition, a big hit symbol is obtained when the "variable symbol display in which the notice display a, the notice display b, or the notice display c is displayed" is executed rather than the "symbol change display in which the notice display d is displayed". It may be configured so as to be easily confirmed and displayed.

Also, in the above description,
"First display means [eg, first special figure display device 212, second special figure display device 214, etc.] capable of executing symbol variable display,
Second display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, or a combination of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the first special figure holding lamp 218 and the second special figure holding lamp 220 or the production holding lamp 286],
A gaming machine equipped with
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying a notice icon,
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of notice displays [for example, pseudo continuous production, freeze production, stop design notice, stage change production, reach transition production, premier notice production, re-variation production, etc.]. And
The second display means displays a display corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as a “holding number”) in which the operation of the variable display is held (for example, a holding icon display area 281 of special figure 1). , The hold icon display area of the special figure 2, the variable icon display area 280, the hold display area of the effect holding lamp 286, etc.] [for example, in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, The number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of special figure 1 is held is displayed],
The symbol variation display is a display started when the hold is exhausted,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in a notice icon display area [for example, a notice icon display area 285 or the like] on the second display means,
The notice icon is an icon that does not display the pending number depending on the number displayed,
The notice icon display area is an area different from the hold display area,
The notice icon display area is an area in which a plurality of notice icons can be displayed [for example, the notice icon display area 285 includes the notice icon first display area YA1 to the notice icon sixth display area YA6. Each area is configured to display a notice icon],
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying, when the notice icon in the notice icon display area is consumed, the notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed [eg, , When the notice icon I6 of the hat is exhausted, the pseudo continuous effect may be executed, and when the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is exhausted, the reach transition effect may be executed, etc.] ,
During the period in which the symbol variable display is executed once, the second number larger than the first number [than the first number [for example, one etc.] of the notice icon is consumed [ For example, 3 etc.] It is configured so that it is more likely to be a big hit when it is digested,
The second display means displays the symbol variation display (hereinafter, “second symbol variation display [for example, based on the third hold, which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(2)], which is the target of prefetching. The display means is capable of displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area as a read-ahead notice display prior to the start of ".
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

In addition, “the notice icon is configured to be displayed in a number according to the number of times the notice display may be displayed [for example, the number of notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area 285. Only the notice display corresponding to the displayed notice icon may be displayed.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, "the second display means is a false notice display in the same mode as the notice display mode [for example, a pseudo continuous production that is a big hit, a reach transition production, or the like] [for example, a pseudo continuous production or a reach that is an outlier]. Transition effect, etc.] can be displayed,
The second display means, when one of the notice icons [for example, the notice icon I6 of a hat, the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes, etc.] displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, the notice that has been consumed A display unit capable of displaying the false notice display of a type corresponding to the type of icon [for example, a false consecutive notice or a reach transition effect, etc.
After the false notice display is displayed, the result of the symbol variation display is configured to be out of alignment,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the second display means includes a plurality of display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, a first special figure holding lamp 218, a second special figure holding lamp 220, a production holding lamp 286, and the like]. Display means,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Further, “one display means of the plurality of display means is an image display means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
One of the plurality of display means is a hold display means [for example, a first special figure hold lamp 218, a second special figure hold lamp 220, a production hold lamp 286, etc.],
The hold display means is a display means configured to include the hold display area,
The holding display means is a display means capable of displaying a display corresponding to the number of holdings in the holding display area [for example, turning on a number of holding lamps corresponding to the number of holdings],
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a variable display of decorative symbols,
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area [for example, as shown in FIGS. 19(9) to 20(20), the notice icon is displayed as a prefetch notice). Is performed by the decorative pattern display device 208, etc.],
The hold display means is a display means different from the image display means,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the holding display means is a display means including a light emitting means [for example, a lamp, an LED, or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the second display means is an image display means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a variable display of decorative symbols,
A hold icon is displayed in the hold display area according to the number of holds.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, during the period in which the “second symbol variation display [eg, symbol variation display based on the third hold which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(2)] is executed, the notice icon is displayed. May be digested in the fifth number [eg 3],
The symbol variation display executed before the second symbol variation display is executed (hereinafter, “first symbol variation display [eg, 3 which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(2). There is a case where the notice icon is extinguished by a sixth number [for example, one, etc.] during the period in which the “variable display of symbols based on the suspension held before the suspension of eyes, etc.”) is being executed. Yes,
The sixth number is a number different from the fifth number,
The display according to the number of holdings is a display for notifying that the operation of the second symbol variation display is suspended during the period in which the first symbol variation display is executed [eg, FIG. 19]. Corresponding to the second hold that is the target of prefetch in the period in which the variable display of symbols based on the hold that is held before the second hold that is the target of prefetch shown in (4) is being executed. The hold icon h12 is displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is configured to be surely consumed before the end of the pattern variation display that is the target of the prefetching [for example, FIG. 19(1) As shown in FIG. 23(66) and FIG. 31(1) to FIG. 35(66), the increased notice icons are all consumed until the end of the pattern change display that is the target of prefetching. Etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Further, "the notice icon may be started to be displayed during a period in which the symbol variation display in which the notice icon is consumed (hereinafter, referred to as "fourth symbol variation display") is being executed [eg, As shown in FIG. 28(C), the display of the notice icon I6 of the hat, the notice icon I6 of the hat, the notice icon I9 of the thousand boxes and the notice icon I10 of the fan increase display are displayed in one pattern variation display. Etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Further, "in the period in which the symbol variable display is executed before the fourth symbol variable display is executed, it is consumed in the period in which the fourth symbol variable display is executed There is a case where the notice icon is started to be displayed [for example, the notice icon I6 of the hat which is consumed at the timing shown in FIG. 28(C) is displayed while the symbol variation display is executed before the symbol variation display. Increased display etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, the “holding display area is an area capable of displaying up to a seventh number [for example, four or eight] according to the number of holdings,
The notice icon display area is an area capable of displaying the notice icons up to an eighth number [eg, six, etc.],
The seventh number is different from the eighth number,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “a production means capable of executing a plurality of types of production [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, a speaker 210, a shielding device 246, a production movable body 224, various lamps 418, a game board lamp 532, a game underframe lamp 542]. Etc.],
As the notice icon, a first notice icon [for example, a thousand-box notice icon I9 shown in FIG. 22 (47) or FIG. 33 (47)] can be displayed.
As the notice icon, a second notice icon [for example, a notice icon I8 of ribbon shown in FIG. 29(Ab)] can be displayed.
The first notice icon is a notice icon different from the second notice icon,
One of the plurality of types of advance notice display is a first advance notice display [for example, FIG. 22 (49) to FIG. (50), the reach transition effect shown in FIG. 34 (49), etc.]
One of the plurality of types of notice display is a second notice display [for example, stage change effect shown in FIG. 29(Ac) or FIG. 29(Bb)],
The first notice display is a notice display different from the second notice display,
When the first notice icon is consumed, the first notice display is displayed.
When the second notice icon is consumed, the second notice display is configured to be displayed,
One of the plurality of types of effects is the first effect [for example, the strong reach shown in FIGS. 22(51) to (57) and FIGS. 34(50-1) to (57). Production etc.],
One of the plurality of types of effects is a second effect [for example, display of a moon background],
The first effect is an effect different from the second effect,
The first notice display is a notice display for notifying that the first effect is executed,
The second notice display is a notice display notifying that the second effect is executed,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “main control means [for example, main control unit 300 etc.],
Production control means [for example, a combination of the first sub control unit 400 and the second sub control unit 500, etc.],
Equipped with
The main control means is a means capable of transmitting a command to the effect control means,
The effect control means is a means capable of executing control according to the command from the main control means,
The main control means is a means capable of executing control of the first display means [eg, first special figure display device 212, second special figure display device 214, etc.],
The effect control means is a means capable of executing control of the second display means [for example, the decorative pattern display device 208 or the like].
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
[A game table provided with a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
One of the plurality of types of display is a notice icon,
The notice icon is displayed while the first symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display based on the suspension held before the third suspension which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(2)] is displayed. As a result, the display of the first notice icon [for example, the notice icon I6 of a hat] may be started [for example, as shown in FIG. 19(9), the notice icon I6 of a hat is displayed in the notice icon display area 285]. Etc.],
The first notice icon started to be displayed during the display of the first symbol variation display may not be digested during the display of the first symbol variation display [for example, FIG. 19(9) to FIG. 20. As shown in (14), the notice icon I6 of the hat, which has started to be displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 19(9), has not been digested even if the next symbol variation display is started at the timing shown in FIG. 20(14). ],
Symbol variation display that is displayed after the first symbol variation display (hereinafter, "second symbol variation display [eg, a symbol based on the third hold which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(2)) Variable display, etc.]") is configured so that the first notice icon that has not been digested during the display of the first symbol variable display may be digested [for example, FIG. 9) to FIG. 20(25), the notice icon I6 of the hat, which is started to be displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 19(9), is the variable display of the pattern that is the target of prefetching, as shown in FIG. 20(23). Etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

In addition, "the first notice icon started to be displayed during the display of the first symbol variation display may be exhausted during the display of the first symbol variation display [eg, a notice icon of a hat] The notice icon I6 of this hat is consumed in the pattern variation display in which the display of I6 is started],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, "As a pre-reading notice of the second symbol variation display, the first notice icon may start to be displayed while the first symbol variation display is being displayed [for example, FIG. 19(9) to FIG. As shown in 20 (25 ), the variation of the symbol that is the target of prefetching is so designed that the notice icon I6 of the hat that has started to be displayed at the timing shown in FIG. 19 (9) is consumed at the timing shown in FIG. 20 (23 ). For example, a hat notice icon I6 is displayed as a prefetch notice of the display],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “during the display of the one-time symbol variable display, the second number [eg, three, etc.] is more than the case where the first number [eg, one, etc.] of the first notice icon is consumed. ] When the first notice icon of [] is digested, it is more likely to be a big hit,
The second number is a number greater than the first number,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Further, “a second notice icon [for example, a fan notice icon I10, etc.] is configured to be displayed as the notice icon,
The second notice icon is configured to be a big hit in the exhausted pattern variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 23(60) to (66), the fan notice icon I10 is consumed. Then, the result of the symbol variation display is a big hit, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Further, "one of the plurality of types of display is a notice display [for example, pseudo continuous production, freeze production, stop pattern announcement, stage change production, reach transition production, premier announcement production, re-variation production, etc.]. ,
When the first notice icon [for example, the notice icon for hat I6, etc.] is consumed, the first notice display [for example, the pseudo shown in FIG. 21 (28) to (31) as the notice display] , Etc. may be displayed.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “one of the plurality of types of display is a false notice display [for example, a false continuous production or a reach transition production, which is an outlier],
When the first notice icon [for example, a hat notice icon I6, etc.] is consumed, a first false notice table [for example, a false pseudo-reproduction effect] is displayed as the false notice display. Sometimes,
The display mode of the first false notification display is the same display mode as the display mode of the first notification display,
The first fake advance notice display is configured to be displaced in the symbol variation display,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, "one of the plurality of types of displays is a look-ahead effect display [for example, a look-ahead mode effect that is an effect that shifts to a special stage shown in FIG. 18(b)],
As the notice icon, a third notice icon [for example, a notice icon I8 on a ribbon] can be displayed.
When the third notice icon is consumed, the prefetch effect display may be started [for example, when one ribbon notice icon I8 is consumed, if the reliability of the big hit is strong, The effect that the background shifts to the prefetch mode is performed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the display means is configured by a plurality of display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, a first special figure holding lamp 218, a second special figure holding lamp 220, a production holding lamp 286, etc.] Is,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Further, "One of the plurality of types of display is a decorative pattern variable display [for example, as shown in FIG. 19(1), the decorative pattern display device 208 displays a variable display of a decorative pattern, etc.]. Is,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the first notice icon started to be displayed while the first symbol variable display is being displayed [for example, based on the hold that is three prior to the hold that is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(9)] The notice icon I6 of the hat which is started to be displayed during the variable display of symbols] is configured to be completely consumed by the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols [for example, a hold that is a target of prefetching] The notice icon I6 of the hat has been digested while the pattern change display based on
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the notice icon is an icon displayed in the notice icon display area [for example, the notice icon display area 285 or the like] of the display unit,
The notice icon display area is an area in which a plurality of notice icons can be displayed [for example, the notice icon display area 285 includes the notice icon first display area YA1 to the notice icon sixth display area YA6. Each area is configured to display a notice icon],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “production control means [for example, a combination of the first sub control unit 400 and the second sub control unit 500, etc.] is provided,
The effect control unit is a unit capable of executing control of the display unit [for example, the decorative pattern display device 208 or the like].
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “main control means [for example, main control unit 300 etc.],
A symbol display means capable of displaying a symbol variation display [eg, a first special symbol display device 212, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.],
Equipped with
The main control means is a means capable of transmitting a command to the effect control means,
The effect control means is a means capable of executing control according to the command from the main control means,
The main control means is a means capable of executing control of the symbol display means,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
[A game table provided with a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
One of the plurality of types of display is a notice icon [for example, each notice icon shown in FIGS. 18(a) and 18(b), a notice icon I21 for "house", a notice icon I22 for "crest". , The notice icon I31 of "donor", the notice icon I32 of "princess", the notice icon I33 of "grandpa, etc."
The notice icon is an icon displayed in a display mode according to the type,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
Large-scale jackpot variable display that is the object of prefetching (hereinafter, "second symbol variable display [eg, a symbolic variation display that becomes a jackpot based on the second hold that is the target of prefetching shown in FIG. 41(1)]) ") is held until the display of the second variable display is completed, the display of the plurality of notice icons (hereinafter referred to as "plural notice icons") is started. In some cases [for example, as shown in FIG. 41 to FIG. 42, “house” is displayed in the notice icon display area 285 during the period from the suspension of the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching to the end of the symbol variation display. And the notice icon I22 of "Crest" are displayed.],
One of the plurality of types of display is a performance display,
When the notice icon is consumed, the effect display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 20(23) to 21(32), a hat). When the notice icon I6 of No. is consumed, pseudo-linking may be performed. As shown in FIGS. 22(46) to (57), when the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes is consumed, a strong reach effect is produced. May be started],
The first combination of the displayed plurality of notice icons [for example, a combination of the notice icon I21 of "house" and the notice icon I22 of "monkey" shown in FIG. 41] is one symbol variation. When the display is consumed, a first effect display [for example, an effect image displayed in the family crest fall effect shown in FIG. 42(21)] is displayed as the effect display. ,
A game table characterized by that.

Although there is room for improvement in the display means in the conventional game table, this game table can realize a game table having a characteristic in the display means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, it may be possible to continue to give a sense of expectation that the first effect display may be displayed until the first combination notice icon is consumed.

Further, according to this gaming machine, a plurality of notice icons can be shown in the pattern variation display before the pattern variation display, which is the target of prefetching, is started, and the expectation for a big hit can be given. Sometimes you can.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of displays, or may be capable of displaying other than a plurality of types of displays. Further, the display means may always display a plurality of types of displays, or may not display a plurality of types of displays.

Further, the display means may be capable of displaying only the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icon. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon or may not display the notice icon.

Further, the display means may be capable of displaying only the effect display, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the effect display. Further, the display means may always display the effect display, or may not display the effect display.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only as the prefetch notice display, or may be displayed other than as the prefetch notice display. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed as the prefetch notice display, or may not be displayed as the prefetch notice display.

Also, in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, only the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started, In the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. Further, in the period from the second symbol variable display is suspended, until the display of the second symbol variable display is finished, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be always started, There may be a case where the display of the plurality of notice icons is not started in the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

In addition, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only during the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of advance notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

Also, when the notice icon is consumed, only the effect display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed, or when the notice icon is consumed, the type of notice icon that has been consumed. Display other than the effect display corresponding to may be displayed in some cases. In addition, when the notice icon is exhausted, a performance display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed without fail, and when the notice icon is consumed, the type of notice icon that has been consumed There may be a case where the effect display corresponding to is not displayed.

Further, even if the first combination of the plurality of notice icons displayed is exhausted in one symbol variable display, only the first effect display may be displayed as the effect display. Good, the first combination of the plurality of notice icons displayed is exhausted in one symbol variation display, so that a display other than the first effect display is also displayed as an effect display. May be done. Further, even if the first combination of the displayed plurality of notice icons is exhausted in the one-time symbol variable display, the first effect display is always displayed as the effect display. However, the first combination of the displayed plurality of advance notice icons may be exhausted in one symbol variable display, so that the first effect display may not be displayed as the effect display.

In addition, even if the first combination of the displayed plurality of notice icons is configured to be displayed as the first effect display as the effect display only by being consumed in the one-time symbol variable display. Good, the first combination of the displayed plurality of notice icons is configured to display the first effect display as the effect display, in addition to the fact that the first combination is exhausted in one symbol variable display. May be done.

In addition, “the first combination is a combination of a first number [for example, two, etc.] of the notice icons,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, the first effect display is displayed from when one of the first combination icons including the first number of the notification icons is displayed until the first number of the notification icons is exhausted. It may be possible to continue to have a sense of expectation that may be displayed.

In addition, “the first combination is a combination including a first notice icon [for example, a notice icon I21 of “house”] and a second notice icon [for example, a notice icon I22 of “crest”]. ,
The first notice icon and the second notice icon are different notice icons,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, since the first notice icon and the second notice icon are visually different, it may be possible to enhance the effect.

Here, the first combination may be a combination of only the first notice icon and the second notice icon, or a combination including notice icons other than the first notice icon and the second notice icon. May be. The first combination may be a combination that always includes the first notice icon and the second notice icon, or a combination that does not include at least one of the first notice icon and the second notice icon. May be.

In addition, “the second symbol variation display [for example, a symbol variation display which is a big hit based on the second suspension which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 41(1)] is suspended, and then the second In the period until the display of the symbol variation display is finished, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed [for example, as shown in FIG. 42 (19), the symbol variation display which is the target of prefetching is suspended. In the period from the start to the end of the variable display of the symbol, the notice icon I21 of “house” and the notice icon I22 of “crest” displayed in the notice icon display area 285 have been consumed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, a plurality of notice icons are digested in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, thereby responding to these. Since a plurality of effects that are performed may be performed, the effect of the effect may be improved.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, some icons other than the plurality of notice icons may be consumed. In addition, in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, a plurality of notice icons may be surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

Further, in the "one-time symbol variation display, even if only some of the notice icons of the first combination are exhausted, the first effect display is configured not to be displayed [for example, Even if only one of the "house" notice icon I21 and the "crest" notice icon I22 is consumed, the effect image shown in FIG. 42(21) is not displayed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, if the notice icon including the first notice icon and the second notice icon is not digested in one symbol variation display, the first effect display is not displayed, so the first effect display It may be possible to give a sense of superiority to the player who has been able to see.

Here, in the one-time symbol variable display, even if only some of the notice icons of the first combination are consumed, it may be configured such that only the first effect display is not displayed. In the symbol variable display, even if only some of the first notice icons in the first combination are consumed, the display other than the first effect display may not be displayed. Further, in the one-time symbol variable display, even if only some of the notice icons of the first combination are consumed, the first effect display may not necessarily be displayed, or only one notice icon may be displayed. In the symbol variation display, even if only some of the first notice icons of the first combination are consumed, the first effect display may be displayed.

In addition, only in the one-time symbol variation display, even if only some of the notice icons in the first combination are exhausted, the first effect display may not be displayed, or only one Even in a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display, the first effect display may not be displayed even if only some of the notice icons in the first combination are consumed.

In addition, when the third notice icon [for example, the notice icon I6 of the hat shown in FIG. 20 and the like] is consumed as the notice icon, the third effect display [for example, as shown in FIG. ), the production display in which the banchou character BC displayed corresponding to the digestion of the hat notice icon I6 pushes up the right symbol, etc.] is displayed.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, there are cases in which variations in production are increased and the production effect can be enhanced.

Here, it may be configured such that only the third effect display is displayed by digesting the third notice icon, or by the third notice icon being digested, The display other than the effect display may be displayed. In addition, the third notice icon may be configured to be always displayed when the third notice icon is consumed, or the third notice icon may be configured to be displayed. The display may not be displayed in some cases.

In addition, the third effect display may be displayed only by digesting the third notice icon, or even if the third notice icon is not consumed. It may be configured to display the third effect display.

In addition, “The pre-reading target is a symbol variation display (hereinafter, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIGS. 20(21) to 23(66) is a symbol that is lost. The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started during the period from the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display [for example, FIG. As shown in (2) to FIG. 23 (66), four notice icons are stocked from the time when the variable display of the pre-reading object is suspended until the end of the variable display of the pre-reading object, etc. ],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is displayed, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be always started, The display of the plurality of notice icons may not be started in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

Further, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

In addition, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIG. 20(21) to FIG. 23(66), which is a symbol variation display that may be lost, etc.] is suspended and then the The plurality of advance notice icons may be consumed in the period until the display of the fourth symbol variable display is completed [for example, as shown in FIGS. Four notice icons have been consumed from the time when a certain pattern change display is suspended until the end of the pattern change display that is the target of prefetching, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is exhausted, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the icons other than the plurality of notice icons are also consumed. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the plurality of notice icons are surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

In addition, “holding display means [eg, first special figure holding lamp 218, second special figure holding lamp 220, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] is provided,
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a number of displays corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) in which the start of the symbol variable display is held [for example, the holding icon shown in FIG. 41. In the display area 281, the number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of the special figure 1 is held is displayed],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the number of displays corresponding to the number of holdings, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display of the number corresponding to the number of holdings. .. Further, the hold display means may always display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations, or may not display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations.

In addition, “The notice icon is an icon that does not display the number of holdings depending on the displayed number [for example, a notice icon (a notice icon I21 of “house” or a notice of “crest” shown in FIG. 41]. The icon I22 etc.) is not an icon indicating the number of operations of the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1 that are suspended, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to perform an effect regardless of the number of holdings.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
[First display means [for example, a first decorative symbol display device 208A shown in FIG. 46, a first decorative symbol display device 208C shown in FIG. 49],
Second display means [for example, a second decorative symbol display device 208B shown in FIG. 46, a second decorative symbol display device 208D shown in FIG. 49],
A gaming machine equipped with
The first display means is a display relating to the notice icon [for example, a display in which the notice icon I6 of the hat shown in FIGS. 46(10) to 47(13) is exhausted, or FIGS. 47(16) to 47(19). ) Shown in FIG. 49), the display of the banchou character BC performed corresponding to the hat notice icon I6, or the pseudo continuous production, or the display of the hat notice icon I6 shown in FIGS. 49(c1) to (c5). Etc.] can be displayed,
The second display means displays the notification icon [for example, the notification icon display area 285A shown in FIGS. 46(2) to 47(13) or FIGS. 46(5) to 46(9)). Display of hat notice icon I6 shown in FIG. 49, or display of hat notice icon I6 shown in FIG. 49(c6)].
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a look-ahead notice display [for example, the notice icon shown in FIG. 18 may function as a look-ahead notice display, etc.],
Large-scale jackpot variable display that is the object of prefetching (hereinafter, "second symbol variable display [eg, symbolic variation display that becomes a jackpot based on the second hold that is the target of prefetching shown in FIG. 49(c1)]) ") is held until the display of the second variable display is completed, the display of the plurality of notice icons (hereinafter referred to as "plural notice icons") is started. There is a case [for example, as shown in FIG. 49(c1) to FIG. 49(c9), the notice icon is displayed in the period from the suspension of the pre-reading target variable display until the end of the variable display. In the area 285B, two hat notice icons I6 and one shuriken notice icon I7 are displayed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

Although there is room for improvement in the display means in the conventional game table, this game table can realize a game table having a characteristic in the display means.

Further, according to this gaming table, since the display relating to the notice icon may be displayed on the plurality of display means, the player's line of sight looking at the display regarding the notice icon should not be concentrated on one display means, Sometimes it can entertain the player.

Here, the display means may consist only of the first display means and the second display means, or may be provided with a display means other than the first display means and the second display means. .. Further, the display means may necessarily include the first display means and the second display means, or may not include the first display means and the second display means.

Further, the first display means may be capable of displaying only the display regarding the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display regarding the notice icon. Further, the first display means may always display the display regarding the notice icon, or may not display the display regarding the notice icon.

The second display means may be capable of displaying only the display regarding the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display regarding the notice icon. In addition, the second display means may always display the display regarding the notice icon, or may not display the display regarding the notice icon.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only as the prefetch notice display, or may be displayed as something other than the prefetch notice display. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed as the prefetch notice display, or may not be displayed as the prefetch notice display.

Also, in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, only the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started, In the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. Further, in the period from the second symbol variable display is suspended, until the display of the second symbol variable display is finished, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be always started, There may be a case where the display of the plurality of notice icons is not started in the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

In addition, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only during the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of advance notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

In addition, “the second symbol variation display [for example, a symbol variation display which is a big hit based on the second suspension which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 49(c1)] is suspended, and then the second In the period until the display of the symbol variable display is finished, the plurality of notice icons may be exhausted [for example, as shown in FIGS. 49(c1) to (c9), it is a target of prefetching. The notice icon I7 of the shuriken and the notice icon I6 of the two hats have been consumed in the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the variable display of symbols],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, a plurality of notice icons are digested in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, thereby responding to these. Since a plurality of effects that are performed may be performed, the effect of the effect may be improved.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, some icons other than the plurality of notice icons may be consumed. In addition, in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, a plurality of notice icons may be surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

Further, in the “second display means [for example, the second decorative symbol display device 208B shown in FIG. 46, the second decorative symbol display device 208D shown in FIG. 49, etc.], the notice icon is displayed. Configured [for example, as shown in FIG. 46(5), the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed on the second decorative pattern display device 208B, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, since the display means capable of performing the stock effect is determined, it may be possible not to miss the stocked notice icon.

Here, the second display means may be configured to display only the notice icon, or the second display means may be configured to display other than the notice icon. Good. Further, the second display means may be configured to always display the notice icon, or the second display means may be configured to not display the notice icon in some cases.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only on the second display means, or the notice icon may be displayed on the display means other than the second display means. Good.

Further, in the "first display means [eg, the first decorative symbol display device 208A shown in FIG. 46, the first decorative symbol display device 208C shown in FIG. 49, etc.], the notice icon is displayed. A notice may be displayed [For example, as shown in FIGS. 46(2) to 46(5), a notice indicating that the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in the notice icon display area 285A is displayed. Effect) is displayed on the first decorative symbol display device 208A, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the advance notice icon may be displayed in advance, so it may be possible to keep the player focused on the display means so that the player does not miss the advance notice icon display. is there.

Here, in the first display means, there may be a case in which only a display for notifying that the notice icon is displayed may be performed, or in the first display means, a display for notifying that the notice icon is displayed. Other displays may be displayed. In addition, there may be a case where the first display means always displays a notice that the notice icon is displayed, and the first display means displays a notice that the notice icon is displayed. You may not do it.

In addition, there may be a case where a notice that the notice icon is displayed is displayed only on the first display means, and the notice icon may be displayed on the display means other than the first display means. There may be a case in which a display for announcing is displayed.

In addition, “the first display means has a first display area [for example, the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208A shown in FIG. 46, the first decorative symbol display device 208C shown in FIG. 49, etc.] Is the means provided,
The second display means is provided with a second display area [for example, the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208B shown in FIG. 46, the second decorative symbol display device 208D shown in FIG. 49, etc.]. Means,
The notice icon may be displayed across the first display area and the second display area [for example, as shown in FIG. 46 (4) or FIG. 1 is displayed across the decorative symbol display device 208A and the second decorative symbol display device 208B, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it is possible to produce a notice icon with an impact, which may entertain the player.

Here, the first display means may be provided with only the first display area, or may be provided with a display area other than the first display area. Further, the first display means may be always provided with the first display area, or may not be provided with the first display area.

Further, the second display means may be provided with only the second display area, or may be provided with a display area other than the second display area. Further, the second display means may be always provided with the second display area, or may not be provided with the second display area.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only over the first display area and the second display area, or the notice icon may be displayed in areas other than the first display area and the second display area. It may be displayed over the area. In addition, the notice icon may be displayed over the first display area and the second display area without fail, and the notice icon may be displayed over the first display area and the second display area. It may not be displayed.

In addition, only the notice icon may be displayed across the first display area and the second display area, and other than the notice icon may be displayed in the first display area and the second display area. It may be displayed over the entire range.

In addition, “the first display means has a first display area [for example, the display screen of the first decorative symbol display device 208A shown in FIG. 46, the first decorative symbol display device 208C shown in FIG. 49, etc.] Is the means provided,
The second display means is provided with a second display area [for example, the display screen of the second decorative symbol display device 208B shown in FIG. 46, the second decorative symbol display device 208D shown in FIG. 49, etc.]. Means,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in a display mode according to the type [for example, a plurality of types of notice icons according to the type of effect shown in FIG. 18],
When the notice icon is consumed, a performance display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed across the first display area and the second display area [eg, FIG. As shown in 47(16) to (18), when the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed, the enlarged and displayed Bancho character BC2 changes from the first decorative symbol display device 208A to the second decorative symbol display device. In the effect display in which the length-long character BC pushes up the right symbol, the right symbol is displayed over the first decorative symbol display device 208A and the second decorative symbol display device 208B, and the pseudo continuous symbol is the second symbol. And the like displayed from the decorative design display device 208B to the first decorative design display device 208A],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it is possible to produce a notice icon with an impact, which may entertain the player.

Here, the first display means may be provided with only the first display area, or may be provided with a display area other than the first display area. Further, the first display means may be always provided with the first display area, or may not be provided with the first display area.

Further, the second display means may be provided with only the second display area, or may be provided with a display area other than the second display area. Further, the second display means may be always provided with the second display area, or may not be provided with the second display area.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only in a display mode according to the type, or may be displayed in a display mode other than the display mode according to the type. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in a display mode according to the type, or may not be displayed in a display mode according to the type.

Further, when the notice icon is consumed, the effect display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed only over the first display area and the second display area. When the notice icon is consumed, the effect display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed in a display area other than the first display area and the second display area. Good. Further, when the notice icon is consumed, the effect display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be always displayed in the first display area and the second display area. When the notice icon is consumed, the effect display corresponding to the type of the notice icon consumed may not be displayed across the first display area and the second display area.

Further, when the notice icon is consumed, only the effect display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed over the first display area and the second display area. When the notice icon is consumed, even if the effect display other than the effect display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed is displayed over the first display area and the second display area, Good.

In addition, “The pre-reading target is a symbol variation display (hereinafter, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIGS. 20(21) to 23(66) is a symbol that is lost. The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started during the period from the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display [for example, FIG. As shown in (2) to FIG. 23 (66), four notice icons are stocked from the time when the variable display of the pre-reading object is suspended until the end of the variable display of the pre-reading object, etc. ],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is displayed, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be always started, The display of the plurality of notice icons may not be started in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

Further, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

In addition, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIG. 20(21) to FIG. 23(66), which is a symbol variation display that may be lost, etc.] is suspended and then the The plurality of advance notice icons may be consumed in the period until the display of the fourth symbol variable display is completed [for example, as shown in FIGS. Four notice icons have been consumed from the time when a certain pattern change display is suspended until the end of the pattern change display that is the target of prefetching, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is exhausted, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the icons other than the plurality of notice icons are also consumed. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the plurality of notice icons are surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

In addition, “holding display means [eg, first special figure holding lamp 218, second special figure holding lamp 220, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] is provided,
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a number of displays corresponding to the number of the start of the symbol variable display being held (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) [eg, the hold icon shown in FIG. 46. In the display area 281, the number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of the special figure 1 is held is displayed],
A game table characterized by that.

Here, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the number of displays corresponding to the number of holdings, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display of the number corresponding to the number of holdings. .. Further, the hold display means may always display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations, or may not display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations.

In addition, “The notice icon is an icon that does not display the number of holdings depending on the displayed number [for example, the notice icon (the notice icon I6 of the hat, etc. shown in FIG. 46) of FIG. It is not an icon that shows the number of symbols that the variable display operation is suspended, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to perform an effect regardless of the number of holdings.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
“Display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
A first movable means [for example, an actuator for displacing the position of the effect button 136 shown in FIG. 52(12), a family crest part 224B shown in FIG. 44(d4-2)],
A gaming machine equipped with
One of the plurality of types of displays is a notice icon [for example, each notice icon shown in FIGS. 18(a) and 18(b), a notice icon I21 for “house”, a notice icon I22 for “crest”). , Drink notice icon I31, etc.]
The notice icon is an icon displayed in a display mode according to the type,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
Large-scale jackpot variable display that is the target of prefetching (hereinafter, "second symbol variable display [for example, symbolic variation display that becomes a big hit based on the third hold that is the target of prefetching shown in FIG. 19(2)]) ") is held, and the display of the plurality of notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as "a plurality of notice icons") is started in the period from the end of the display of the second symbol variable display. There is a case [for example, as shown in FIGS. 19(2) to 23(66) and FIG. 52, in the period from the suspension of the symbol variable display that is the target of the prefetching to the end of the symbol variable display, In the notice icon display area 285, two hat notice icons I6, a thousand box notice icon I9, and a drink notice icon I31 are displayed, etc.],
The first movable means provides a first movable effect [eg, movable effect for displacing the effect button 136 from the default position to the projecting position as shown in FIGS. 52(12) to (17)]. Is a viable means,
The first movable effect may be executed when the fourth notice icon [for example, the notice icon I31 for a drink or the like] of the displayed notice icons is consumed. ,
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

Although there is room for improvement in the movable means in the conventional game table, this game table can realize a game table having a characteristic in the movable means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, when the fourth notice icon is consumed on the display means, the first movable effect may be performed by the first movable means, so that variations of the effect can be increased. There are cases.

Further, according to this gaming table, the player's line of sight can be focused not only on the display means but also on the movable means, and the staging effect can be enhanced in some cases.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of displays, or may be capable of displaying other than a plurality of types of displays. Further, the display means may always display a plurality of types of displays, or may not display a plurality of types of displays.

Further, the display means may be capable of displaying only the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icon. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon or may not display the notice icon.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only in a display mode according to the type, or may be displayed in a display mode other than the display mode according to the type. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in a display mode according to the type, or may not be displayed in a display mode according to the type.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only as the prefetch notice display, or may be displayed other than as the prefetch notice display. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed as the prefetch notice display, or may not be displayed as the prefetch notice display.

Also, in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, only the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started, In the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. Further, in the period from the second symbol variable display is suspended, until the display of the second symbol variable display is finished, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be always started, There may be a case where the display of the plurality of notice icons is not started in the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

In addition, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only during the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of advance notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

Further, the first movable means may be capable of executing only the first movable effect, or may be capable of executing movable effects other than the first movable effect. In addition, the first movable means may always execute the first movable effect, or may not execute the first movable effect.

Further, when the fourth notice icon of the displayed notice icons is exhausted, it may be configured such that only the first movable effect may be executed. It may be configured such that a movable effect other than the first movable effect may also be executed when the fourth notice icon among them is consumed. Further, when the fourth notice icon of the displayed notice icons is exhausted, it may be configured such that the first movable effect may be executed without fail. The first movable effect may not be executed when the fourth notice icon is exhausted.

Further, it may be configured such that the first movable effect may be executed only when the fourth notice icon of the displayed notice icons is consumed, or the first notice effect may be displayed. It may be configured such that the first movable effect may be executed even when the fourth notice icon is not consumed.

In addition, “the second symbol variation display [for example, a symbol variation display which is a big hit based on the third suspension which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 19(2)] is suspended, and then the second In the period until the display of the symbol variable display is finished, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 19(2) to 23(66) and FIG. During the period from the suspension of the target symbol variable display until the end of the symbol variable display, the two hat notice icons I6, the thousand box notice icon I9, and the drink notice icon I31 are digested, etc.] ,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, a plurality of notice icons are digested in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, thereby responding to these. Since a plurality of effects that are performed may be performed, the effect of the effect may be improved.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, some icons other than the plurality of notice icons may be consumed. In addition, in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, a plurality of notice icons may be surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

In addition, when the fifth notice icon among the displayed notice icons [for example, the notice icon shown in FIG. 18, the notice icon I21 of “house”, etc.] is consumed, the first movable icon is displayed. It is configured so that the performance is not executed,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, when the fifth notice icon of the displayed notice icons is consumed, only the first movable effect may be configured not to be executed, or of the displayed notice icons. When the fifth notice icon is consumed, the movable effects other than the first movable effect may not be executed. Further, when the fifth notice icon of the displayed notice icons is consumed, the first movable effect may be configured not to be executed without fail, or the first notice effect of the displayed notice icons may be executed. The first movable effect may be executed when the five notice icons are exhausted.

Further, the first movable effect may be configured not to be executed only when the fifth notice icon among the notice icons displayed has been exhausted, or the first notice effect among the notice icons displayed may be executed. The first movable effect may be configured not to be executed even in the case other than the case where the five notice icons are exhausted.

In addition, “operation means [for example, effect button 136 etc.] that can be operated by the player is provided,
The first movable means is a means for moving the operating means,
The first movable effect refers to a mode of the operation means from a first mode [eg, default position shown in FIG. 52(12)] to a second mode [eg, FIG. 52(17)]. The projected position, etc.]
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the change of the operation means may be notified by the notification icon, so that the operation means may also be noticed.

Here, the operating means may be operable only by the player, or may be operable by anyone other than the player. Further, it may be one that is always operated by the player, or may not be operated by the player.

Further, the first movable means may be movable only by the operating means, or may be movable by means other than the operating means. Further, the first movable means may be one that can always move the operating means, or may not move the operating means.

In addition, “second movable means [for example, a family crest part shown in FIG. 44 (d4-2)] is provided,
The second movable means is a means capable of executing a second movable effect [for example, a family crest falling effect shown in FIG. 44(d4-2)].
The second movable effect may be executed when a sixth notice icon [for example, the notice icon I21 of "house", etc.] among the displayed notice icons is consumed. ing,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the variety of effects by the movable means becomes rich, and the interest may be improved.

Here, the second movable means may be capable of executing only the second movable effect, or may be capable of executing movable effects other than the second movable effect. In addition, the second movable means may always execute the second movable effect, or may not execute the second movable effect.

Further, when the sixth notice icon of the displayed notice icons is consumed, it may be configured such that only the second movable effect is executed, or the displayed notice icon. It may be configured such that a movable effect other than the second movable effect may be executed when the sixth notice icon of the above is exhausted. Further, when the sixth notice icon of the displayed notice icons is exhausted, the second movable effect may be configured to be executed without fail. The second movable effect may not be executed when the sixth notice icon is consumed.

Further, the second movable effect may be configured to be executed only when the sixth notice icon of the displayed notice icons is consumed, or the displayed notice icon is displayed. The second movable effect may be executed even when the sixth notice icon is not consumed.

In addition, “The pre-reading target is a symbol variation display (hereinafter, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIGS. 20(21) to 23(66) is a symbol that is lost. The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started during the period from the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display [for example, FIG. As shown in (2) to FIG. 23 (66), four notice icons are stocked from the time when the variable display of the pre-reading object is suspended until the end of the variable display of the pre-reading object, etc. ],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is displayed, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be always started, The display of the plurality of notice icons may not be started in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

Further, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

In addition, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIG. 20(21) to FIG. 23(66), which is a symbol variation display that may be lost, etc.] is suspended and then the The plurality of advance notice icons may be consumed in the period until the display of the fourth symbol variable display is completed [for example, as shown in FIGS. Four notice icons have been consumed from the time when a certain pattern change display is suspended until the end of the pattern change display that is the target of prefetching, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is exhausted, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the icons other than the plurality of notice icons are also consumed. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the plurality of notice icons are surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

In addition, “holding display means [eg, first special figure holding lamp 218, second special figure holding lamp 220, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] is provided,
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a number of displays corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) in which the start of the symbol variable display is held [for example, the holding icon shown in FIG. 41. In the display area 281, the number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of the special figure 1 is held is displayed],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the number of displays corresponding to the number of holdings, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display of the number corresponding to the number of holdings. .. Further, the hold display means may always display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations, or may not display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations.

In addition, "The notice icon is an icon that does not display the number of holdings depending on the displayed number [for example, a notice icon shown in FIG. 52 (thousand box notice icon I9, drink notice icon I31, etc.). Is not an icon that indicates the number of operations of the symbol variation display of Toku-zu 1, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to perform an effect regardless of the number of holdings.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
[A game table provided with a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
One of the plurality of types of display is a notice icon [for example, notice icons shown in FIGS. 18(a) and 18(b)],
The notice icon is an icon displayed in a display mode according to the type,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
Large-scale jackpot variable display that is the object of prefetching (hereinafter, "second symbol variable display [eg, symbolic variation display that becomes a big hit based on the second hold that is the target of prefetching shown in FIG. 54(1)]) ") is held, and the display of the plurality of notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as "a plurality of notice icons") is started in the period from the end of the display of the second symbol variable display. In some cases [for example, as shown in FIGS. 19(2) to 23(66), the notice icon display is displayed during the period from the suspension of the symbol variation display, which is the target of prefetching, to the termination of the symbol variation display. In the area 285, two hat notice icons I6, a thousand box notice icon I9, and a fan notice icon I10 are displayed, etc.],
One of the plurality of types of display is a notice icon display suggestion display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 54(2) to 54(6), a notice that a notice icon by a lord's effect is displayed, etc.] ],
The notice icon display suggestion display is a display that suggests that the notice icon display may be started,
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

Although there is room for improvement in the display means in the conventional game table, this game table can realize a game table having a characteristic in the display means.

Further, according to this gaming machine, it may be suggested in advance that the display of the notice icon may be started, so that it may be possible to enjoy the process until the notice icon is displayed.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of displays, or may be capable of displaying other than a plurality of types of displays. Further, the display means may always display a plurality of types of displays, or may not display a plurality of types of displays.

Further, the display means may be capable of displaying only the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icon. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon or may not display the notice icon.

Further, the display means may display only the notice icon display suggestion display, or may display a display other than the notice icon display suggestion display. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon display suggestion display, or may not display the notice icon display suggestion display.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only as the prefetch notice display, or may be displayed other than as the prefetch notice display. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed as the prefetch notice display, or may not be displayed as the prefetch notice display.

Also, in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, only the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started, In the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. Further, in the period from the second symbol variable display is suspended, until the display of the second symbol variable display is finished, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be always started, There may be a case where the display of the plurality of notice icons is not started in the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

In addition, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only during the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of advance notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

Further, the notice icon display suggestion display may be capable of only indicating that the notice icon may be displayed, or may be other than the notice icon display being sometimes started. It may be suggestable. Further, the notice icon display suggestion display may necessarily indicate that the notice icon may be displayed, or may not indicate that the notice icon may be displayed. It may be.

In addition, “the second symbol variation display [for example, a symbol variation display which is a big hit based on the second suspension which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 54(1)] is suspended, and then the second In the period until the display of the symbol variable display is finished, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 19(2) to 23(66), it is a target of prefetching. During the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the variable display of symbols, the notice icon I6 of the two hats, the notice icon I9 of the thousand boxes and the notice icon of the fan displayed in the notice icon display area 285 are exhausted. Etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, a plurality of notice icons are digested in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, thereby responding to these. Since a plurality of effects that are performed may be performed, the effect of the effect may be improved.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, some icons other than the plurality of notice icons may be consumed. In addition, in the period from the second symbol variable display being held until the display of the second symbol variable display is completed, a plurality of notice icons may be surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the second symbol variable display until the end of the display of the second symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

Further, “The notice icon display suggestive display is a display that may be displayed over a plurality of symbol variable displays [for example, twice as shown in FIGS. 54(2) to 54(5)). The notice that the notice icon by the lord's production is displayed over the variable display of
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the notice icon display suggestion display may be displayed over the plurality of symbol variable displays, so that it may be possible to enjoy the process until the notice icon is displayed.

Here, the notice icon display suggestive display may be displayed only over a plurality of symbol variation displays, or may be displayed over a plurality of symbol variation displays other than the symbol variation display. There may be cases where Further, the notice icon display suggestion display may be always displayed over a plurality of symbol variation displays, or may not be displayed over a plurality of symbol variation displays.

In addition, it is configured such that the display of the notice icon display suggestion display is ended while the symbol variation display displayed before the second symbol variation display is displayed [for example, FIG. 54(2). ~ As shown in (5) of the same figure, the advance notice that the advance notice icon is displayed by the lord's presentation is finished before the start of the variable pattern display, which is the target of prefetching, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, the notice icon display suggestive display is finished before the symbol variation display to be pre-reading is started, so that it may be possible to concentrate on the symbol variation to be pre-reading.

Here, during the display of the symbol variation display displayed prior to the second symbol variation display, only the notice icon display suggestion display may be configured to end, or the second symbol variation display The display other than the display of the notice icon display suggestion display may be terminated during the display of the symbol variable display displayed before the display. Further, during the display of the symbol variation display displayed before the second symbol variation display, the display of the notice icon display suggestion display may be configured to always end, or the second symbol variation display It may be configured such that the display of the notice icon display suggestion display may not be terminated during the display of the symbol variable display that is displayed before.

Further, the display of the notice icon display suggestion display may be configured to end only during the display of the symbol variation display that is displayed before the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display. The display of the notice icon display suggestion display may be configured to end even when the symbol variable display that is displayed before is displayed.

In addition, “the notice icon display suggestion display is a display that may indicate that at least one of the notice icons of a third number [for example, three] may be started. [For example, as shown in FIG. 56(a1-4), in the Amida production, at least one of the hat notice icon I6, the fan notice icon I10, and the thousand box notice icon I9 may be displayed. Suggesting that there is such a thing],
The third number is a number greater than or equal to 2,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, at least one of the previously announced notice icons may be displayed, so that the player can understand which notice icon may be displayed. There is a case where it is possible to entertain the fluctuation of the design in which the notice icon is displayed.

Here, the notice icon display suggestion display may indicate only that at least one of the third number notice icons may be started, or the third notice icon display suggestion may be displayed. It may also indicate something other than that at least one of the number of notice icons may be displayed. In addition, the notice icon display suggestion display may necessarily indicate that at least one of the notice icons of the third number may be displayed, or the notice icon of the third number may be displayed. It may not indicate that the display of at least one of the may be initiated.

In addition, the display of at least one of the third number of the notice icons suggested that the display may be started by the notice icon display suggestion display may be started [eg, 56(a1-1) to 56(a-6), as a result of the Amida effect, the notice icon I6 of the hat is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, there may be a case where only the display of at least one of the third number of notice icons, which has been suggested that the notice may be started by the notice icon display suggestion display, may be started. There may be a case where a display other than the display of at least one of the third number of advance notice icons, which is suggested that the display may be started by the icon display suggesting display, may be started. Further, it may be configured so that at least one of the third number of notice icons, which has been suggested that the notice may be started by the notice icon indication suggestion display, is always started. There may be a case where the display of at least one of the third number of advance notice icons, which is suggested that the display may be started by the icon display suggestion display, is not started.

In addition, “The pre-reading target is a symbol variation display (hereinafter, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIGS. 20(21) to 23(66) is a symbol that is lost. The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started during the period from the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display [for example, FIG. As shown in (2) to FIG. 23 (66), four notice icons are stocked from the time when the variable display of the pre-reading object is suspended until the end of the variable display of the pre-reading object, etc. ],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is displayed, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be always started, The display of the plurality of notice icons may not be started in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

Further, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

In addition, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIG. 20(21) to FIG. 23(66), which is a symbol variation display that may be lost, etc.] is suspended and then the The plurality of advance notice icons may be consumed in the period until the display of the fourth symbol variable display is completed [for example, as shown in FIGS. Four notice icons have been consumed from the time when a certain pattern change display is suspended until the end of the pattern change display that is the target of prefetching, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is exhausted, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the icons other than the plurality of notice icons are also consumed. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the plurality of notice icons are surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

In addition, “holding display means [eg, first special figure holding lamp 218, second special figure holding lamp 220, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] is provided,
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a number of displays corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) of which the start of the variable display is held [for example, the holding icon shown in FIG. 54. In the display area 281, the number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of the special figure 1 is held is displayed],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the number of displays corresponding to the number of holdings, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display of the number corresponding to the number of holdings. .. Further, the hold display means may always display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations, or may not display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations.

In addition, "The notice icon is an icon that does not display the number of holdings depending on the displayed number [for example, the notice icon (the notice icon I6 of a hat, etc.) shown in FIG. It is not an icon that shows the number of symbols that the variable display operation is suspended, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to perform an effect regardless of the number of holdings.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
[A game table provided with a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208 or the like],
One of the plurality of types of display is a notice icon [for example, notice icons shown in FIGS. 18(a) and 18(b)],
The notice icon is an icon displayed in a display mode according to the type,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as the first prefetch notice display,
Large-scale jackpot variation display that is the target of prefetching (hereinafter, "second symbol variation display [for example, symbol variation display that is a jackpot based on the third hold that is the target of prefetching shown in FIG. 57(2)]) Display) is held after ".") is suspended. This is referred to as "first symbol display variation [for example, symbol display variation shown in FIGS. 57(4) to (13)]". May be started,
In the period from the start of the display of the first symbol variable display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, a plurality of the notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as “plural notice icons”) The display may be started [for example, as shown in FIGS. 19(4) to 23(66), the symbol variation display started after the symbol variation display, which is the target of pre-reading, is held pending. From the start of the display of No. until the end of the pattern variation display that is the big hit that is the target of the prefetch, the two hat notice icons I6, the thousand box notice icon I9, and the fan notice icon I10 are displayed. etc],
The first symbol variation display is a symbol variation display that is started to be displayed next to the symbol variation display displayed when the second symbol variation display is suspended,
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

Although there is room for improvement in the display means in the conventional game table, this game table can realize a game table having a characteristic in the display means.

Also, according to this gaming table, while the symbol variation display displayed when the hold display related to the second symbol variation display that is the target of prefetch is displayed to the end, it starts after that. It may be possible to enjoy the display of the notice icon as the read-ahead notice display related to the second pattern change display that is the target of the read-ahead from the displayed pattern change display.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of displays, or may be capable of displaying other than a plurality of types of displays. Further, the display means may always display a plurality of types of displays, or may not display a plurality of types of displays.

Further, the display means may be capable of displaying only the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icon. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon or may not display the notice icon.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only as the first look-ahead notice display, or may be displayed other than as the first look-ahead notice display. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed as the first look-ahead notice display, or may not be displayed as the first look-ahead notice display.

Further, there may be a case where only the display of the first symbol variation display is started after the second symbol variation display is suspended, or the first symbol variation after the second symbol variation display is suspended. There may be a case where a symbol variable display other than the display of the display is also started. Further, the display of the first symbol variation display may be always started after the second symbol variation display is suspended, or the display of the first symbol variation display after the second symbol variation display is suspended. It may not be started.

Further, there may be a case where only the display of the first symbol variation display is started only after the second symbol variation display is suspended, and also after the second symbol variation display is suspended. There may be a case where only one symbol variable display is started.

Further, there may be a case where only a plurality of notice icons are started during the period from the start of the display of the first symbol variable display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, In some cases, the display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started during the period from the start of the display of the one symbol variable display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display. Further, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started without fail during the period from the start of the display of the first symbol variation display to the end of the display of the second symbol variation display, or the first symbol variation There may be a case where the display of the plurality of notice icons is not started in the period from the start of the display of the display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

Further, there may be a case where the display of the plurality of notice icons is started only during the period from the start of the display of the first symbol variable display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the start of the display of the one symbol variable display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

In addition, in the period from the start of the display of the first symbol variation display to the end of the display of the second symbol variation display, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed [eg, As shown in FIGS. 19(4) to 23(66), the target of the prefetch is started after the display of the symbol variable display started after the symbol variable display that is the big hit, which is the target of the prefetch, is suspended. By the end of the symbol variation display which is a big hit, the notice icon I6 of two hats, the notice icon I9 of a thousand boxes, and the notice icon I10 of a fan are consumed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, while the symbol variation display displayed when the hold display relating to the second symbol variation display to be prefetched is displayed can be enjoyed to the end, it is started after that. In some cases, it is possible to enjoy digesting the notice icon as a look-ahead notice display related to the second pattern change display that is the target of the look-ahead from the pattern change display.

Here, in the period from the start of the display of the first symbol variable display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the start of the display of the one symbol variable display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display, there may be a case where the icons other than the plurality of notice icons are also consumed. Also, in the period from the start of the display of the first symbol variation display to the end of the display of the second symbol variation display, a plurality of notice icons may be surely consumed, or the first symbol variation display There may be a case where a plurality of notice icons are not digested in the period from the start of display of to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the start of the display of the first symbol variable display to the end of the display of the second symbol variable display. In a period other than the period from the start of the display of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the second variable display of symbols, the plurality of advance notice icons may be consumed.

In addition, “holding display means [eg, first special figure holding lamp 218, second special figure holding lamp 220, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] is provided,
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a number of displays corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) in which the start of the symbol variable display is held [for example, the holding icon shown in FIG. 57. In the display area 281, the number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of the special figure 1 is held is displayed],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the number of displays corresponding to the number of holdings, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display of the number corresponding to the number of holdings. .. Further, the hold display means may always display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations, or may not display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations.

In addition, "The notice icon is an icon that does not display the number of holdings depending on the displayed number [for example, the notice icon shown in FIG. It is not an icon that indicates the number of symbols that the variable display operation is suspended, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to perform an effect regardless of the number of holdings.

In addition, in the case where the “second symbol variation display [eg, a symbol variation display which is a big hit based on the third suspension which is the target of prefetch shown in FIG. 57(2)] is suspended, the second The display of the hold display [for example, display of the third hold icon h13 shown in FIG. 57(2)] is started,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, it may be possible to recognize that the second symbol variable display has been suspended.

Here, the display of the second hold display may be started only when the second symbol variable display is suspended, or in the case other than the case where the second symbol variable display is suspended. The display of the hold display may be started. In addition, the display of the second hold display may be always started when the second symbol variable display is held, and the display of the second hold display is displayed when the second symbol variable display is held. It does not have to be started.

Further, as the second prefetching notice display, the second hold display is displayed in the second prefetching display mode [for example, the prefetching notice display mode (display mode of Sabohani) shown in FIG. 57(2), etc.]. May be
In the symbol variation display displayed when the second symbol variation display is suspended, the second suspension display may be displayed in the second prefetch display mode [for example, FIG. 57 (2 ), the third hold icon h13 is displayed in the look-ahead notice display mode (display mode of Savohani) when the symbol variation display, which is a big hit based on the third hold that is the target of read-ahead, is suspended. Etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, the variation of the pre-reading notice display may be increased and the interest may be improved.

Here, the second hold display may be displayed only in the second read-ahead display mode as the second read-ahead notice display, or the second hold display may be displayed as the second read-ahead notice display. It may be displayed in a display mode other than the second prefetch display mode. Further, as the second look-ahead notice display, the second hold display may be always displayed in the second look-ahead display mode, or as the second look-ahead notice display, the second hold display is the second look-ahead display. It may not be displayed in the form.

Also, in the symbol variation display that is displayed when the second symbol variation display is suspended, the second suspension display may be displayed only in the second prefetch display mode, or the second In the symbol variable display that is displayed when the symbol variable display is held, the second hold display may be displayed in a display mode other than the second prefetch display mode. Further, in the symbol variation display that is displayed when the second symbol variation display is suspended, the second suspension display may be always displayed in the second prefetch display mode, or the second symbol variation display. The second variable display may not be displayed in the second prefetch display mode in the symbol variable display that is displayed when is suspended.

Also, only in the symbol variation display that is displayed when the second symbol variation display is suspended, the second suspension display may be displayed in the second look-ahead display mode, or the second Also in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display displayed when the symbol variation display is suspended, the second suspension display may be displayed in the second prefetch display mode.

In addition, “one of the plurality of types of displays is a third prefetching notice display [for example, the effect display of the prefetching mode shown in FIG. 58 (b2) to FIG. 58 (b3)],
The third prefetching notice display is a display that may be displayed after the second symbol variation display is suspended [for example, shown in FIGS. 58(b1) to (b3). As described above, the effect display in the prefetch mode is started after the symbol variable display, which is a big hit based on the third hold that is the prefetch target, is suspended],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming machine, the variation of the pre-reading notice display is increased, so that the interest may be improved.

Here, the third look-ahead notice display may be displayed only after the second symbol variation display is suspended, or after the second symbol variation display is suspended. Other than that, the display may be started. Further, the third look-ahead notice display may be always displayed after the second symbol variation display is suspended, or may not be displayed after the second symbol variation display is suspended. There may be cases.

In addition, “a loss symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching (hereinafter, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, a symbol variation that becomes a loss based on the third hold that is the target of prefetching shown in FIG. 57(2)] "Display etc.]") is suspended and is referred to as a symbol variation display (hereinafter, "third symbol variation display [eg, symbol variation display shown in FIGS. 57(4) to 57(13)]". ) May be displayed,
The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started during the period from the start of the display of the third symbol variable display to the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display [eg, the figure As shown in 19(4) to FIG. 23(66), in the target of the prefetching after the display of the symbol variable display started after the symbol variable display that is the target of the prefetching is suspended is started. By the time the pattern variation display that causes a certain loss ends, the two hat notice icons I6, the thousand-box notice icon I9, and the fan notice icon I10 are displayed, etc.],
The third symbol variation display is a symbol variation display that is started to be displayed next to the symbol variation display displayed when the fourth symbol variation display is suspended,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is displayed, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Further, there may be a case where only the display of the third symbol variation display is started after the fourth symbol variation display is suspended, or the third symbol variation after the fourth symbol variation display is suspended. There may be a case where the symbol variable display other than the display of the display is also started. Further, the display of the third symbol variation display may be always started after the fourth symbol variation display is suspended, or the display of the third symbol variation display after the fourth symbol variation display is suspended. It may not be started.

In addition, there may be a case where only the display of the third symbol variation display is started only after the fourth symbol variation display is suspended, and also after the fourth symbol variation display is suspended. There may be a case where only the display of the third symbol variable display is started.

Further, it is possible that only a plurality of notice icons are started in the period from the start of the display of the third symbol variable display to the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, or In some cases, the display other than the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started during the period from the start of the display of the third symbol variable display to the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display. Also, the display of a plurality of notice icons may be started without fail during the period from the start of the display of the third symbol variation display to the end of the display of the fourth symbol variation display, or the third symbol variation The display of the plurality of notice icons may not be started in the period from the start of the display of the display to the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

Further, the display of the plurality of notice icons may be started only in the period from the start of the display of the third symbol variable display to the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, The display of the plurality of notice icons may be started in a period other than the period from the start of the display of the third symbol variable display to the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display.

In addition, “the fourth symbol variation display [for example, the symbol variation display shown in FIG. 20(21) to FIG. 23(66), which is a symbol variation display that may be lost, etc.] is suspended and then the The plurality of advance notice icons may be consumed in the period until the display of the fourth symbol variable display is completed [for example, as shown in FIGS. Four notice icons have been consumed from the time when a certain pattern change display is suspended until the end of the pattern change display that is the target of prefetching, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

According to this gaming table, even if the notice icon is exhausted, it does not necessarily result in a big hit, so it may be possible to entertain until the pattern variation display that is the target of prefetching is completed.

Here, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, only a plurality of notice icons may be consumed, or In the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the icons other than the plurality of notice icons are also consumed. Further, in the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display, there may be a case where the plurality of notice icons are surely consumed, In the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display of symbols, the plurality of notice icons may not be consumed.

In addition, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed only during the period from the suspension of the fourth symbol variable display until the end of the display of the fourth symbol variable display. In the period other than the period from the suspension of the variable display of symbols to the end of the display of the fourth variable display, a plurality of notice icons may be consumed.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
A gaming table provided with display means [for example, a first decorative symbol display device 208L, a second decorative symbol display device 208M, a third decorative symbol display device 208N, etc.]
The display means is a means capable of displaying a notice icon [for example, notice icons shown in FIGS. 18(a) and 18(b), notice icons shown in FIG. 72(d), and the like],
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
The notice icon is a different icon from the hold icon [eg, hold icons h11, h12, h13, etc. displayed in the hold icon display area shown in FIG. 69],
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One display of the plurality of types of display is a first display [for example, a character display displayed on the tutorial display unit TT4 shown in FIG. 69],
The first display is an explanation display [for example, the display of "Done notice icon is displayed..." displayed in the tutorial display section TT4 shown in FIG. 69(a1), the tutorial display shown in FIG. 62(a). "The lord is the Yatsushiro Shogun" displayed in the department TT1, the "Panda is the master of the lord" displayed in the tutorial display TT1 shown in FIG.
The first display is a display displayed in the first display area [for example, the tutorial display unit TT4 shown in FIG. 69] in the display means,
The notification icon is an icon displayed in the first display area when displayed [for example, as shown in FIG. 69(a7), the tutorial display unit TT4 has a notification icon I62 of a swordsman). And the advance notice icon I63 for increasing the chance is displayed (stock), etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

Although there is room for improvement in the display means in the conventional game table, this game table can realize a game table having a characteristic in the display means.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icon. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon or may not display the notice icon.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only as the prefetch notice display, or may be displayed other than as the prefetch notice display. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed as the prefetch notice display, or may not be displayed as the prefetch notice display.

Further, the display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of displays, or may be capable of displaying other than a plurality of types of displays. Further, the display means may always display a plurality of types of displays, or may not display a plurality of types of displays.

Further, the first display may be capable of being displayed only in the first display area of the display means, or may be capable of being displayed in a display area other than the first display area of the display means. Good. Further, the first display may be always displayed in the first display area of the display means, or may not be displayed in the first display area of the display means.

The notice icon may be displayed only in the first display area when displayed, or may be displayed in a display area other than the first display area when displayed. It may be one. Further, when the notice icon is displayed, it may be always displayed in the first display area, or when it is displayed, it may not be displayed in the first display area. ..

Also, “the first display is not displayed when the notice icon is displayed [for example, as shown in FIG. 69(a7), when the notice icon is displayed on the tutorial display unit TT4, Explanation is not displayed on the tutorial display section TT4],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the first display may not be displayed only in the state in which the notice icon is displayed, or may not be displayed in any state other than the state in which the notice icon is displayed. Further, the first display may not necessarily be displayed in the state in which the notice icon is displayed, or may be displayed in the state in which the notice icon is displayed.

Further, “When the notice icon is consumed, the display of the first display may be restarted [for example, among the notice icons shown in FIG. 69(a7), the notice display icon TT4 is displayed. When all the notice icons are exhausted, the explanation display will resume, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, when the notice icon is consumed, only the display of the first display may be resumed. When the notice icon is consumed, displays other than the display of the first display may be resumed. There may be Further, when the notice icon is consumed, the display of the first display may be restarted without fail, and when the notice icon is consumed, the display of the first display may not be restarted.

In addition, "one display of the plurality of types of display is a second display [for example, a character display of "intense heat" in the tutorial display unit TT1 shown in FIG. 68(d), etc.],"
The second display is a notice display,
The second display is a display that is displayed in the first display area when it is displayed [for example, as shown in FIG. Text display is displayed, etc.],
The explanation display is an explanation display related to the notice icon [for example, a character display such as "Due to notice notice icon..." in the tutorial display section TT4 shown in FIG. 69(a1)].
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the second display may be one that can be displayed only in the first display area when displayed, or in a display area other than the first display area when displayed. It may be displayable. Further, the second display may be always displayed in the first display area when it is displayed, or may not be displayed in the first display area when it is displayed. Good.

Further, the explanation display may include only the explanation display regarding the notice icon, or may include a display other than the explanation display regarding the notice icon. Further, the explanation display may necessarily include the explanation display regarding the notice icon or may not include the explanation display regarding the notice icon.

In addition, "the display means is a means configured by a plurality of display means,
One of the plurality of display means is a first display means [for example, a first special figure display device 212, a second special figure display device 214, etc.],
One of the plurality of display means is a second display means [for example, a first decorative symbol display device 208L or the like],
One of the plurality of display means is a third display means [for example, a second decorative symbol display device 208M, a third decorative symbol display device 208N, etc.],
The first display means is a means capable of displaying a symbol variation display,
The second display means is a means capable of displaying an effect display [for example, a variable display of the decorative pattern shown in FIG. 66, etc.],
The third display means displays a display in accordance with the display of the second display means [for example, a bomb icon I61 pops out from the treasure box image TR shown in FIGS. A display in which the icon I62 is stocked],
The first display area is a display area provided in at least a part of the third display means [for example, as shown in FIG. 66(a1), the tutorial display section TT1 has a third decoration area]. Arranged under the symbol display device 208N, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the display means may be configured to include only the first display means, the second display means and the third display means, or the first display means, the second display means and the third display means. It may be configured to include display means other than the display means. Further, the display means may be configured to necessarily include the first display means, the second display means, and the third display means, or the first display means, the second display means, and the third display means. In some cases, at least one of the means may not be included.

Further, the first display means may be capable of displaying only the symbol variable display, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the symbol variable display. Further, the first display means may always display the symbol variable display, or may not display the symbol variable display.

Further, the second display means may be capable of displaying only the effect display, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the effect display. Further, the second display means may always display the effect display, or may not display the effect display.

Further, the third display means may be capable of displaying only the display matched with the display of the second display means, or may display a display other than the display matched with the display of the second display means. It can be anything. Further, the third display means may always display the display matched with the display of the second display means, or may not display the display matched with the display of the second display means. Good.

The first display area may be provided in a partial area of the third display means, or may be provided in the entire area of the third display means. ..

The first display area may be provided only in at least a part of the area of the third display means, or may be provided in an area other than at least a part of the area of the third display means. It may be one that has been created. Further, the first display area may be necessarily provided in at least a part of the area of the third display means, or may not be provided in at least a part of the area of the third display means. It may be.

In addition, “one display of the plurality of types of display is a third display [for example, a character display displayed on the stage name display portion ST2 shown in FIG. 69],
The third display is an explanation display [for example, a display of "Castle Town Stage" displayed in the stage name display portion ST2 shown in FIG. 69(a1), a stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 63(c). Display of "Swordsman Reach", etc.]
The third display is a display displayed in the second display area [for example, the stage name display portion ST2 or the like shown in FIG. 69(a1)] in the display means,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed in the second display area as well. [For example, as shown in FIG. 69(a7), a princess notice icon I64 is displayed on the stage name display portion ST2. Two pseudo-reminder icons I65 are displayed (stock), etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the third display may be displayable only in the second display area of the display means, or may be displayed in a display area other than the second display area of the display means. May be. Further, the third display may be always displayed in the second display area of the display means, or may not be displayed in the second display area of the display means.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only in the second display area, or may be displayed in a display area other than the second display area. Good. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in the second display area, or may not be displayed in the second display area.

In addition, “the third display is not displayed when the advance notice icon is displayed in the second display area [for example, as shown in FIG. 69(a7), the advance notice icon is displayed in the stage name display portion ST2. Is displayed, the stage name is not displayed in the stage name display portion ST2, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the third display may not be displayed only in the state where the notice icon is displayed in the second display area, or other than the state where the notice icon is displayed in the second display area. It may not be displayed even in the state of. The third display may not necessarily be displayed when the notice icon is displayed in the second display area, or may be displayed when the notice icon is displayed in the second display area. It may be done.

In addition, “the first display area is a display area partitioned by a line [for example, as shown in FIG. 69(a1), the tutorial display section TT4 is partitioned by a line into a square shape, etc.] ,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the first display area may be partitioned only by a line, or may be partitioned by including other than the line. Further, the first display area may be always partitioned by a line, or may not be partitioned by a line.

In addition, “holding display means [eg, first special figure holding lamp 218, second special figure holding lamp 220, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] is provided,
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a number of displays corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) for which the start of the variable display is held [for example, the holding icon shown in FIG. 69. In the display area, the number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of the special figure 1 is held is displayed, etc.],
The notice icon is an icon that does not display the number of holdings depending on the displayed number [for example, the notice icon (princess notice icon I64, pseudo notice notice icon I65 shown in FIG. 69(a7), The swordsman's notice icon I62, the chance up notice icon I63, etc.) is not an icon indicating the number of pending operation of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the number of displays corresponding to the number of holdings, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display of the number corresponding to the number of holdings. .. Further, the hold display means may always display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations, or may not display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to perform an effect regardless of the number of holdings.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
A gaming table provided with display means [for example, a first decorative symbol display device 208L, a second decorative symbol display device 208M, a third decorative symbol display device 208N, etc.]
The display means is a means capable of displaying a notice icon [for example, notice icons shown in FIGS. 18(a) and 18(b), notice icons shown in FIG. 72(d), and the like],
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
The display area in which the notice icon is displayed [for example, the tutorial display section TT4 and the stage name display section ST2 shown in FIG. 69] is displayed in the hold icon [for example, the hold icon display area shown in FIG. 69. The hold icon h11, h12, h13, etc.] is a display area different from the display area [for example, the hold icon display area etc. shown in FIG. 69],
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One display of the plurality of types of display is a first display [for example, a character display displayed on the tutorial display unit TT4 shown in FIG. 69],
The first display is an explanation display [for example, the display of "Done notice icon is displayed..." displayed in the tutorial display section TT4 shown in FIG. 69(a1), the tutorial display shown in FIG. 62(a). "The lord is the Yatsushiro Shogun" displayed in the department TT1, the "Panda is the master of the lord" displayed in the tutorial display TT1 shown in FIG.
The first display is a display displayed in the first display area [for example, the tutorial display unit TT4 shown in FIG. 69] in the display means when displayed.
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed in the first display area. [For example, as shown in FIG. 69(a9), the tutorial display section TT4 has a swordsman notice icon I62 and a chance up. The notice icon I63 of is displayed (stock), etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

Although there is room for improvement in the display means in the conventional game table, this game table can realize a game table having a characteristic in the display means.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icon. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon or may not display the notice icon.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only as the prefetch notice display, or may be displayed other than as the prefetch notice display. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed as the prefetch notice display, or may not be displayed as the prefetch notice display.

Further, the display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of displays, or may be capable of displaying other than a plurality of types of displays. Further, the display means may always display a plurality of types of displays, or may not display a plurality of types of displays.

Further, the first display may be displayed only in the first display area of the display means when it is displayed, or when it is displayed other than the first display area of the display means. May be displayed in the display area of. Further, the first display may be necessarily displayed in the first display area of the display means when displayed, or may be displayed in the first display area of the display means when displayed. It may not be displayed.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only in the first display area, or may be displayed in a display area other than the first display area. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in the first display area, or may not be displayed in the first display area.

Further, “the first display is not displayed when the notice icon is displayed in the first display area [for example, as shown in FIG. 69(a9), the notice icon is displayed in the tutorial display section TT4. In the displayed state, the explanation is not displayed on the tutorial display section TT4, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, in the state where the notice icon is displayed in the first display area, only the first display may not be displayed, or in the state where the notice icon is displayed in the first display area, The display other than the display may not be displayed. The first display may not necessarily be displayed in the state in which the notice icon first display area is displayed, or the first display may not be displayed in the state in which the notice icon first display area is displayed. The display may be displayed in some cases.

In addition, the first display may not be displayed only in the state in which the notice icon first display area is displayed, or in a state other than the state in which the notice icon first display area is displayed, Only the first display may not be displayed.

Also, when the notice icon is exhausted, the display of the first display may be restarted [for example, among the notice icons shown in FIG. 69(a9), the notice display icon TT4 is displayed. When all the notice icons are exhausted, the explanation display is resumed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, when the notice icon is consumed, only the display of the first display may be resumed, and when the notice icon is consumed, displays other than the display of the first display are also resumed. There may be cases where Further, when the notice icon is consumed, the display of the first display may be restarted without fail, and when the notice icon is consumed, the display of the first display may not be restarted.

In addition, when the first display is, for example, an explanation of the first character, the tenth display which is an explanation display different from the first display may be displayed.

In addition, "one display of the plurality of types of display is a second display [for example, a character display of "intense heat" in the tutorial display unit TT1 shown in FIG. 68(d), etc.],"
The second display is a notice display,
The second display is a display that is displayed in the first display area when it is displayed [for example, as shown in FIG. Text display is displayed, etc.],
The explanation display is an explanation display related to the notice icon [for example, a character display such as "Due to notice notice icon..." in the tutorial display section TT4 shown in FIG. 69(a1)].
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the second display may be one that can be displayed only in the first display area when displayed, or in a display area other than the first display area when displayed. It may be displayable. Further, the second display may be always displayed in the first display area when it is displayed, or may not be displayed in the first display area when it is displayed. Good.

Further, the explanation display may include only the explanation display regarding the notice icon, or may include a display other than the explanation display regarding the notice icon. Further, the explanation display may necessarily include the explanation display regarding the notice icon or may not include the explanation display regarding the notice icon.

The notice display in this description may be one of many notice displays.

Further, the notice display may be a notice display by displaying characters. On the other hand, the other notice display may be a display by displaying an image.

In addition, “one of the plurality of types of displays is a third display [for example, a character display of “hotter than red is hot” in the balloon portion TT2 shown in FIG. 68(a1), (A6), the character display of "Swordsman Reach is hot" in the speech balloon TT2, the character display of "Panda breaks in" in the speech balloon TT3, etc.],
The third display is an explanation display,
The display content of the third display is display content different from the display content of the first display,
The third display is a display displayed in the second display area of the display means when displayed [for example, the balloon TT2 and the balloon TT3 shown in FIG. 68(a6)]. ,
The second display area is a display area different from the first display area,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the display content of the third display may be partially different from the display content of the first display, or may be different entirely.

Further, the third display may be displayed only in the second display area of the display means when displayed, or when displayed, other than the second display area of the display means. May be displayed in the display area of. Further, the third display may be always displayed in the second display area of the display means when displayed, or may be displayed in the second display area of the display means when displayed. It may not be displayed.

Further, the second display area may be partly different from the first display area, or may be entirely different from the first display area.

In addition, “the third display may be displayed even when the advance notice icon is displayed in the first display area [for example, as shown in FIG. 68(a10), Even when the swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed in the tutorial display section TT4, the word display "Swordsman reach is hot" is displayed in the balloon display section TT2, and "When panda breaks in" is displayed in the balloon display section TT3. Text display is displayed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, even if the notice icon is displayed in the first display area, only the third display may be displayed, or the notice icon may be displayed in the first display area. Even when the display is on, a display other than the third display may be displayed. Further, even if the notice icon is displayed in the first display area, the third display may be always displayed, or the notice icon is displayed in the first display area. However, the third display may not be displayed.

Also, the third display may be displayed only when the notice icon is displayed in the first display area, and other than the state where the notice icon is displayed in the first display area. Even in this state, the third display may be displayed.

Further, the introduction animation of the notice icon may be displayed in the second display area, and the stock display of the notice icon may not be displayed in the second display area.

Further, a notice display (second notice display) different from the first notice display may be displayed in the second display area. Further, the advance notice display and the explanation display may be displayed alternatively.

In addition, “one display of the plurality of types of display is a fourth display [for example, a character display displayed in the stage name display portion ST2 shown in FIG. 69],
The fourth display is an explanation display [for example, a display of "Castle Town Stage" displayed on the stage name display portion ST2 shown in FIG. 69(a1), a stage name display portion ST1 shown in FIG. 63(c). Display of "Swordsman Reach" etc.]
The display content of the fourth display is a display content different from the display content of the first display,
The fourth display is a display displayed in a third display area [for example, the stage name display portion ST2 or the like shown in FIG. 69(a1)] in the display means,
The third display area is a display area different from the first display area,
When the first number [for example, three, etc.] of the notice icons are displayed in the first display area, the new notice icon may be displayed in the third display area. [For example, when the three preview icons are displayed on the tutorial display section TT4 shown in FIG. 69, a new preview icon is displayed on the stage name display section ST2, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the display content of the fourth display may be partly different from the display content of the first display, or may be different entirely.

The fourth display may be displayable only in the third display area of the display means, or may be displayed in a display area other than the third display area of the display means. Good. Further, the fourth display may be always displayed in the third display area of the display means, or may not be displayed in the third display area of the display means.

Further, the third display area may be partially different from the first display area, or may be entirely different from the first display area.

Further, in the state where the first number of notice icons are displayed in the first display area, a new notice icon may be displayed only in the third display area. In the state where a number of notice icons are displayed in the first display area, a new notice icon may be displayed in a display area other than the third display area. Also, in the state where the first number of notice icons are displayed in the first display area, a new notice icon may always be displayed in the third display area, or In the state where the number of notice icons are displayed in the first display area, a new notice icon may not be displayed in the third display area.

Also, a new notice icon may be displayed in the third display area only when the first number of notice icons are displayed in the first display area. Even in a state other than the state in which the notice icon is displayed in the first display area, the new notice icon may be displayed only in the third display area.

Further, here, a type in which a stage name or the like is displayed on a plurality of display means is also included.

In addition, “the fourth display is not displayed when the notice icon is displayed in the third display area [for example, as shown in FIG. 69(a9), the notice icon is displayed in the stage name display portion ST2. Is displayed, the stage name is not displayed on the stage name display portion ST2],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the fourth display may not be displayed only in the state in which the notice icon is displayed in the third display area, or other than the state in which the notice icon is displayed in the third display area. It may not be displayed even in the state of. Further, the fourth display may not necessarily be displayed in the state where the notice icon is displayed in the third display area, or may be displayed in the state where the notice icon is displayed in the third display area. It may be done.

In addition, "the display means is a means configured by a plurality of display means,
One of the plurality of display means is a first display means [for example, a first special figure display device 212, a second special figure display device 214, etc.],
One of the plurality of display means is a second display means [for example, a first decorative symbol display device 208L or the like],
One of the plurality of display means is a third display means [for example, a second decorative symbol display device 208M, a third decorative symbol display device 208N, etc.],
The first display means is a means capable of displaying a symbol variation display,
The second display means is a means capable of displaying an effect display [for example, a variable display of the decorative pattern shown in FIG. 66, etc.],
The third display means displays in cooperation with the second display means [for example, the bomb icon I61 pops out from the treasure box image TR shown in FIGS. 66(a2) to (a4) and the swordsman's notice icon I62 is displayed. Are stocked, etc.],
The first display area is a display area provided in at least a part of the third display means [for example, as shown in FIG. 66(a1), the tutorial display section TT1 has a third decoration area]. Arranged under the symbol display device 208N, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the display means may be configured to include only the first display means, the second display means and the third display means, or the first display means, the second display means and the third display means. It may be configured to include display means other than the display means. Further, the display means may be configured to necessarily include the first display means, the second display means, and the third display means, or the first display means, the second display means, and the third display means. In some cases, at least one of the means may not be included.

Further, the first display means may be capable of displaying only the symbol variable display, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the symbol variable display. Further, the first display means may always display the symbol variable display, or may not display the symbol variable display.

Further, the second display means may be capable of displaying only the effect display, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the effect display. Further, the second display means may always display the effect display, or may not display the effect display.

Further, the third display means may be capable of displaying only a display associated with the display of the second display means, or a display other than the display associated with the display of the second display means. It can be anything. Further, the third display means may necessarily display the display associated with the display of the second display means, or may not display the display associated with the display of the second display means. Good.

The first display area may be provided in a partial area of the third display means, or may be provided in the entire area of the third display means. ..

The first display area may be provided only in at least a part of the area of the third display means, or may be provided in an area other than at least a part of the area of the third display means. It may be one that has been created. Further, the first display area may be necessarily provided in at least a part of the area of the third display means, or may not be provided in at least a part of the area of the third display means. It may be.

In addition, “the first display area is a display area partitioned by a line [for example, as shown in FIG. 69(a1), the tutorial display section TT4 is partitioned by a line into a square shape, etc.] ,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the first display area may be partitioned only by a line, or may be partitioned by including other than the line. Further, the first display area may be always partitioned by a line, or may not be partitioned by a line.

Also, the second display area may be partitioned by a line, and the third display area may be partitioned by a line.

In addition, “holding display means [eg, first special figure holding lamp 218, second special figure holding lamp 220, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] is provided,
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a number of displays corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) for which the start of the variable display is held [for example, the holding icon shown in FIG. 69. In the display area, the number of holding icons for which the operation of the variable display of the special figure 1 is held is displayed, etc.],
The notice icon is an icon that does not display the number of holdings depending on the displayed number [for example, the notice icon (princess notice icon I64, pseudo notice notice I65 shown in FIG. 69(a9), The swordsman's notice icon I62, the chance up notice icon I63, etc.) is not an icon indicating the number of symbols whose variable display of special figure 1 is suspended]
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the number of displays corresponding to the number of holdings, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the display of the number corresponding to the number of holdings. .. Further, the hold display means may always display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations, or may not display the number of displays corresponding to the number of reservations.

Note that the number of holdings and the number of notice icons may happen to coincide with each other.

Further, the maximum hold number and the maximum stock number of the notice icon may be the same or different.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to perform an effect regardless of the number of holdings.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
A gaming table provided with display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, a first decorative symbol display device 208L, a second decorative symbol display device 208M, a third decorative symbol display device 208N, etc.],
The display means is a means capable of displaying a notice icon [for example, notice icons shown in FIGS. 18(a) and 18(b), notice icons shown in FIG. 72(d), and the like],
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold icon [eg, hold icons h11, h12, h13, etc. displayed in the hold icon display area shown in FIG. 74],
It is configured to be able to display the notice icon in a plurality of display modes,
One of the plurality of types of display modes is the first display mode [for example, the display mode of the swordsman's notification icon I62 displayed in the notification icon display area shown in FIG. 74(l)]. ,
One of the plurality of types of display modes is the second display mode [for example, display of the enlarged swordsman's notice icon I62 displayed in the notice icon display frame YF shown in FIG. 74(i). Aspect etc.],
The notice icon size in the second display mode is larger than that in the first display mode [for example, from the swordsman notice icon I62 displayed in the notice icon display area shown in FIG. 74(l). Also, the size of the swordsman's notice icon I62 displayed in the notice icon display frame YF shown in FIG. 74(i) is larger, etc.],
The notice icon is an icon displayed in the second display mode when stocked [for example, when the swordsman notice icon I62 is stocked as shown in FIG. 74(i), The swordsman's notice icon I62 is enlarged, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the display means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a characteristic in the display means.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only the notice icon, or may be capable of displaying other than the notice icon. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon or may not display the notice icon.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only as the prefetch notice display, or may be displayed as something other than the prefetch notice display. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed as the prefetch notice display, or may not be displayed as the prefetch notice display.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only in a plurality of types of display modes, or may be displayed in a mode other than a plurality of types of display modes. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in a plurality of types of display modes, or may not be displayed in a plurality of types of display modes.

Further, the size of the notice icon in the second display mode may be larger than that in the first display mode, and the size of the notice icon in the second display mode may be larger than that in the first display mode. There may be no cases.

The notice icon may be displayed only in the second display mode when stocked, or may be displayed in the display mode other than the second display mode when stocked. May be. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in the second display mode when stocked, or may not be displayed in the second display mode when stocked.

In addition, “The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed in the first display mode after being displayed in the second display mode [for example, the swordsman icon I62 is shown in FIG. ), and then displayed in a normal display mode as shown in FIG. 74(l)],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the notice icon may be displayed only in the first display mode after being displayed in the second display mode, or after being displayed in the second display mode. In some cases, the display may be displayed in a display mode other than the first display mode. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in the first display mode after being displayed in the second display mode, or may be displayed in the second display mode after being displayed in the first display mode. It may not be displayed in the display mode.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed in the first display mode only after being displayed in the second display mode, or other than after being displayed in the second display mode. Alternatively, it may be displayed in the first display mode. Further, the notice icon may be always displayed in the first display mode after being displayed in the second display mode, or may be displayed in the second display mode after being displayed in the first display mode. It may not be displayed in the display mode.

In addition, "the display means is a means capable of displaying a decorative symbol variable display [for example, as shown in FIG. 74(a), a variable display of a decorative symbol is performed in the first decorative symbol display device 208L. etc],
The notice icon is an icon that is not overlapped with the decorative pattern variable display in the first display mode [for example, a normal display mode displayed in the notice icon display area as shown in FIG. 74(l). The pseudo-rendition notice icon I65 and the swordsman notice icon I62 are not overlapped with the decorative pattern that is displayed in a variable manner.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only the decorative symbol variable display, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the decorative symbol variable display. Further, the display means may always display the decorative symbol variable display, or may not display the decorative symbol variable display.

The notice icon may not overlap the decorative symbol variable display only in the first display mode, or may not overlap the decorative symbol variable display in display modes other than the first display mode. May be. Further, the notice icon may not necessarily overlap the decorative symbol variable display in the first display mode, or may be overlapped with the decorative symbol variable display in the first display mode. ..

In addition, “the decorative pattern variable display is a display that does not overlap the notice icon in the first display mode [for example, as shown in FIG. 74(l), the decorative pattern in the variable display is the notice icon. It does not overlap with the pseudo-reminder icon I65 in the normal display mode displayed in the display area or the swordsman's notice icon I62],
The decorative pattern variable display is a display that may be overlapped with the notice icon in the second display mode [for example, as shown in FIG. 74(i), the decorative pattern in the variable display is a notice. It is overlapped with the pseudo-reminder icon I65 in the enlarged display mode displayed in the icon display frame YF or the swordsman notice icon I62],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the decorative pattern variable display may not overlap only the notice icon in the first display mode, or may not overlap other than the notice icon in the first display mode. .. Further, the decorative symbol variable display may not necessarily overlap the notice icon of the first display mode, or may overlap the notice icon of the first display mode.

Further, the decorative pattern variable display may be overlapped only with the notice icon of the second display mode, or may be overlapped with other than the notice icon of the second display mode. There may be some. Further, the decorative pattern variable display may be always overlapped with the notice icon of the second display mode, or may not be overlapped with the notice icon of the second display mode.

Further, "the notice icon is an icon displayed in the second display mode even when it is consumed,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the notice icon may be displayed in the second display mode only when it is consumed, or may be displayed in the second display mode when it is not digested. It may be. Further, the notice icon may be displayed in the second display mode without fail when it is consumed, or may not be displayed in the second display mode when consumed.

In addition, “the display means is a means capable of displaying the notice icon in a hold display area [for example, a notice icon display area in the UI unit UI1 shown in FIG. 74(a)].
The notice icon is an icon displayed in the first display mode when displayed in the hold display area [for example, as shown in FIG. 74(l), the notice icon display area is displayed. The pseudo-rendition notice icon I65 and the swordsman notice icon I62 are displayed in the normal display mode, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying the notice icon only in the hold display area, or may be capable of displaying the notice icon in an area other than the hold display area. Further, the display means may always display the notice icon in the hold display area, or may not display the notice icon in the hold display area.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed only in the first display mode when displayed in the hold display area, or may be displayed in the hold display area other than the first display mode. The display mode may be displayed. The notice icon may be always displayed in the first display mode when displayed in the hold display area, or may be displayed in the first display mode when displayed in the hold display area. It may not be displayed.

The notice icon may be displayed in the first display mode only when it is displayed in the hold display area, or in the first display mode even when it is not displayed in the hold display area. It may be displayed by.

Further, “When the notice icon is newly stocked, at least a part of the notice icon displayed in the hold display area is displayed in the second display mode [for example, FIG. 74(i) When the swordsman's notice icon I62 is stocked, a part of the pseudo-reminder icon I65 displayed in the notice icon display area is displayed in an enlarged display mode, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, when the notice icon is newly stocked, only a part of the notice icon displayed in the hold display area may be displayed in the second display mode, or the notice icon is newly stocked. In this case, all of the notice icons displayed in the hold display area may be displayed in the second display mode. Further, when the notice icon is newly stocked, at least part of the notice icon displayed in the hold display area may be always displayed in the second display mode, or the notice icon is newly stocked. In this case, at least a part of the notice icon displayed in the hold display area may not be displayed in the second display mode.

In addition, “the second display mode is a display mode in which the notice icon of the first display mode is enlarged [for example, the notice icon I62 of a swordsman in the enlarged display mode shown in FIG. 74(i) is 74(l) is an enlarged display of the notice icon I62 of the swordsman in the normal display mode],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the second display mode may be a display mode in which only the notice icon in the first display mode is enlarged, or a display mode in which any other than the notice icon in the first display mode is also enlarged. Good. Further, the second display mode may be a display mode in which the notice icon of the first display mode is necessarily enlarged, or a display mode in which the notice icon of the first display mode is not enlarged.

In addition, "the display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of notice displays [eg, pseudo continuous production, freeze production, stop design notice, stage change production, reach transition production, premier notice production, re-variation production, etc.]. Yes,
The display means is capable of displaying a plurality of types of the notice icons [for example, the notice icons shown in FIGS. 18(a) and 18(b), the notice icons shown in FIG. 72(d), etc.]. And
When the notice icon is consumed, the notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 20(23) to (25). 21. If the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed, the pseudo continuous effect shown in FIGS. 21(28) to (31) is displayed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of advance notice displays, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the plurality of types of advance notice displays. Further, the display means may always display a plurality of types of advance notice displays, or may not display a plurality of types of advance notice displays.

Further, the display means may be capable of displaying only a plurality of types of advance notice icons, or may be capable of displaying an item other than a plurality of types of advance notice icons. Further, the display means may always display a plurality of types of advance notice icons, or may not display a plurality of types of advance notice icons.

Also, when the notice icon is consumed, only the type of notice display corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed, or when the notice icon is consumed There may be a case where a notice display other than the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon is displayed. Also, when the notice icon is consumed, the notice display of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed without fail, and when the notice icon is consumed, the type of notice icon that is consumed There may be a case where the type of notice display corresponding to is not displayed.

In addition, only when the notice icon is consumed, the notice display of the type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed, or when the notice icon is not consumed. There may be a case where a notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed is displayed.

Further, "the display means is a means capable of displaying the number of the hold icons corresponding to the number of the start of the variable display of the symbols being held (hereinafter, referred to as the "hold number") [for example, FIG. In the hold icon display area of the UI unit UI1 shown in a), the number of hold icons for which the operation of the variable display of the special figure 1 is held is displayed],
The notice icon is an icon that does not display the number of holdings depending on the number displayed [for example, the notice icon (two pseudo-repeated notice icons I65) shown in FIG. It is not an icon that indicates the number of symbols whose variable display is activated],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Here, the display means may be capable of displaying only the number of hold icons corresponding to the number of hold, or may be capable of displaying a display other than the number of hold icons corresponding to the number of hold. Good. Further, the display means may always display the number of hold icons corresponding to the number of hold, or may not display the number of hold icons corresponding to the number of hold.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, in the above description,
A gaming machine provided with display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208 or the like] capable of displaying a notice icon [for example, each notice icon shown in FIG. 18(a), FIG. 18(b)],
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold icon [eg, hold icons h11, h12, etc. displayed in the hold icon display area 281 shown in FIG. 19(1)],
When the notice icon is consumed, a certain effect is executed [for example, when the fan notice icon I10 is consumed, a revival effect that is a big hit may be executed, etc.],
Display of a combination of decorative symbols that indicate the success or failure in the judgment effect on the big hit [for example, the button effect shown in FIG. 22 (53) to (57)] (hereinafter, “a certain display [for example, in FIG. 22 (57) "Display of combination of decorative pattern of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1"]" is temporarily displayed, and then a confirmation display is displayed [for example, FIG. 22(53) to FIG. 23(66). As shown in, after the button effect is performed and the combination of the decoration patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1" is once displayed, the decoration pattern of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is confirmed. It is displayed as a combination, etc.],
The notice icon may be consumed after the certain display is displayed and before the display of the confirmed display is started [for example, shown in FIGS. 22(57) to 23(66). As described above, after being displayed once with the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1", the notice icon I10 of the fan is digested and re-variation effect is performed, and then "decoration 1-decoration 1 -It is displayed as a combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 1", which is confirmed as a big hit.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, as the notice icon, a first notice icon [eg, fan notice icon I10, etc.] may be displayed.
The variable display of the decorative pattern in which the first notice icon is consumed (hereinafter, "a certain variation display [for example, a pattern in which the fan notice icon I10 shown in FIGS. 20(22) to 23(66) is consumed) "Variable display, etc.]"), a confirmation display indicating that it is a big hit is displayed,
In the certain variable display, there may be a case where a display indicating that the certain display is out of alignment is once displayed in the judge effect regarding the big hit [for example, as shown in FIGS. 22(53) to 23(66). , As a result of the button effect being displayed once after being displayed with the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1", the notice icon I10 of the fan is digested and re-variation effect is performed, and thereafter. "Ornament 1-Ornament 1-Ornament 1" is displayed as a stop with a combination of decorative patterns that are confirmed as a big hit]
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “Item change effect [for example, effect of overwriting the notice icon by the character BY of DJ shown in FIGS. 25(8k) to (9k″) and FIGS. 37(8k) to (9k)] Is feasible,
The item change effect is an effect in which one notice icon may be changed to another notice icon,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, "the display means is a means capable of displaying a notice icon display suggestion display [for example, a notice indicating that the notice icon according to the lord's effect shown in FIGS. 19(6) to 11(11) is displayed]. Yes,
The notice icon display suggestion display is a display that suggests that the notice icon display may be started.
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “a second number [for example, three, etc.] is more than a case where the first number [for example, one, etc.] of the notice icon is exhausted during the period in which one symbol variation display is executed. It is more likely to be a big hit if the notice icon of is digested,
The second number is a larger number than the first number,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Further, the “preliminary icon is also an icon different from the variation icon [for example, the variation icon h0 shown in FIG. 19(1)],
If the power failure occurs while the notice icon, the variable icon, and the hold icon are displayed, and then the power is restored, only the hold icon of the notice icon, the change icon, and the hold icon is displayed [eg, As shown in FIGS. 40(A) to 40(D), the notice icon is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, the change icon h0 is displayed, and the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed.・When power is restored, only the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

Also, "A notice icon may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, when the notice icon is consumed, a notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed may be displayed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 20(23) to (25). 21. If the notice icon I6 of the hat is consumed, the pseudo continuous effect shown in FIGS. 21(28) to (31) is displayed, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

In addition, “the gaming table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100 or the like],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.
Also, in the above description,
A gaming machine provided with display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208 or the like] capable of displaying a notice icon [for example, each notice icon shown in FIG. 18(a), FIG. 18(b)],
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold icon [eg, hold icons h11, h12, etc. displayed in the hold icon display area 281 shown in FIG. 19(1)],
The notice icon may be a different icon from the variable icon [for example, the variable icon h0 shown in FIG. 19(1)].
When the notice icon is consumed, a certain effect is executed [for example, when the fan notice icon I10 is consumed, a revival effect that is a big hit may be executed, etc.],
If the power failure occurs while the notice icon, the variable icon, and the hold icon are displayed, and then the power is restored, only the hold icon of the notice icon, the change icon, and the hold icon is displayed [eg, As shown in FIGS. 40(A) to 40(D), the notice icon is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, the change icon h0 is displayed, and the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed.・When power is restored, only the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
I explained.
Further, in the "judge effect for big hit [for example, button effect shown in FIG. 22 (53) to FIG. 22 (57), etc.], a display of a combination of decorative symbols representing the win or failure (hereinafter, "certain display [for example, FIG. 22 ( 57)) "Display of combination of decorative pattern of decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1"] is displayed once, and then a confirmation display is displayed [for example, FIGS. 22(53) to 23. As shown in (66), after a button effect is displayed and a combination of decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1" is once displayed, the jackpot of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1" is confirmed. It is displayed as a combination of decorative patterns, etc.],
The notice icon may be consumed after the certain display is displayed and before the display of the confirmed display is started [for example, shown in FIGS. 22(57) to 23(66). As described above, after being displayed once with the combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 1", the notice icon I10 of the fan is digested and re-variation effect is performed, and then "decoration 1-decoration 1" -It is displayed as a combination of the decorative patterns of "decoration 1", which is confirmed as a big hit.],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.
In addition, when the power failure occurs while the notice icon, the change icon, and the hold icon are displayed, and then the power is restored, a display indicating that the restoration is being performed is displayed [eg, FIG. After the "Recovery display, etc. in which the character display "Please wait for a while" is displayed, etc.] is displayed], only the hold icon of the notice icon, the variable icon, and the hold icon is displayed [for example, FIG. ) To (D) in the figure, the notice icon is displayed in the notice icon display area 285, the change icon h0 is displayed, and the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed. If so, only the hold icons h11 and h12 are displayed after the return display is displayed],
A game table characterized by that. ]
Was also explained.

The following is a supplementary description including the ones described so far.

(Appendix 1)
Image display means,
A symbol display means capable of executing symbol variation display,
A notice means that can execute multiple types of notices,
A gaming machine equipped with
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a hold display,
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of notice icons,
The hold display is a display displayed in the hold display area in the image display means,
The hold display is a display according to the number of the operation of the symbol variable display being held (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”),
The symbol variation display is a display that can be started when the hold is exhausted,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in the notice icon display area of the image display means,
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold display,
The notice icon display area is an area different from the hold display area,
The notice icon display area is an area capable of displaying one or more of the notice icons,
The notice means is a means that, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, is a means that can execute the notice of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed,
In a period in which the symbol variable display is executed once, a first larger number than the first number of the plurality of types of the plurality of notice icons are consumed, the first notice icon larger than the first number. It is structured so that it is more likely to be a big hit when the second number is digested,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 2)
The gaming machine according to Appendix 1,
The notice icon is configured to display a number according to the number of times the notice may be executed.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 3)
The gaming machine according to appendix 1 or 2,
The notice means is a means capable of executing a false notice in the same manner as the notice.
The notice means is means for executing, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area has been consumed, executing the fake notice of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed. ,
After the execution of the false notice, the result of the symbol variation display is configured to be off,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 4)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 1 to 3,
In the period in which the one-time symbol variable display is executed, the number of the notice icons started to be displayed in the notice icon display area is larger than the third number, and is larger than the third number by a fourth number. Is designed to be a big hit,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 5)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 1 to 4,
A hold display means capable of executing display according to the number of holds,
The hold display means is a display means different from the image display means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 6)
The gaming machine according to Appendix 5,
The pending display means is a display means including a light emitting means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 7)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 1 to 6,
Equipped with pre-reading notice means that can execute pre-reading notice
The prefetching advance notice means is a means capable of executing the prefetching advance notice by displaying the advance notice icon in the advance notice icon display area,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 8)
The gaming machine described in Appendix 7,
In the period in which the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as “second symbol variation display”) that is the target of prefetching is being executed, the notice icon may be exhausted by the fifth number,
In the period in which the symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as “first symbol variation display”) executed before the second symbol variation display is executed, the notice icon is the sixth. May be digested several times,
The sixth number is a number different from the fifth number,
The suspension display is a display for notifying that the operation of the second symbol variation display is suspended during the period in which the first symbol variation display is being executed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 9)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 1 to 8,
The notice icon may be started to be displayed during the period in which the symbol variation display in which the notice icon is consumed (hereinafter referred to as “fourth symbol variation display”) is being executed.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 10)
The gaming machine according to Appendix 9,
In the period in which the symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as “third symbol variation display”) executed before the fourth symbol variation display is executed, the fourth symbol variation In some cases, the notice icon that is consumed during the display is started to be displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 11)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 1 to 10,
The hold display area is an area capable of displaying the hold display up to a seventh number,
The notice icon display area is an area capable of displaying the notice icon up to an eighth number,
The seventh number is different from the eighth number,
It is characterized by

(Appendix 12)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 1 to 11,
Equipped with production means capable of executing multiple types of production,
One of the plurality of types of notices is the first notice,
One of the plurality of types of notice is the second notice,
The first notice is a notice different from the second notice,
One of the plurality of types of effects is the first effect,
One of the multiple types of effects is a second effect,
The first effect is an effect different from the second effect,
The first notice is a notice notifying that the first effect is executed,
The second notice is a notice notifying that the second effect will be executed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 13)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 1 to 12,
The notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is configured to be always consumed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 14)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 1 to 13,
The gaming table is a pachinko machine,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 15)
A gaming machine equipped with a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One of the plurality of types of display is a notice icon,
During the display of the first symbol variable display, the display of the first notice icon may be started as the notice icon,
The first notice icon started to be displayed during the display of the first symbol variation display may not be digested during the display of the first symbol variation display,
In the symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as "second symbol variation display") displayed after the first symbol variation display, the first that was not consumed during the display of the first symbol variation display. The notice icon of is configured so that it may be digested,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 16)
The gaming machine according to Appendix 15,
The first notice icon started to be displayed during the display of the first symbol variation display may be consumed during the display of the first symbol variation display,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 17)
The gaming machine according to appendix 15 or 16,
As a look-ahead notice of the second symbol variation display, the first notice icon may be displayed during the display of the first symbol variation display,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 18)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 17,
During the display of one symbol variation display, a big hit when the second number of the first notice icons is consumed, rather than when the first number of the first notice icons is consumed. It is easy to become
The second number is a number greater than the first number,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 19)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 18,
The second notice icon is configured to be displayable as the notice icon,
The second notice icon is configured to be a big hit in the digested variable display.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 20)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 19,
One of the plurality of types of display is a notice display,
When the first notice icon is consumed, a first notice display may be displayed as the notice display.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 21)
The gaming table described in Appendix 20,
One of the plurality of types of display is a fake notice display,
When the first notice icon is consumed, a first false notice display may be displayed as the false notice display,
The display mode of the first false notification display is the same display mode as the display mode of the first notification display,
The first fake advance notice display is configured to be displaced in the symbol variation display,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 22)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 21,
One of the plurality of types of display is a look-ahead effect display,
As the notice icon, a third notice icon is configured to be displayable,
When the third notice icon is consumed, the prefetch effect display may be started,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 23)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 22,
The display means is a means configured by a plurality of display means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 24)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 23,
One of the plurality of types of display is a decorative pattern variable display,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 25)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 24,
The first notice icon started to be displayed during the display of the first symbol variation display is configured to be surely consumed by the end of the display of the second symbol variation display,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 26)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 25,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in the notice icon display area of the display means,
The notice icon display area is an area in which a plurality of the notice icons can be displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 27)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 26,
Equipped with production control means,
The effect control means is a means capable of executing control of the display means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 28)
The gaming table described in Appendix 27,
Main control means,
A symbol display means capable of displaying a symbol variation display,
Equipped with
The main control means is a means capable of transmitting a command to the effect control means,
The effect control means is a means capable of executing control according to the command from the main control means,
The main control means is a means capable of executing control of the symbol display means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 29)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 15 to 28,
The gaming table is a pachinko machine,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 30)
First display means capable of executing variable display of symbols,
A second display means,
A gaming machine equipped with
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying a notice icon,
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying a plurality of types of notice display,
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying a display corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as “holding number”) in which the operation of the symbol variable display is held in the holding display area,
The symbol variation display is a display started when the hold is exhausted,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in the notice icon display area of the second display means,
The notice icon is an icon that does not display the pending number depending on the number displayed,
The notice icon display area is an area different from the hold display area,
The notice icon display area is an area in which a plurality of notice icons can be displayed,
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying the type of the notice display corresponding to the type of the noticed icon when the notice icon in the notice icon display area is consumed,
During the period in which the symbol variation display is being executed once, a big hit when the notice icon is consumed by the second number, which is larger than the first number, than by the first number. It is configured to be
The second display means, in advance of the start of the symbol variable display (hereinafter, referred to as “second symbol variable display”) that is the target of prefetching, in the notice icon display area as the prefetching notice display. A display unit capable of displaying the notice icon,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 31)
The gaming machine according to Appendix 30,
The notice icon is configured to display a number according to the number of times the notice display may be displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 32)
The gaming table according to appendix 30 or 31,
The second display means is a display means capable of displaying a false notice display in the same manner as the notice display.
The second display means, when one of the notice icons displayed in the notice icon display area is consumed, can display the fake notice display of a type corresponding to the type of the notice icon that has been consumed. Display means,
After the false notice display is displayed, the result of the symbol variation display is configured to be out of alignment,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 33)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 32,
The second display means is a display means composed of a plurality of display means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 34)
The gaming table described in Appendix 33,
One display means of the plurality of display means is an image display means,
One display means of the plurality of display means is a hold display means,
The hold display means is a display means configured to include the hold display area,
The holding display means is a display means capable of displaying a display corresponding to the number of holdings in the holding display area,
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a variable display of decorative symbols,
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying the notice icon in the notice icon display area,
The hold display means is a display means different from the image display means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 35)
The gaming table described in appendix 34,
The pending display means is a display means including a light emitting means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 36)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 32,
The second display means is an image display means,
The image display means is a display means capable of displaying a variable display of decorative symbols,
A hold icon is displayed in the hold display area according to the number of holds.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 37)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 36,
In the period in which the second symbol variable display is being executed, the notice icon may be exhausted a fifth number,
In the period in which the symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as “first symbol variation display”) executed before the second symbol variation display is executed, the notice icon is the sixth. May be digested several times,
The sixth number is a number different from the fifth number,
The display according to the number of holding is a display for notifying that the operation of the second symbol variation display is suspended in the period in which the first symbol variation display is being executed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 38)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 36,
The notice icon displayed in the notice icon display area is configured to be surely consumed by the end of the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 39)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 38,
The notice icon may be started to be displayed during the period in which the symbol variation display in which the notice icon is consumed (hereinafter referred to as “fourth symbol variation display”) is being executed.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 40)
The gaming table according to Appendix 39,
In the period in which the symbol variation display is executed before the fourth symbol variation display is executed, the notice icon that is consumed in the period in which the fourth symbol variation display is executed May be displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 41)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 40,
The reserved display area is an area capable of displaying a display corresponding to the number of reservations up to a seventh number,
The notice icon display area is an area capable of displaying the notice icon up to an eighth number,
The seventh number is different from the eighth number,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 42)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 41,
Equipped with production means capable of executing multiple types of production,
As the notice icon, the first notice icon can be displayed,
As the notice icon, a second notice icon is configured to be displayed,
The first notice icon is a notice icon different from the second notice icon,
One of the plurality of types of notice display is the first notice display,
One of the plurality of types of notice display is a second notice display,
The first notice display is a notice display different from the second notice display,
When the first notice icon is consumed, the first notice display is displayed.
When the second notice icon is consumed, the second notice display is configured to be displayed,
One of the plurality of types of effects is the first effect,
One of the multiple types of effects is a second effect,
The first effect is an effect different from the second effect,
The first notice display is a notice display for notifying that the first effect is executed,
The second notice display is a notice display notifying that the second effect is executed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 43)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 42,
Main control means,
Production control means,
Equipped with
The main control means is a means capable of transmitting a command to the effect control means,
The effect control means is a means capable of executing control according to the command from the main control means,
The main control means is a means capable of executing control of the first display means,
The effect control means is a means capable of executing control of the second display means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 44)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 30 to 43,
The gaming table is a pachinko machine,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 45)
A gaming machine equipped with display means,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One type of display among the plurality of types of display is a notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
When the big hit symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as "second symbol variation display") that is the target of prefetching is suspended, the second symbol variation display after the first symbol variation display is started Before the end, a plurality of the notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as “a plurality of notice icons”) may be consumed,
In the case where the second symbol variation display is suspended, from the start of the first symbol variation display to the end of the second symbol variation display, the plurality of notice icons are newly added. May be displayed,
One type of display of the plurality of types of display is a performance display,
When the notice icon is consumed, the effect display corresponding to the digested notice icon may be displayed in some cases.
One of the plurality of notification icons is a first notification icon,
One of the plurality of notice icons is a second notice icon,
In one symbol variation display, the first number of the notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as the “first number of notice icons”) are exhausted, and the first effect display is displayed as the effect display. Is configured to
The first number of notice icons is a notice icon including the first notice icon,
The first number of notice icons are notice icons including the second notice icon,
A game table characterized by that.

According to this game table, it is possible to realize a game table having a display characteristic.

Also, according to this gaming machine, there is a possibility that the first effect display is displayed from the time when one of the first number icons is displayed until the first number of icons are consumed. In some cases, you can continue to have expectations for something.

Further, according to this gaming machine, it may be possible to give a sense of expectation to the big hit by making the number of the notice icons look like a symbol variation before the hold which is the prefetch target.

Here, the plurality of notice icons may be two notice icons or three or more notice icons.

Further, when the first notice icon is consumed, the effect display A corresponding to the first notice icon may be displayed, or when the second notice icon is consumed, the second notice icon is displayed. Corresponding effect display B may be performed, or effect display C corresponding to the first notice icon and the second notice icon when the first notice icon and the second notice icon are consumed. You may go.

Also, only one of the first notice icon and the second notice icon may be consumed, or only the first notice icon of the first notice icon and the second notice icon is newly added. You may make it display on.

(Appendix 46)
The gaming table described in appendix 45,
Even if the second number of the notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as the "second number of notice icons") are exhausted in one symbol variation display, the first effect display is not displayed. And
The first number and the second number are different numbers,
The second number of notice icons is a notice icon that includes one of the first notice icon and the second notice icon,
The second number of notice icons is a notice icon that does not include the other notice icon of the first notice icon and the second notice icon,
A game table characterized by that.

According to this gaming machine, the notice icon including the first notice icon and the second notice icon is displayed, and the notice icon including the first notice icon and the second notice icon is displayed in one symbol variation display. However, since the first effect display is not displayed, it may be possible to give a sense of superiority to the player who can see the first effect display.

Here, the second number may be smaller than the first number, and the second number may be larger than the first number.

Further, the first number may be one, and in this case, the second number may be two or more. Further, the first number may be two or more, and in this case, the second number may be larger than the first number.

Further, there may be an effect display that is displayed when the second number of notice icons are consumed.

Also, a part of the first effect display may be displayed even if the second number of notice icons are exhausted, or all of the first effect display may be displayed.

Further, the reliability of the big hit for the first effect display may be changed according to the number of the notice icons that have been consumed, or the reliability of the big hit for the first effect display may be the same.

In addition, when the notice icons including the first notice icon and the second notice icon are displayed, the first number of notice icons may be surely consumed.

Further, even if the notice icon including the first notice icon and the second notice icon is displayed, the first number of notice icons are not digested and the second number of notice icons are digested. Alternatively, both the first notice icon and the second notice icon may not be deleted.

(Appendix 47)
The gaming table according to appendix 45 or 46,
One of the plurality of notice icons is the third notice icon,
When the third notice icon is consumed, a third effect display is displayed as the effect display.
A game table characterized by that.

According to this gaming table, there are cases where it is possible to increase the variation of the production and enhance the production effect.

The third notice icon may be one of the first notice icon and the second notice icon.

Further, the third notice icon may be a notice icon different from both the first notice icon and the second notice icon.

(Appendix 48)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 45 to 47,
In the case where the lost symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "fourth symbol variation display") that is the target of prefetching is suspended, the fourth symbol variation display is started after the third symbol variation display is started. In some cases, the multiple notice icons may be consumed by the time it is finished.
A game table characterized by that.

According to this gaming machine, even if the notice icon is displayed, it is not necessarily a big hit, so that it may be possible to entertain until the change in the hold to be prefetched ends.

In addition, depending on whether the result of the pattern change display of the prefetch target is a big hit or a loss, it is digested from the first symbol change display or the third symbol change display to the symbol change display of the prefetch target. The maximum number of notice icons may be the same or different.

In addition, depending on whether the result of the design variation display of the prefetch is a big hit or a loss, it is digested from the first symbol variation display or the third design variation display to the design variation display of the prefetch target. The minimum number of notice icons may be the same or different.

Also, in the state where the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended, one symbol that is performed before the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching (the second symbol variation display, the fourth symbol variation display) The maximum number of notice icons that can be consumed in the variable display (for example, the first symbol variable display, the third symbol variable display) is when the result of the symbol variable display of the pre-reading is a big hit and there is a loss It may be the same or different.

Also, in the state where the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended, one symbol that is performed before the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching (the second symbol variation display, the fourth symbol variation display) The minimum number of notice icons that can be consumed in the variable display (for example, the first symbol variable display, the third symbol variable display) is when the result of the symbol variable display of the pre-reading is a big hit or a miss. It may be the same or different.

In addition, the maximum number of notice icons that are consumed in the pattern variation display (second symbol variation display, fourth symbol variation display) that is the target of prefetching in the state where the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended , The result of the variable display of the pattern to be prefetched may be the same or different between the case of a big hit and the case of a loss.

In addition, the minimum number of notice icons that are consumed in the pattern variation display (second symbol variation display, fourth symbol variation display) that is the target of prefetching is in a state where the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching is suspended. , The result of the variable display of the pattern to be prefetched may be the same or different between the case of a big hit and the case of a loss.

(Appendix 49)
The gaming table according to appendix 48,
When the fourth symbol variation display is suspended, the plurality of notice icons are displayed from the start of the third symbol variation display to the end of the fourth symbol variation display. Sometimes,
A game table characterized by that.

According to this gaming machine, even if the notice icon is displayed, it does not necessarily result in a big jackpot, so it may be possible to entertain until the change in the hold to be read ahead ends.

(Appendix 50)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 45 to 49,
With a hold display means,
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a hold display of a number corresponding to the number (hereinafter, referred to as "hold number") in which the start of the variable display is held.
A game table characterized by that.

Note that the hold display means may be an image display means such as a liquid crystal display device, a light emitting means such as an LED, or a movable means.

(Appendix 51)
The gaming machine according to appendix 50,
Depending on the number of the notice icon displayed, the hold number is configured not to be displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

According to this gaming machine, it may be possible to perform an effect regardless of the number of holdings.

(Appendix 52)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 45 to 51,
The gaming table is a pachinko machine,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 53)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 45 to 51,
The gaming table is a slot machine,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 54)
A gaming machine having a plurality of display means,
One display means of the plurality of display means is a first display means,
One display means of the plurality of display means is a second display means,
The first display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of display,
The second display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of display,
One type of display of a plurality of types of display that can be displayed on the first display means is a display related to the notice icon,
One type of display of a plurality of types of display that can be displayed on the second display means is a display related to the notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
When the big hit symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as "second symbol variation display") that is the target of prefetching is suspended, the second symbol variation display after the first symbol variation display is started By the time it is finished, there may be a case where a plurality of the notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as “a plurality of notice icons”) are consumed,
In the case where the second symbol variation display is suspended, from the start of the first symbol variation display to the end of the second symbol variation display, the plurality of notice icons are newly added. May be displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

The display means may be an image display means such as a liquid crystal display device, or may be one in which a pattern is formed by cutting the light guide plate with a lens and irradiating it with a light source from the side. , LED or the like, or 7-segments.

Further, the display related to the notice icon may be a display regarding that the notice icon is stocked, may be a display regarding that the notice icon is exhausted, or the notice of stock of the notice icon may be announced. It may be a display, or may be an effect display executed when the notice icon is exhausted.

Further, the second display means may be larger than the first display means, or the second display means may be smaller than the first display means. Further, the display area of the second display means may be larger than the display area of the first display means, or the display area of the second display means may be larger than the display area of the first display means. It may be small.

(Appendix 55)
The gaming table according to appendix 54,
In the second display means, the plurality of notice icons may be newly displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

In addition, one notice icon may be newly displayed.

Moreover, you may make it perform the effect|action that a notice icon is consumed by a 2nd display means.

(Appendix 56)
The gaming table according to appendix 54 or 55,
In the first display means, there may be a display suggesting that the notice icon may be displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

It should be noted that the "display indicating that the notice icon may be displayed" may be performed in the symbol variation display performed before the symbol variation display in which the notice icon is displayed, or the notice icon is displayed. It may be performed in the variable display of the symbol.

(Appendix 57)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 54 to 56,
The first display means is a means provided with a first display area,
The second display means is a means provided with a second display area,
The notice icon may be displayed across the first display area and the second display area,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 58)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 54 to 56,
The first display means is a means provided with a first display area,
The second display means is a means provided with a second display area,
Performance display corresponding to the notice icon may be displayed over the first display area and the second display area,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 59)
Display means,
Movable means,
A gaming machine equipped with
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One type of display among the plurality of types of display is a notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
When the big hit symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as "second symbol variation display") that is the target of prefetching is suspended, the second symbol variation display after the first symbol variation display is started By the time it is finished, there may be a case where a plurality of the notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as “a plurality of notice icons”) are consumed,
In the case where the second symbol variation display is suspended, from the start of the first symbol variation display to the end of the second symbol variation display, the plurality of notice icons are newly added. May be displayed,
When the notice icon is digested, an effect corresponding to the digested notice icon (hereinafter, referred to as "notice icon digest effect") is performed.
As the notice icon digestion effect, an effect by the movable means (hereinafter, referred to as "first movable means effect") may be performed.
A game table characterized by that.

Note that the effect by the movable means may be performed only by the first movable means effect, but may be performed by another movable means effect different from the first movable means effect. In this case, a notice icon corresponding to each movable means effect may be displayed, or a notice icon corresponding to the movable means for which the effect is performed may be displayed.

(Appendix 60)
The gaming machine described in Appendix 59,
When the 21st notice icon is consumed as the notice icon, the first moving means effect may be performed.
A game table characterized by that.

In addition, even if the 21st notice icon is exhausted, the first moving means production may not be performed, and if the 21st notice icon is exhausted, the first movable means effect is not guaranteed. Means production may be performed.

In addition, when the 21st notice icon is consumed, an effect different from the first movable means effect (an effect having a different operation) may be performed.

In addition, when the 21st notice icon is consumed, the production may be performed by a movable means different from the first movable means, or the 21st notice icon is consumed. Then, the effect may be always performed by the first movable means.

(Appendix 61)
The gaming machine according to appendix 59 or 60,
When the twenty-second notice icon is consumed as the notice icon, the first movable means effect is not performed.
A game table characterized by that.

It should be noted that the first moving means effect may be performed even if the 22nd notice icon is exhausted, or another effect (or effect display) when the 22nd notice icon is exhausted. May be performed.

(Appendix 62)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 59 to 61,
Equipped with operating means,
The movable means is the operation means,
The first movable means effect is an effect in which the aspect of the operating means changes from the first aspect to the second aspect,
A game table characterized by that.

Here, “change” means deformation, displacement, movement, and operation.

(Appendix 63)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 59 to 62,
A second movable means,
The movable means is a first movable means,
As the notice icon digestion effect, an effect by the second movable means (hereinafter, referred to as “second movable means effect”) may be performed.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 64)
A gaming machine equipped with display means,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One type of display among the plurality of types of display is a notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
When the big hit symbol variation display (hereinafter, referred to as "second symbol variation display") that is the target of prefetching is suspended, the second symbol variation display after the first symbol variation display is started By the time it is finished, there may be a case where a plurality of the notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as “a plurality of notice icons”) are consumed,
In the case where the second symbol variation display is suspended, from the start of the first symbol variation display to the end of the second symbol variation display, the plurality of notice icons are newly added. May be displayed,
One of the plurality of types of display is a notice icon increase suggestion display,
The notice icon increase suggestion display is a display indicating that the notice icon may be displayed,
The notice icon increase suggestion display is a display that may be displayed over a plurality of symbol variation displays,
A game table characterized by that.

The notice icon may not be displayed even if the notice icon increase suggestion display is displayed, or the notice icon may be always displayed when the notice icon increase suggestion display is displayed.

Further, the notice icon increase suggestion display may be displayed only once in the symbol variation display, or the notice icon increase suggestion display may be always displayed in only one symbol variation display.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed even if the notice icon increase suggestion display is not displayed, or the notice icon may not be displayed unless the notice icon increase suggestion display is displayed.

(Appendix 65)
The gaming table described in appendix 64,
In the symbol variation display performed before the second symbol variation display, the notice icon increase suggestion display is configured to end,
A game table characterized by that.

The change in which the display of the advance notice icon increase suggestion display ends may be the second symbol change display. By doing so, it may be possible to expect that the notice icon may be displayed until the end.

(Appendix 66)
The gaming table according to appendix 64 or 65,
One icon of the 11th number of the notice icons suggested by the notice icon increase suggestion display may be displayed as the notice icon,
A game table characterized by that.

The advance notice icon increase suggestion display may be a display indicating that the advance notice icon is increased by one.

Further, the number of notice icons displayed in the notice increase notice display may not be increased.

Moreover, the notice icon increase suggestion display may be a notice of a gasse that the notice icon does not increase.

Further, the advance notice icon increase suggestion display may be a display suggesting that a plurality of advance notice icons will increase. In this case, for example, when the number of the notice icons suggested by the notice increase notice display is three, only two may be increased.

Further, notice icons other than the notice icons suggested by the notice icon increase suggestion display may be increased.

(Appendix 67)
The gaming table according to appendix 64 or 65,
The 12th number of the notice icons of the 11th number of the notice icons suggested by the notice icon increase suggestion display may be displayed as the notice icon,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 68)
Display means,
Hold display means,
A gaming machine equipped with
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying a hold display of a number corresponding to the number of the hold,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One type of display among the plurality of types of display is a notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
When the pending display (hereinafter, referred to as "second pending display") of the big hit symbol variable display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variable display") that is the target of prefetching is displayed, the first A plurality of the notice icons (hereinafter, referred to as “plural notice icons”) may be consumed from the start of the symbol change display to the end of the second symbol change display.
In the case where the second pending display is displayed, the plurality of notice icons are newly displayed between the start of the first symbol variation display and the end of the second symbol variation display. May be
The first symbol variation display is a symbol variation display next to the symbol variation display in which the second hold display is displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 69)
The gaming table described in appendix 68,
The second hold display is a display that may be displayed in a prefetch display mode,
In the symbol variation display in which the second hold display is displayed, the second hold display may be displayed in the prefetch display mode,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 70)
The gaming table according to appendix 68 or 69,
In the case where the pending display (hereinafter referred to as the "fourth pending display") of the lost symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as the "fourth symbol variation display") that is the object of prefetching is displayed, the third In a period from the start of the symbol variable display to the end of the fourth symbol variable display, the plurality of notice icons may be consumed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 71)
A gaming machine equipped with display means,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold icon,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One display of the plurality of types of display is the first display,
One of the plurality of types of display is a second display,
The second display is an explanation display,
The first display is a display displayed in the first display area when displayed,
The second display is a display displayed in the second display area when displayed,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in a display area closer to the second display area than the first display area when displayed.
A game table characterized by that.

The first display may be an explanation display different from the second display, or may be a non-description display.

Further, the second display may be a display showing the current situation such as a tutorial display or a stage name, or may be a display of the effect mode names of the selectable effect modes. Here, in the effect mode, for example, a mode for changing the frequency of change of the display mode of the hold icon, a mode for changing the operation frequency of the effect movable body, or a frequency of occurrence of one-shot notification effect There is a mode for making it.

The display position of the notice icon may be closer to the second display area than the start position of the animation that appears when the notice icon is displayed. The display position of the icon may be closer to the second display area.

Further, here, the “preliminary icon” may be only one preliminary icon, only some of the plural preliminary icons, or all of the plural preliminary icons. It may be a notice icon. In addition, the “trailer icon” may be only the trailer icon displayed first among the plurality of trailer icons, or a part of the trailer icon including the trailer icon displayed first among the plurality of trailer icons. It may be an icon.

Further, the display period of the first display and the display period of the second display may completely match, or even if a part of the display period of the first display overlaps with the display period of the second display. Alternatively, a part of the display period of the second display may overlap with the display period of the first display. Further, the display period of the first display and the display period of the second display may not overlap.

Further, the notice icon may or may not be displayed during the display period of the first display. Further, the notice icon may or may not be displayed during the display period of the second display.

Further, the second display and the notice icon do not necessarily have to be displayed at the same time.

Further, the display frequency may be different between the first display and the second display. For example, if the display frequency of the second display is higher than that of the first display, the line-of-sight guidance of the notice icon May be easy. Further, the first display area and the second display area may have different sizes, or the first display area and the second display area may have different roles. For example, the notice display may not be performed in the first display area, but the notice display may be performed in the second display area.

(Appendix 72)
The gaming table according to appendix 71,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 73)
The gaming table according to appendix 71 or 72,
The first display is a variable icon display,
The explanation display is an explanation display regarding the notice icon,
The notice icon may be displayed so as to overlap at least a part of the second display (hereinafter, referred to as “first part”),
When the notice icon is consumed, the overlap of the second display with the first portion is eliminated.
A game table characterized by that.

According to this gaming table, by displaying in the second display area where the explanation about the notice icon related to the relevant symbol and the next symbol variation display is performed rather than the change icon, the knowledge about the notice icon is deepened. At the same time, even if the result of the symbol variation display is a loss, there is a case where a new expectation can be given to the symbol variation display in which the notice icon displayed as the prefetch notice notice is consumed.

The entire second display may be displayed by eliminating the overlap with the first portion.

Further, during the period in which the variable icon is displayed, the variable icon may be able to at least suggest an expectation for a big hit in the symbol variable display.

Further, the notice icon may be displayed as a look-ahead notice display or may be consumed in the symbol variation display which is a subject of the look-ahead.

Further, the notice icon may be surely consumed in the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching, or the notice icon may not be consumed in the symbol variation display that is the target of prefetching.

Further, the notice icon may be configured to be able to be displayed only in a single number, or may be configured to be able to be displayed in a plurality. Here, in the case of displaying a plurality of notice icons, the notice icon may be displayed up to a predetermined upper limit number, or the notice icon may be displayed indefinitely without setting the upper limit number. Good.

(Appendix 74)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 71 to 73,
In the state where the notice icon is displayed, the display of the second display may be started,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 75)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 71 to 73,
In the state where the notice icon is displayed, the second display is not started,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 76)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 71 to 75,
One of the plurality of types of display is a third display,
The third display is a notice display,
When the third display is displayed, the third display is displayed in the second display area,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 77)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 71 to 76,
The second display area is an area divided by a line,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 78)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 71 to 77,
As described in appendix 71, "the notice icon is an icon displayed in a display area closer to the second display area than the first display area when displayed" means "the notice icon. Is displayed in the second display area when displayed".
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 79)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 71 to 78,
The symbol variation display that is a big hit is more frequently consumed by the notice icon than the symbol variation display that is lost.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 80)
A gaming machine equipped with display means,
The display means is a means capable of displaying an explanation display of the notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold icon,
One of the plurality of types of explanation display is a first explanation display,
The first explanation display is an explanation display regarding the notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
The big hit fluctuation has more number of the notice icons consumed than the loss fluctuation,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 81)
The gaming machine according to appendix 80,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed in a display area in which the first explanation display is displayed (hereinafter, referred to as “first display area”),
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 82)
The gaming table according to appendix 81,
In the state where the notice icon is displayed in the first display area, the first explanation display is not displayed in the first explanation display area,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 83)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 80 to 82,
One of the plurality of types of explanation display is a second explanation display,
The second explanation display is a display showing the current performance stage,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed in a display area in which the second explanation display is displayed (hereinafter, referred to as “second display area”),
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 84)
The gaming table according to Appendix 83,
Even when the notice icon is displayed in the second display area, the production stage changes,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 85)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 80 to 84,
The display unit is a unit capable of displaying a plurality of types of icons (hereinafter, referred to as “plurality of types of notice icons”) as the notice icon.
One of the plurality of types of notice icons is the first notice icon,
One of the plurality of types of notice icons is a second notice icon,
The first notice icon is an icon that may be displayed before the start of the first effect,
The second notice icon is an icon that may be displayed before the start of the second effect,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 86)
A gaming machine equipped with display means,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
The notice icon is a different icon from the hold icon,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One display of the plurality of types of display is the first display,
The first display is an explanation display,
The first display is a display displayed in the first display area in the display means,
The notice icon is an icon displayed in the first display area when displayed.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 87)
The gaming table described in Appendix 86,
In the state where the notice icon is displayed, the first display is not displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 88)
The gaming table according to Appendix 87,
When the notice icon is consumed, the display of the first display may restart.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 89)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 86 to 88,
One of the plurality of types of display is a second display,
The second display is a notice display,
The second display is a display displayed in the first display area when displayed,
The explanation display is an explanation display regarding the notice icon,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 90)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 86 to 89,
The display means is a means configured by a plurality of display means,
One of the plurality of display means is a first display means,
One of the plurality of display means is a second display means,
One of the plurality of display means is a third display means,
The first display means is a means capable of displaying a symbol variation display,
The second display means is a means capable of displaying a performance display,
The third display means is a means capable of displaying a display matched with the display of the second display means,
The first display area is a display area provided in at least a partial area of the third display means,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 91)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 86 to 90,
One of the plurality of types of display is a third display,
The third display is an explanation display,
The third display is a display displayed in the second display area of the display means,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed in the second display area,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 92)
The gaming machine according to Appendix 91,
In a state where the notice icon is displayed in the second display area, the third display is not displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

In the above description, the first tutorial display may be a display including a display explaining the character displayed on the second display means.

Further, the first tutorial display may be a display that does not include a display related to the effect display being executed.

Further, the first tutorial display may be a display that does not include a display indicating the probability of probability change.

In addition, the first tutorial display may be a display that does not include a display regarding a reach jackpot expectation degree.

Further, the first tutorial display may be a display that does not include a display regarding the jackpot expectation of the character.

Further, the first tutorial display may be a display configured not to be displayed at the same time as the first notice display.

(Appendix 93)
A gaming machine equipped with display means,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of notice icons,
The notice icon is an icon that may be displayed as a prefetch notice display,
The display area in which the notice icon is displayed is a display area different from the display area in which the hold icon is displayed,
The display means is a means capable of displaying a plurality of types of displays,
One display of the plurality of types of display is the first display,
One of the plurality of types of display is a second display,
The first display is a display including one of the plurality of notification icons (hereinafter, referred to as “first notification icon”),
The second display is a display including a display in which the first notice icon is displayed in a large size,
The first display may be made after the second display is made,
A game table characterized by that.

Here, the notice icon included in the second display may be an enlarged view of the first notice icon, or may be a notice icon different from the first notice icon.

(Appendix 94)
The gaming table according to Appendix 93,
One of the plurality of types of display is a third display,
The third display is a variable display of decorative patterns,
The first display is a display showing that the first notice icon is stocked,
The first display is a display that is not overlapped with the third display,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 95)
The gaming table according to Appendix 93 or 94,
The third display is a display that may not overlap with the first display,
The third display is a display that may overlap the second display,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 96)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 93 to 95,
The first display is a display displayed in the hold display frame,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 97)
The gaming table according to any one of appendices 93 to 96,
The second display is a display performed when the first notice icon is acquired,
(Appendix 98)
The gaming machine according to Appendix 97,
The second display is a display that is also performed when the first notice icon is consumed,
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 99)
The gaming table according to Appendix 97 or 98,
When the notice icon is acquired, the notice icon acquired together with at least a part of the notice icons already acquired is enlarged and displayed,
A game table characterized by that.

It should be noted that the term of the notice icon explained so far is given for the sake of convenience only, and does not narrow the interpretation. For example, the notice icon is named for convenience according to the display mode (motif). When the notice icon is a tool, it may be referred to as a notice item, and when the notice icon is a character, it is referred to as a notice character. In some cases, when the notice icon indicates a skill, it may be called a notice skill, and when the notice icon is a box, it may be called a notice box. , Notice medal). The term “preliminary notice” in the notice icons is also given for convenience only, and does not narrow the interpretation. For example, it may be referred to as a charge item or a stock item for indicating that it is to be stored.

In the above-described embodiment, the pachinko machine 100 is described as an example. However, for example, a game ball is enclosed in the body frame of the pachinko machine, and the enclosed ball is circulated in the pachinko machine body for use. The present invention can also be applied to an automatic pachinko machine, and this enclosed pachinko machine may use an encapsulated ball as a launch ball, and the payout of the ball may be performed by a credit.

Further, the actions and effects described in the embodiments of the present invention only list the most suitable actions and effects resulting from the present invention, and the actions and effects according to the present invention are described in the embodiments of the present invention. It is not limited to what has been done. It should be noted that even if the constituent requirements are included only in the description of each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, and supplements, the constituent requirements may be applied to other embodiments, modifications, and supplements.

100 Pachinko machine 120 Speaker 136 Rendering button 208 Decorative pattern display device 212 1st special figure display device 214 2nd special figure display device 224 Performance movable body 246 Shielding device 281 Special icon 1 hold icon display area 285 Notice icon display area 286 Performance Hold lamp 300 Main control unit 304 CPU
306 ROM
308 RAM
400 first sub-control unit 404 CPU
406 ROM
408 RAM
418 Various lamps 500 Second sub-control unit 504 CPU
506 ROM
508 RAM
532 Gaming board lamp 542 Gaming frame lamp

Claims (3)

A gaming machine having a display means capable of displaying a notice icon,
The notice icon is an icon different from the hold icon,
The notice icon is also a different icon from the variable icon,
When the notice icon is digested, a certain production is executed,
If a power failure occurs with the notice icon, the change icon, and the hold icon displayed, and then the power is restored, only the hold icon of the notice icon, the change icon, and the hold icon is displayed,
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to claim 1,
The display of the combination of the decorative patterns indicating the win or failure in the jackpot production regarding the big hit (hereinafter referred to as "certain display") is once displayed, and then the confirmation display is displayed.
After the certain display is displayed and before the display of the confirmed display is started, the notice icon may be consumed.
A game table characterized by that. The gaming table according to claim 1 or 2,
If the power is interrupted while the notice icon, the change icon, and the hold icon are displayed, and then the power is restored, the notice icon, the change icon, and the change icon are displayed after the display indicating that the recovery is in progress. Only the hold icon of the hold icons is displayed,
A game table characterized by that.